Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 266

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Contactors, Starters, and Overload Relays


Section Overview

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers

Page 5

Bulletin 140M Motor Circuit Protectors

Page 7

Bulletin 140M Accessories

Page 12

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Bulletin 140U Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Page 35

IEC Contactors
Bulletin 100/104-M Miniature Contactors

Page 62

Bulletin 100/104-C Contactors

Page 63

Bulletin 100/104-D Contactors

Page 66

Bulletin 100-G Contactors

Page 70

Bulletin 100Q Capacitor Switching Contactors

Page 71

Bulletin 100L Lighting Contactors

Page 72

Bulletin 100S/104S Safety Contactors

Page 73

Bulletin 170 Wye-Delta Kits

Page 82

Bulletin 100 DeviceNet Starter Accessory

Page 81

Bulletin 100 Line Accessories

Page 78

IEC Overload Relays


Bulletin 193-E (E1 and E2) Solid-State Overload Relays

Page 134

Bulletin 193 E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State


Overload Relays

Page 139

Bulletin 193-EF Solid-State Overload Relays

Page 154

Bulletin 193-T Bimetallic Overload Relays

Page 159

Bulletin 193-M Bimetallic Overload Relays

Page 164

Overload Relay Code Selection for


IEC Starters
Page 132

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Contactors, Starters, and Overload Relays


Section Overview, Continued

Eco and Compact Starters


Bulletin 190E Direct-On-Line Eco Starters

Page 167

Bulletin 191E Reversing Eco Starters

Page 171

Bulletin 190S Direct-On-Line Compact Starters

Page 170

Bulletin 191S Reversing Compact Starters

Page 169

Bulletin 190-CPS Coordinated Starters

Page 183

Mounting System and Starters


Bulletin 141A Mounting System

Page 179

Bulletin 103S/107S Compact Combination Starter Assemblies Page 199

IEC Enclosed Starters


Bulletin 100 Line
Bulletin 103H/107H/140M Combination Starters

Page 224

Bulletin 109 Non-Reversing Starter

Page 235

Bulletin 112 Combination Starter


Disconnect Type

Page 236

Bulletin 113 Combination Starter


Circuit Breaker Type

Page 237

Bulletin 105 Reversing Starter

Page 238

Bulletin 106 Reversing Combination Starter


Fusible Disconnect Type

Page 239

Bulletin 120E Multi-Speed Starter


Two-Speed Separate Winding

Page 240

Bulletin 132 Pump Control Panels


Disconnect Type

Page 241

Bulletin 133 Pump Control Panels


Circuit Breaker Type

Page 241

Bulletin 198 IEC Enclosures

Page 248

Bulletin 198 Accessories

Page 243

IEC Renewal Parts


Page 272

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Overview
Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers

Table of Contents

Product Selection . . . . . . . . .5
Approximate Dimensions . .31

Current Range 0.1315 A


UL Listed for Motor Loads
Short Circuit Protection
Overload Protection
Visible Trip Indication
High Current Limiting
High Switching Capacity

Conformity to Standards

The Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers provide short circuit and overload
protection for individual motor loads. Factory-installed internal accessories make
installation and wiring easy.

IEC 947-1/2/4/5
IEC 204-1
CSA, C22.2 No.14
UL 508
UL 489

Approvals
CE
CSA Certified
UL Listed

Your order must include: cat. no. of the Motor Protection Circuit Breaker selected and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories.

Product Line Overview

Max. Current Ie
Current Rating
Short Circuit Protection
Standard Magnetic Trip
High Magnetic Trip
Overload Protection
Trip Class
Magnetic only Trip (MCP)
Standards Compliance:
CSA 22.2, No. 14
CSA 22.2, No. 5
UL 508 (Group Install.)
UL 508 (Type E)
UL 508 (Overload Protection)
UL489
IEC 60947-2
IEC 60947-4
CE
Accessories
Ext. Rotary Operator
Flex Cable Operator
Auxiliary Contacts
Trip Indication Contacts

C-Frame
25 A
0.125 A

10

D-Frame
25 A
1.625 A

10

F-Frame
45 A
6.345 A

10

CMN-Frame
90 A
1690 A

10

I-Frame
205 A
40205 A

5, 10, 15, 20

Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Product Overview
General Information
The Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCBs) provide
overload protection as well as current limiting short-circuit protection for
individual motor loads.

The I- and K-Frame Bulletin 140 MPCBs are UL/CSA Listed as circuit
breakers per UL 489 and CSA22.2, No. 5. They are also listed for motor
overload protection per UL 508 and CSA 22.2, No. 14.

The C-, D-, and F-Frame MPCBs are approved for use as circuit breakers
per IEC 947-2 for applications outside of North America. In the United States
and Canada, they are UL/CSA listed as Manual Starters with the optional
approvals for Motor Disconnecting and Group Motor applications. More
importantly, these devices are UL/CSA listed as Manual Self-Protected
(Type E) Combination Starters. Self-Protected Combination Motor
Controllers eliminate the requirement for additional short-circuit protection
in motor circuit applications per NEC Article 430-52(c)(6).

The Bulletin 140M MPCBs reduce both panel space and cost in installations,
and provide for truly global panel design. they also simplify engineering of
multi-motor panels since the NEC/CEC rules that pertained to Manual
Starters used in Group Motor applications no longer apply.
The following information is provided to aid in proper system design utilizing
the capabilities of the new Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
in North American applications. Please be sure to follow all local and national
codes for your particular installation.

400V, 50 Hz, 3-Phase Power Supply


140M-C2E

Motor Protector
as
IEC Circuit Breaker

-C10

Contactor
100-C09

14 AWG
7.6A
Fan #2
5 HP

Motor

Single Motor Installation

480Y/277V, 60 Hz, 3-Phase Power Supply


194R-NN100P3
100A
80HP

Non-Fusible
Disconnect

6 AWG

Commoning Links

140M-C2E

140M-C2E

-C10

-C10

-C10

100-C09

100-C09

100-C16

14 AWG

7.6A
Fan #1
5 HP

14 AWG

7.6A
Fan #2
5 HP

140M-C2E

14 AWG

140M-C2E

140M-C2E

-C10

-C16

100-C16

14 AWG

7.6A
Fan #3
5 HP

7.6A
Fan #4
5 HP

Milti-Motor Installation

100-C16

Motor Protectors

Contactors

12 AWG
14.0A
Pump #1
10 HP

Motors

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Product Selection
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers

Short Circuit Protection Standard Magnetic Trip (Fixed at 13 x le)


Overload Protection Trip Class 10 (Adjustable Current Range)

Cat. No. 140M-C

Cat. No. 140M-D

Rated
Operational
Current [A]
(Ie)

Motor Current
Adjustment
Range [A]

Magnetic
Trip
Current
[A]

0.16
0.25
0.40
0.63
1.0
1.6
2.5
4
6.3
10
16
20
25

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.0
1.01.6
1.62.5
2.54
46.3
6.310
1016
14.520
1825

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33
52
82
130
208
260
325

2.5
4.0
6.3
10
16
20
25

1.62.5
2.54
46.3
6.310
1016
14.520
1825

33
52
82
130
208
260
325

10
16
20
25
32
45

6.310
1016
14.520
1825
2332
3245

130
208
260
325
416
585

25
40
63
90

1625
2540
4063
6390

350
560
882
1260

80
100
160
205

4080
80100
100160
160205

1200
1500
2400
2665

Cat. No. 140M-F

3-phase Hp Ratings [Hp]


200V
C-Frame

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
3
5
7-1/2
D-Frame
1/2
1
1-1/2
3
3
5
7-1/2
F-Frame
3
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
CMN-Frame
7-1/2
10
20
30
I-Frame
25
30
50
60

Cat. No.

230V

460V

575V

3/4
1
2
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
15

3/4
1
2
3
5
10
15
20
20

140M-C2E-A16
140M-C2E-A25
140M-C2E-A40
140M-C2E-A63
140M-C2E-B10
140M-C2E-B16
140M-C2E-B25
140M-C2E-B40
140M-C2E-B63
140M-C2E-C10
140M-C2E-C16
140M-C2E-C20
140M-C2E-C25

3/4
1
2
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

1-1/2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
15

2
3
5
10
15
20
20

140M-D8E-B25
140M-D8E-B40
140M-D8E-B63
140M-D8E-C10
140M-D8E-C16
140M-D8E-C20
140M-D8E-C25

3
5
7-1/2
10
10
15

7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30

10
15
20
25
30
40

140M-F8E-C10
140M-F8E-C16
140M-F8E-C20
140M-F8E-C25
140M-F8E-C32
140M-F8E-C45

10
15
20
30

20
30
50
60

25
40
60
75

140-CMN-2500
140-CMN-4000
140-CMN-6300
140-CMN-9000

30
40
60
75

60
75
125
150

75
100
150
200

140M-I8E-C80
140M-I8E-D10
140M-I8E-D16
140M-I8E-D20

Horsepower ratings shown in the table above are maximum values for each device. The final selection of the manual starter depends on the actual motor full
load current and service factor.

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Product Selection, Continued
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers

Short Circuit Protection High Magnetic Trip (Fixed at 1620 x le)


Overload Protection Trip Class 10

Cat. No. 140M-C

Rated
Operational
Current [A] (le)

Cat. No. 140M-D

Motor Current
Magnetic Trip
Adjustment Range
Current [A]
[A]

0.16
0.25
0.40
0.63
1.0
1.6
2.5
4.0
6.3
10
16

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.0
1.01.6
1.62.5
2.54
46.3
6.310
1016

3.2
5.2
8.2
13
21
32
52
82
130
208
260

16
20

1016
14.520

260
325

25
32

1825
2332

416
585

1-phase Hp Ratings
[Hp]
115V
230V
200V
C-Frame

1/10

1/10
1/6
1/2
1/8
1/3
1
1/4
3/4
1-1/2
1/2
1-1/2
3
1
3
3
D-Frame
1
3
3
1-1/2
3
5
F-Frame
2
3
7-1/2
2
5
10

Cat. No. 140M-F

3-phase Hp Ratings [Hp]

Cat. No.

230V

460V

575V

3/4
1
2
3
5

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
5
7-1/2
10

3/4
1
2
3
5
10
15

140M-C2T-A16
140M-C2T-A25
140M-C2T-A40
140M-C2T-A63
140M-C2T-B10
140M-C2T-B16
140M-C2T-B25
140M-C2T-B40
140M-C2T-B63
140M-C2T-C10
140M-C2T-C16

5
7-1/2

10
15

15
20

140M-D8T-C16
140M-D8T-C20

10
10

20
25

25
30

140M-F8T-C25
140M-F8T-C32

Horsepower ratings shown in the table above are maximum values for each device. The final selection of the manual starter depends on the actual motor full load
current and service factor.

Bulletin 140M

Motor Circuit Protectors


Product Selection, Continued
Motor Circuit Protectors

Short Circuit Protection Standard Magnetic Trip (Fixed at 13 x le)


Overload Protection None (Magnetic Trip Only)

Cat. No. 140M-C

Rated
Operational
Current [A] (Ie)

Cat. No. 140M-F

Cat. No. 140M-D

Motor Current
Magnetic Trip
Adjustment Range
Current [A]
[A]

0.16
0.25
0.40
0.63
1.0
1.6
2.5

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33

2.5
4.0
6.3
10
16
25

33
52
82
130
208
325

25
32
45

325
416
585

1-Phase Hp Ratings
[Hp]
115V
230V
200V
C-Frame

1/10

1/10
1/6
1/2
D-Frame
1/10
1/6
1/2
1/8
1/3
1
1/4
3/4
1-1/2
1/2
1-1/2
3
1
3
3
2
3
7-1/2
F-Frame
2
3
7-1/2
2
5
10
3
7-1/2
15

3-Phase Hp Ratings [Hp]

Cat. No.

230V

460V

575V

3/4

1/2
1
1-1/2

3/4
1
2

140M-C2N-A16
140M-C2N-A25
140M-C2N-A40
140M-C2N-A63
140M-C2N-B10
140M-C2N-B16
140M-C2N-B25

3/4
1
2
3
5
7-1/2

1-1/2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15

2
3
5
10
15
20

140M-D8N-B25
140M-D8N-B40
140M-D8N-B63
140M-D8N-C10
140M-D8N-C16
140M-D8N-C25

10
10
15

20
25
30

25
30
40

140M-F8N-C25
140M-F8N-C32
140M-F8N-C45

Horsepower ratings shown in the table above are maximum values for each device. The final selection of the manual starter depends on the actual motor full
load current and service factor.

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Product Selection, Continued
UL Listed Application Ratings
UL 508 Manual Motor Controller
Group Installation

Motor Disconnect

Cat. No.
Max. Short Circuit Current
[kA]
480V

600V

Max. Fuse or
C.B. per NEC

For Use With


Contactors Below
(or larger)

Max. Short Circuit Current [kA]

UL 508 Manual
Self-Protected
(Type E) Combination Motor
Controller
Max. Short Circuit Current
[kA]

480V

600V

480Y/277V

600Y/347V

C-Frame
140M-C2E-A16

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

65

47

140M-C2E-A25

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

65

47

140M-C2E-A40

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

65

47

140M-C2E-A63

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

65

47

140M-C2E-B10

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

65

47

140M-C2E-B16

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

65

47

140M-C2E-B25

65

30

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

30

65

30

140M-C2E-B40

65

30

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

25

65

25

140M-C2E-B63

65

30

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

30

65

140M-C2E-C10

65

30

450

100-M09,100-C09

65

30

65

140M-C2E-C16

30

30

450

100-C12

30

30

30

140M-C2E-C20

30

30

450

100-C16

10

10

10

140M-C2E-C25

25

10

450

100-C23

10

140M-D8E-B25

65

30

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

30

65

30

140M-D8E-B40

65

30

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

30

65

30

140M-D8E-B63

65

30

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

30

65

30

140M-D8E-C10

65

30

450

100-M09,100-C09

65

30

65

30

140M-D8E-C16

65

30

450

100-C12

65

30

65

30

140M-D8E-C20

65

30

450

100-C16

65

30

65

140M-D8E-C25

65

30

450

100-C23

35

30

35

D-Frame

F-Frame
140M-F8E-C10

65

30

600

100-C09

65

30

65

30

140M-F8E-C16

65

30

600

100-C12

65

30

65

30

140M-F8E-C20

65

30

600

100-C16

65

30

65

30

140M-F8E-C25

65

30

600

100-C23

65

30

65

30

140M-F8E-C32

65

30

600

100-C30

65

30

65

30

140M-F8E-C45

65

30

600

100-C37

65

30

65

CMN-Frame
140-CMN-2500

65

42

1000

100-C16

140-CMN-4000

65

42

1000

100-C30

140-CMN-6300

42

18

1000

100-C43

140-CMN-9000

35

10

1000

100-C72

I-Frame

140M-I8E-C80

140M-I8E-D10

140M-I8E-D16

140M-I8E-D20

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Product Selection, Continued
UL Listed Application Ratings, Continued
Manual Motor Controller
Group Installation
Cat. No.

Max. Short Circuit Current


[kA]
480V

600V

Max. Fuse or
C.B. per NEC

For Use With Contactors


Below (or larger)

Motor Disconnect

Manual Self-Protected
(Type E) Combination Motor
Controller

Max. Short Circuit Current


[kA]

Max. Short Circuit Current


[kA]

480V

600V

480Y/277V

600Y/347V

C-Frame
140M-C2T-A16

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

65

47

140M-C2T-A25

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

65

47

140M-C2T-A40

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

65

47

140M-C2T-A63

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

65

47

140M-C2T-B10

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

65

47

140M-C2T-B16

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

65

30

140M-C2T-B25

65

25

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

25

65

25

140M-C2T-B40

65

30

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

30

65

140M-C2T-B63

65

30

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

30

65

140M-C2T-C10

30

30

450

100-M09,100-C09

30

30

30

140M-C2T-C16

30

30

450

100-C12

10

10

10

140M-D8T-C16

65

30

450

100-C12

65

30

65

30

140M-D8T-C20

65

30

450

100-C16

35

30

35

D-Frame

F-Frame
140M-F8T-C25

65

30

600

100-C23

65

30

65

30

140M-F8T-C32

65

30

600

100-C30

65

30

65

30

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Product Selection, Continued
UL Listed Application Ratings, Continued
Manual Motor Controller
Cat. No.

Group Installation
Max. Short Circuit Current [kA]
480V

600V

Motor Disconnect

Max. Fuse or C.B. For Use With Contactors below


per NEC
(or larger)

Max. Short Circuit Current [kA]


480V

600V

C-Frame
140M-C2N-A16

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

140M-C2N-A25

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

140M-C2N-A40

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

140M-C2N-A63

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

140M-C2N-B10

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

140M-C2N-B16

65

47

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

47

140M-C2N-B25

65

30

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

30

D-Frame
140M-D8N-B25

65

30

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

30

140M-D8N-B40

65

30

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

30

140M-D8N-B63

65

30

450

100-M05,100-C09

65

30

140M-D8N-C10

65

30

450

100-M09,100-C09

65

30

140M-D8N-C16

65

30

450

100-C12

65

30

140M-D8N-C25

65

30

450

100-C23

35

30

F-Frame

10

140M-F8N-C25

65

30

600

100-C23

65

30

140M-F8N-C32

65

30

600

100-C30

65

30

140M-F8N-C45

65

30

600

100-C37

65

30

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Product Selection, Continued
Type 2 Coordination
Cat. No.

480V

600V

Standard Trip

High Trip

Mag Only Trip

Max. Short
Circuit Current
[kA]

140M-C2E-A16

140M-C2N-A16

65

100-M05, 100-C09

47

100-C09

140M-C2E-A25

140M-C2T-A16

140M-C2N-A25

65

100-M05, 100-C09

47

100-C09

140M-C2E-A40

140M-C2T-A25

140M-C2N-A40

65

100-M05, 100-C09

47

100-C09

140M-C2E-A63

140M-C2T-A40

140M-C2N-A63

65

100-M05, 100-C09

47

100-C09

140M-C2E-B10

140M-C2T-A63

140M-C2N-B10

65

100-M05, 100-C09

47

100-C09

140M-C2E-B16

140M-C2T-B10

140M-C2N-B16

65

100-M05, 100-C09

47

100-C09

140M-C2E-B25

140M-C2T-B16

140M-C2N-B25

50

100-C09

10

100-C16

140M-C2E-B40

140M-C2T-B25

50

100-C30

10

100-C16

For Use With


Contactors Below
(or larger)

Max. Short
Circuit Current
[kA]

For Use With


Contactors Below
(or larger)

C-Frame

140M-C2E-B63

140M-C2T-B40

50

100-C30

100-C23

140M-C2E-C10

140M-C2T-B63

50

100-C30

100-C30

140M-C2E-C16

140M-C2T-C10

10

100-C30

100-C30

140M-C2E-C20

140M-C2T-C16

10

100-C30

100-C30

140M-C2E-C25

10

100-C30

100-C30

D-Frame
140M-D8E-B25

140M-D8N-B25

65

100-C09

30

100-C09

140M-D8E-B40

140M-D8N-B40

65

100-C09

30

100-C16

140M-D8E-B63

140M-D8N-B63

65

100-C09

30

100-C23

140M-D8E-C10

140M-D8N-C10

65

100-C09

30

100-C30

140M-D8E-C16

140M-D8N-C16

65

100-C12

30

100-C30

140M-D8E-C20

140M-D8T-C16

65

100-C23

100-C30

140M-D8E-C25

140M-D8T-C20

140M-D8N-C25

65

100-C23

100-C30

F-Frame
140M-F8E-C10

65

100-C09

30

100-C30

140M-F8E-C16

65

100-C12

30

100-C30

140M-F8E-C20

65

100-C16

30

100-C30

140M-F8E-C25

140M-F8N-C25

65

100-C23

30

100-C30

140M-F8E-C32

140M-F8T-C25

140M-F8N-C32

65

100-C30

30

100-C30

140M-F8E-C45

140M-F8T-C32

140M-F8N-C45

65

100-C37

10

100-C37

CMN-Frame
140-CMN-2500

65

100-C16

42

100-C16

140-CMN-4000

65

100-C30

42

100-C30

140-CMN-6300

42

100-C43

18

100-C43

140-CMN-9000

35

100-C72

10

100-C72

Definition of Type 2 Short Circuit Coordination:

The contactor or starter must not endanger persons or plant in the event of a short circuit.
No damage to the overload relay or other parts may occur with the exception of welding of the contactor or starter contacts if these can be easily separated without
appreciable deformation (such as with a screwdriver).

In the event of short circuit, fast-opening, strong current-limiting Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers make it possible to build economical,
fully short-circuit coordinated starter combinations to Type 2 coordination with EN60947-4.

11

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Accessories
Description
Operator Position
OFF
ON
Tripped

Term.
No.

Description

Connection Diagram

For Use
With

Cat. No.

140M

140M-C-AFA10

140M

140M-C-AFA01

140M

140M-C-AFA11

140M

140M-C-AFA20

140M

140M-C-AFA02

140M

140M-C-ASA20

140M

140M-C-ASA02

140M

140M-C-ASA11

13

13-14

N.O. Aux
14
I >>

11

11-12

N.C. Aux

12
I >>

Front-Mounted
Auxiliary Contact
1-pole or 2-pole
No additional space
required

13-14

N.O. Aux

21-22

N.C. Aux

13-14

N.O. Aux

13

21

14

22

I >>

13

23

14

24

I >>

23-24

N.O. Aux

11-12

N.C. Aux

11

21

12

22

I >>

Right Side-Mounted
Auxiliary Contact
2-pole
Adds 9 mm to the
width of the device

21-22

N.C. Aux

33-34

N.O. Aux

43-44

N.O. Aux

31-32

N.C. Aux

41-42

N.C. Aux

33-34

N.O. Aux

X = Contact Closed
O = Contact Open

140 M Operator

Overload (thermal) Trip


I >> Short-Circuit (magnetic) Trip

12

41-42

N.C. Aux

33

43

34

44

31

41

32

42

I >>

I >>

I >>

33

41

34

42

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Accessories, Continued
Description
Operator Position
OFF
ON
Tripped

O
Front-Mounted
Trip Contact
2-pole
Indicates tripping of
device
No additional space
required

Description

13-14

N.O. Aux

27-28

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit &
Overload)

11-12

N.C. Aux

27-28

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit &
Overload)

57-58

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit &
Overload)

67-68

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

Right Side-Mounted Trip


Contact
2-pole
Indicates tripping of
Motor Protection
Circuit Breaker
Adds 9 mm to the
width of the circuit
breaker

Term.
No.

57-58

65-66

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

55-56

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit &
Overload)

67-68

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

55-56

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit &
Overload)

65-66

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

77-78

65-66

13

14
11

Cat. No.

140M

140M-C-AFAR10A10

140M

140M-C-AFAR10A01

140M

140M-C-ASAR10M10

140M

140M-C-ASAR10M01

140M

140M-C-ASAR01M10

140M

140M-C-ASAR01M01

140M

140M-C-ASAM11

27

28
27

I >>

12

57

28

67

I >>

58

57

68

65

I >>

58

55

66

67

I >>

56

68

55

65

56

66

I >>

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit)
N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

For Use
With

I >>

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit &
Overload)

Connection Diagram

77

65

I >>

78

66

X = Contact Closed
O = Contact Open

140 M Operator

Overload (thermal) Trip


I >> Short-Circuit (magnetic) Trip

13

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Accessories, Continued
Description
Operator Position
OFF
ON
Tripped

Term.
No.

Description

13-14

N.O. Aux

Connection Diagram

For Use
With

Cat. No.

140-CMN

140-CA20

140-CMN

140-CA02

140-CMN

140-CA11

140-CMN

140-CT10-10

140-CMN

140-CT01-01

140-CMN

140-CT01-10

140-CMN

140-CT10-01

140-CMN

140-CA20

13

23

14

24

I >>

23-24

N.O. Aux

140-CMN

Front-Mounted
Auxiliary Contacts
Internal
2-Pole

11-12

N.C. Aux
140-CA02

11

21

12

22

I >>

21-22

N.C. Aux

140-CMN

13-14

N.O. Aux
140-CA11

13

21

14

22

I >>

21-22

N.C. Aux
140-CMN

37-38

N.O. Trip
(Overload)

140-CT10-10
a

37

43

38

44

I >>
b

43-44

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

a) Overload Trip
b) Short-Circuit Trip

140-CMN

35-36

N.C. Trip
(Overload)

140-CT01-01
a

35

41

36

42

I >>
b

Front-Mounted
Trip Indicating
Auxiliary Contacts
Internal
2-Pole

41-42

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

a) Overload Trip
b) Short-Circuit Trip
140-CMN

35-36

N.C. Trip
(Overload)

140-CT01-10
a

35

43

36

44

I >>
b

43-44

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

a) Overload Trip
b) Short-Circuit Trip

140-CMN

37-38

N.O. Trip
(Overload)

140-CT10-01
a

37

41

38

42

I >>
b

X = Contact Closed
O = Contact Open

140 M Operator

Overload (thermal) Trip


I >> Short-Circuit (magnetic) Trip

14

41-42

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

a) Overload Trip
b) Short-Circuit Trip

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Accessories, Continued
Description

Connection Diagram

Undervoltage Trip
Left-side mounted
Adds 18 mm to the width of the
circuit breaker
Trips motor protector when
voltage is removed

D1
U<

D2

I >>

Shunt Trip
Left-side mounted
Adds 18 mm to the width of the
circuit breaker
Trips motor protector when
voltage is applied

C1
C2

I >>

24V, 60 Hz
24V, 50 Hz
120V, 60 Hz
110V, 50 Hz
220230V, 50 Hz
240260V, 60 Hz
277V, 60 Hz
380400V, 50 Hz
480V, 60 Hz/415V, 50 Hz
600V, 60 Hz
575V, 60 Hz/500V, 50 Hz
24V, 60 Hz
24V, 50 Hz
120V, 60 Hz
110V, 50 Hz
220230V, 50 Hz
240260V, 60 Hz
277V, 60 Hz
380400V, 50 Hz
480V, 60 Hz/415V, 50 Hz
600V, 60 Hz
575V, 60 Hz/500V, 50 Hz

For Use
With

Cat. No.

140M

140M-C-UXJ
140M-C-UXK
140M-C-UXD
140M-C-UXC
140M-C-UXF
140M-C-UXA
140M-C-UXT
140M-C-UXN
140M-C-UXB
140M-C-UXUB
140M-C-UXM

140M

140M-C-SNJ
140M-C-SNK
140M-C-SND
140M-C-SNC
140M-C-SNF
140M-C-SNA
140M-C-SNT
140M-C-SNN
140M-C-SNB
140M-C-SNUB
140M-C-SNM

140-CMN

140-CUV-KJ
140-CUV-D
140-CUV-A

140-CMN

140-CRT-KJ
140-CRT-D
140-CRT-A

140-CMN

Undervoltage Trip Unit


Internal, front mounted
Integrated short circuit trip
indication
Trips Motor Protection Circuit
Breaker when voltage is removed

140-CUV...

43

b
I >>

D1
U<

44

24V 50/60 Hz
110V 50 Hz/120V 60 Hz
220V 50 Hz/240V 60 Hz

D2

b) Short-Circuit Trip
140-CMN

Shunt Trip Unit


Internal, front mounted
Integrated short circuit trip
indication
Trips Motor Protection Circuit
Breaker when voltage is applied

140-CRT...

43

b
I >>

C1

44

24V 50/60 Hz
110V 50 Hz/120V 60 Hz
220V 50 Hz/240V 60 Hz

C2

b) Short-Circuit Trip

140 M Operator

Overload (thermal) Trip


I >> Short-Circuit (magnetic) Trip

15

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Accessories, Continued
Description
Anti-Tamper Shield
Provides protection against inadvertent adjustment of the
current setting

Lockable Twist Knob


For 1 padlock 48 mm (5/16") dia. shackle
Can be locked in OFF position

For Use With

Cat. No.

10 pcs/pkg

140M

140M-C-CA

black

140M

140M-C-KN

red/yellow

140M-C/-D

140M-C-KRY

red/yellow

140M-F

140M-F-KRY

140-KN

black
Padlockable Operating Knob
Accepts 8 mm (5/16") padlock up to three padlocks
Permits padlocking in the off position

140-CMN
red/yellow

Door Coupling Handle


For 3 padlocks 48 mm (5/16") in diameter
IP66 Protection/Type 1, 12
Interlock override capability
Can be modified for locking in ON position
Ships with coupling order extension shaft and legend plate
separately
Mounting depth (adapter-door):
140-C: 105.5 mm 5 mm (4.15" 3/16")
140-D: 114.5 mm 5 mm (4.5" 3/16")
140-F: 137.1 mm 5 mm (5.4" 3/16")

140M

140M-C-DN66

140-CMN

140-CDN66

140M

140M-C-DRY66

140-CMN

140-CDRY66

140M-C-DN66
140M-C-DRY66
140-CDN66
140-CDRY66

140M-C-DS

140M-C-DN66

140M-C-DFCN

140M-C-DRY66

140M-C-DFCRY

140M-C-KN
140M-C-KRY
140M-F-KRY

140M-C-M3

black
handle

140M-C

198E-AYTG2

red/yellow
handle

140M-C

198E-AYTJ2

140M-C
140M-D

140M-C-WS

140M-F

140M-F-WS

140M

140M-C-N45

black

red/yellow

Extension Shaft
Cut to required length for mounting depth (adapter-door):
140-C: 117338 mm (4.6"13.3")
140-D: 126347 mm (5.0"13.7")
140-F: 149369 mm (5.4"14.5")
Legend Plate
Marking: "Haupschalter" and "Main Switch"
Marking: "Not-Aus" and "Emergency Off"

Locking Tag
Padlock attachment to the lockable handles
Up to three padlocks 48 mm (5/16") shackle

IP65 Non-Metallic Enclosure


Knockouts for PG16 and PG21 fittings
Suitable for flexible cable with internal ground wire or conduit
when externally grounded around the outside of the enclosure

Terminal Cover
For covering of unused Commoning Link terminals
IP2X finger protection
Screw Adapter
For screw arrangement of a Motor Protection Circuit Breaker

16

140-KRY

10 pcs/pkg

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Accessories, Continued
Description
ECO Connecting Modules 25 A
Eco-starters mount on SINGLE DIN Rail (140M on DIN Rail)
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL interconnection of 140M MPCB and 100-M
(with AC or DC coils) or 100-C (with AC coils) contactors

Connecting Modules 25 A and 45 A


Contactor and MPCB MUST BE mounted separately on (2) DIN Rails
ELECTRICAL interconnection between 140M MPCB and 100-C contactors
(with AC coils)

Spacing Adapter
Required for Self-Protected combination motor controller (Type E) applications
of 140M-C, -D, and -F MPCBs

Commoning Link Feeder Terminal


For supply of commoning links
Top feed overlaps commoning link

For Use With


140M-C to
100-M
140M-C to
100-C09C23
140M-D to
100-C09C23
140M-C to
100-C09C23
140M-D to
100-C09C23
140M-D to
100-C30C37
140M-F to
100-C30C37

140M-D

140M-C

54 mm spacing
For use with side-mounted auxiliary contact

63 mm spacing
For use with side-mounted undervoltage trip and shunt trip

Jumper for 140M-D to 140M-C


Accommodates difference in depth from 140M-D to
140M-C
Can be used with all other commoning links
54 mm spacing

2 connections

140M-C-PEM12
140M-C-PEC23
140M-D-PEC23
140M-C-PNC23
140M-D-PNC23
140M-D-PNC37
140M-F-PNC37

140M-F to
100-C43

140M-F-PNC43

140M-C, -D

140M-C-TE

140M-F

140M-F-TE

140M-C
140M-D

140M-C-WTE

140M-F

140M-F-WTE

Three-Phase Commoning Link for 25 A Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 63 A Max. Continuous Current
2 connections
3 connections
45 mm spacing
140M-C
140M-D
For use with front-mounted auxiliary contact
4 connections
5 connections
2 connections
3 connections
4 connections
5 connections
2 connections
3 connections
4 connections
5 connections

Cat. No.

140M-C
140M-D

140M-C
140M-D

140M-D
to
140M-C

Three-Phase Commoning Link for 45 A Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 115 A Max Continuous Current
2 connections
54 mm spacing
3 connections
140M-F
For use with front-mounted auxiliary contact
4 connections
2 connections
63 mm spacing
3 connections
140M-F
For use with side-mounted auxiliary contact
4 connections

140M-C-W452
140M-C-W453
140M-C-W454
140M-C-W455
140M-C-W542
140M-C-W543
140M-C-W544
140M-C-W545
140M-C-W632
140M-C-W633
140M-C-W634
140M-C-W635

140M-C-WD542

140M-F-W542
140M-F-W543
140M-F-W544
140M-F-W632
140M-F-W633
140M-F-W634

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail


35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated
EN 50022

10 pcs/kg

140M-D
140M-F

199-DR1

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail


35 mm x 15 mm x 1 m long

5 pcs/pkg

140M-C
140M-D
140M-F
140-CMN

1492-DR9

17

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Accessories, Continued
140M-C/D/F Factory Modifications (Open)
Note: For modifications add (option code ) for desired features to cat. no.
Add desired option codes. Example: 140M-C2E-A16-KY
KN
KY
TE

18

Modifications
Lockable Twist Knob (140M) - Black
Lockable Twist Knob (140M) - Red/Yellow
Spacing Adapter for UL508 Type E

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Specifications
IEC Performance Data
0

Cat. No. 140M-C2EA16

A25

A40

A63

B10

B16

B25

B40

B63

C10

C16

C20

Rated Operational Current, Ie

[A]

0.16

0.25

0.4

0.63

1.6

2.5

6.3

10

16

20

C25
25

Magnetic Release Current

[A]

2.1

3.3

5.2

8.2

13

21

33

52

82

130

208

260

325

Switching of Standard
Three-Phase Motors
AC-2, AC-3
230/240V

[kW]

0.06/0.09

0.12

0.18/0.25

0.37

400/415V

[kW]

0.02

0.06

0.09

0.12/0.18

0.25

0.37/0.55

0.75

1.1/1.5

500V

[kW]

0.18

0.25/0.37 0.55/0.75

1.1

1.5/2.2

690V

[kW]

0.25

0.37/0.55

1.8

2.2/3.0

0.75/1.1

0.55/0.75 1.1/1.5
2.2

2.2

2.5/3.0 4.0/6.3
4.0

3.0/4.0 4.0/5.5

3.0/4.0 5.5/7.5
5.5/7.5

7.5/10

11

7.5/10

11

15

11/13

15/17

18.5/22

Back-Up Fuses
gG, gL, only if Icc > Icu
230/240V

[A]

100

100

400/415V

[A]

80

100

100

440/460V

[A]

63

63

80

80

500V

[A]

80

80

80

80

690V

[A]

16

20

35

50

50

63

63

63

230/240V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

50

400/415V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

15

15

440/460V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

10

10

10

500V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

10

690V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

10

230/240V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

50

400/415V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

15

15

440/460V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

500V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

690V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

Ultimate Short Circuit


Breaking Capacity
Icu

Rated Service Short Circuit


Breaking Capacity
Ics

No back-up fuse required.

19

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Specifications, Continued
IEC Performance Data, Continued
Cat. No. 140M-D8E-

Cat. No. 140M-F8E-

B25

B40

B63

C10

C16

C20

C25

C10

C16

C20

C25

C32

Rated Operational Current, Ie

[A]

2.5

4.0

6.3

10

16

20

25

10

16

20

25

32

C45
45

Magnetic Release Current

[A]

33

52

82

130

208

260

325

130

208

260

325

416

585

Switching of Standard
Three-Phase Motors
AC-2, AC-3
230/240V

[kW]

0.37

2.2

3.0/4.0

4.0/5.5

2.2

3.0/4.0

4.0/5.5

5.5/6.3

7.5

11/13

400/415V

[kW]

0.75

0.55/0.75 1.1/1.5
1.1/1.5

2.2

3.0/4.0

5.5/7.5

7.5/10

11

3.0/4.0

5.5/7.5

7.5/10

11

15

18.5/22

500V

[kW]

1.1

1.5/2.2

2.5/3.0

4.0/6.3

7.5/10

11

15

4.0/6.3

7.5/10

11

15

15/20

22/30

690V

[kW]

1.8

2.2/3.0

4.0

5.5/7.5

11/13

15/17

18.5/22 5.5/7.5

11/13

15/17

18.5/22

22/25

30/40

230/240V

[A]

400/415V

[A]

100

100

80

100

100

100

125

125

440/460V

[A]

80

100

100

80

100

100

100

125

125

500V

[A]

80

80

80

80

100

100

125

125

125

690V

[A]

20

35

50

50

63

63

63

63

80

80

80

100

100

230/240V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

400/415V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

50

65

65

65

65

65

65

65

440/460V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

65

65

65

65

65

65

65

65

50

500V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

690V

[kA]

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

Back-Up Fuses
gG, gL, only if Icc > Icu

Ultimate Short Circuit


Breaking Capacity
Icu

Rated Service Short Circuit


Breaking Capacity
Ics
230/240V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

400/415V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

50

25

25

50

50

50

50

50

50

440/460V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

50

25

25

50

50

50

50

50

50

500V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

50

25

25

50

50

50

50

50

50

690V

[kA]

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

Cat. No.
Rated Operational Current, Ie

[A]

Switching of Standard Three-Phase Motors


AC-2, AC-3
230/240 V
[kW]
400/415 V
[kW]
500 V
[kW]
690 V
[kW]
Back-up fuses

-2500
25

140-CMN-
-4000
-6300
40
63

-9000
90

5.5/7.5
7.5/13
11/15
15/22

10/11
15/22
18.5/25
25/30

13/20
25/32
30/40
37/55

22/25
37/45
45/55
63/75

230/240 V
[A]
400/415 V
[A]
500 V
[A]
690 V
[A]
Ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu

160
160
160

160
160
160

160
160
160

160
160
160

230/240 V
[kA]
400/415 V
[kA]
500 V
[kA]
690 V
[kA]
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics

100
65
50
15

100
65
30
8

100
65
30
8

100
50
25
6

100
65
50
15

100
50
25
6

100
50
25
6

100
25
13
6

gG, gL,, only if Icc > Icu

230/240 V
400/415 V
500 V
690 V

[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]

No back-up fuse required.


Power ratings: Preferred values according to IEC 60072-1

20

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Specifications, Continued
IEC Performance Data, Continued
0

Cat. No. 140M-C2NA16

A25

A40

A63

B10

B16

B25

Rated Operational Current,Ie

[A]

0.16

0.25

0.4

0.63

1.6

2.5

Magnetic Release Current

[A]

2.1

3.3

5.2

8.2

13

21

32

Switching of Standard
Three-Phase Motors
AC-2, AC-3
230/240V

[kW]

0.06/0.09

0.12

0.18/0.25

0.37

400/415V

[kW]

0.02

0.06

0.09

0.12/0.18

0.25

0.37/0.55

0.75

500V

[kW]

0.18

0.25/0.37

0.55/0.75

1.1

690V

[kW]

0.25

0.37/0.55

0.75/1.1

1.8

230/240V

[A]

400/415V

[A]

440/460V

[A]

500V

[A]

690V

[A]

16

20

230/240V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

400/415V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

440/460V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

500V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

690V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

230/240V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

400/415V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

440/460V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

500V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

690V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

Back-Up Fuses
gG, gL, only if Icc > Icu

Ultimate Short Circuit


Breaking Capacity
Icu

Rated Service Short Circuit


Breaking Capacity
Ics

No back-up fuse required.

21

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Specifications, Continued
IEC Performance Data, Continued
Cat. No. 140M-D8N-

Cat. No. 140M-F8N-

B25

B40

B63

C10

C16

C25

C25

C32

C45

Rated Operational Current,Ie

[A]

2.5

4.0

6.3

10

16

25

25

32

45

Magnetic Release Current

[A]

32

52

82

130

208

325

325

416

585

Switching of Standard
Three-Phase Motors
AC-2, AC-3
230/240V

[kW]

0.37

0.55/0.75

1.1/1.5

2.2

3.0/4.0

5.5/6.3

7.5

11/13

400/415V

[kW]

0.75

1.1/1.5

2.2

3.0/4.0

5.5/7.5

11

11

15

18.5/22

500V

[kW]

1.1

1.5/2.2

2.5/3.0

4.0/6.3

7.5/10

15

15

15/20

22/30

690V

[kW]

1.8

2.2/3.0

4.0

5.5/7.5

11/13

18.5/22

18.5/22

22/25

30/40

230/240V

[A]

400/415V

[A]

100

100

125

125

440/460V

[A]

80

100

100

125

125

500V

[A]

80

80

125

125

125

690V

[A]

20

35

50

50

63

63

80

100

100

230/240V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

400/415V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

50

65

65

65

440/460V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

65

50

65

65

50

500V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

50

50

50

50

50

690V

[kA]

10

10

10

10

10

10

230/240V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

400/415V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

25

50

50

50

440/460V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

50

25

50

50

50

500V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

50

25

50

50

50

690V

[kA]

10

10

10

10

Back-Up Fuses
gG, gL, only if Icc > Icu

Ultimate Short Circuit


Breaking Capacity
Icu

Rated Service Short Circuit


Breaking Capacity
Ics

No back-up fuse required.


Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

22

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Specifications, Continued
IEC Performance Data, Continued
Cat. No. 140M-C2TA16

A25

A40

A63

B10

B16

B25

B40

B63

C10

Rated Operational Current,Ie

[A]

0.16

0.25

0.40

0.63

1.0

1.6

2.5

4.0

6.3

10

C16
16

Magnetic Release Current

[A]

3.2

5.2

8.2

13

21

32

52

82

130

208

260

Switching of Standard
Three-Phase Motors
AC-2, AC-3
230/240V

[kW]

0.06/0.09

0.12

0.18/0.25

0.37

0.55/0.75

1.1/1.5

2.2

3.0/4.0

400/415V

[kW]

0.02

0.06

0.09

0.12/0.18

0.25

0.37/0.55

0.75

1.1/1.5

2.2

3.0/4.0

5.5/7.5

500V

[kW]

0.18

0.25/0.37 0.55/0.75

1.1

1.5/2.2

2.5/3.0

4.0/6.3

7.5/10

690V

[kW]

0.25

0.37/0.55 0.75/1.1

1.8

2.2/3.0

4.0

5.5/7.5

11/13

230/240V

[A]

400/415V

[A]

80
63

Back-Up Fuses
gG, gL, only if Icc > Icu

440/460V

[A]

63

500V

[A]

80

80

690V

[A]

16

20

35

50

50

63

230/240V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

400/415V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

440/460V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

65

10

500V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

10

690V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

230/240V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

400/415V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

15

440/460V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

500V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

50

690V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

100

Ultimate Short Circuit


Breaking Capacity
Icu

Rated Service Short Circuit


Breaking Capacity
Ics

No back-up fuse required.

23

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Specifications, Continued
IEC Performance Data, Continued
Cat. No. 140M-D8T-

Cat. No. 140M-F8T-

C16

C20

C25

C32

Rated Operational Current,Ie

[A]

16

20

25

32

Magnetic Release Current

[A]

260

325

416

585

7.5

Switching of Standard Three-Phase Motors


AC-2, AC-3
230/240V

[kW]

3.0/4.0

4.0/5.5

5.5/6.3

400/415V

[kW]

5.5/7.5

7.5/10

11

15

500V

[kW]

7.5/10

11

15

15/20

690V

[kW]

11/13

15/17

18.5/22

22/25

Back-Up Fuses
gG, gL, only if Icc > Icu
230/240V

[A]

400/415V

[A]

80

100

100

125

440/460V

[A]

80

100

100

125

500V

[A]

80

80

100

125

690V

[A]

63

63

80

100

230/240V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

400/415V

[kA]

65

65

65

65

440/460V

[kA]

65

65

65

65

500V

[kA]

50

50

50

50

690V

[kA]

10

10

Ultimate Short Circuit Breaking Capacity


Icu

Rated Service Short Circuit Breaking Capacity


Ics
230/240V

[kA]

100

100

100

100

400/415V

[kA]

25

25

50

50

440/460V

[kA]

25

25

50

50

500V

[kA]

25

25

50

50

690V

[kA]

10

No back-up fuse required.


Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

24

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Specifications, Continued
General Data
Cat. No.
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
IEC, SEV, VDE 0660
UL, CSA
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Uimp
Pollution degree
Main circuits
Auxiliary circuits
Rated Frequency
Utilization Category
IEC 947-2 (Circuit breaker)
IEC 947-4-1 (Motor starter)
Life Span
Mechanical

140M-C
[V]
[V]

140M-F

[Hz]

140-CMN

690

690

600

690

6 kV/3
6 kV/3

6 kV/3
6 kV/3
4060

50/60
A
AC-3
100 000

[operations]

Electrical (Ie max.)


Switching Frequency
Ambient Temperature
Storage
Operation
Resistance to Climatic Change

140M-D

[operations]

30 000

100 000

[operations/h]

30 000

max. 25 (motor starts)

[C]
[C]

- 40+ 80

- 25+ 80

- 25+ 60
IEC 68-2

- 25+ 60
C IV (acc. to IEC 68)
40 C, 92 %,
56 days
23 C, 8 %/40 C,
93 %, 56 cycles

Moisture/heat resistance
Moisture/change resistance
Site Altitude
Protection Class
Resistance to Shock
Resistance to Vibration
Frequency range
in all directions
Rated Thermal Current Ith

[m]

to 2000 N.N.
IP20, when wired
30, 11 ms
IEC 68-2

[g]

30 000
10 000 (up to 63 A)
5 000 (up to 90 A)
max. 20

in preparation

IP20
30, 11 ms
10150
under testing

[Hz]
[g]

IEC, SEV, VDE 0660


up to 40C ambient temperature
up to 60C ambient temperature
Rated Supply Current Ie
Number of setting ranges
Dependence on Temperature
40 C
50 C
60 C

[A]
[A]
[A]

no reduction

70 C

[A]

15 % current reduction of the upper rated current Ie

Overload Protection
Characteristics
Ambient Temperature Compensation
Phase-loss Protection

IEC 60947-4-1 Motor protection


(except 140M-C2N, 140M-D8N, 140M-F8N)
[C]
- 20+ 60
Differential release
10 (except 140M-C2N,
140M-D8N, 140M-F8N)
fixed setting
13 x Iemax. (for 140M-C2E, 140M-D8E, 140M-F8E, 140MC2N, 140M-D8N, 140M-F8N)
1620 x Ie max. (for 140M-C2T, 140M-D8T, 140M-F8T)
Ie max. = maximum values of setting ranges

Trip class
Magnetic Release
Release current
Total Power loss Pv
Circuit Breaker at rated load operating temperature
Main Circuit Breaker Application

[A]
[A]
[A]

[W]

0.125
0.125
0.125
13

68

1.625
1.625
1.625
7

68

6.345
6.345
6.345
6

1690
1690
1690
4
no reduction

916

15 % current reduction of the upper


rated current Ie
IEC 60947-4-1
Motor protection
- 20+ 60
Differential release
10
fixed setting
14 x Ie max.

33

Usable as main circuit breaker according to IEC 204 with corresponding accessories

25

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Specifications, Continued
General Data
Cat. No.

140M-C

140M-D

Conformity to Standards

Approvals

140M-F

140-CMN

IEC 947;
EN 60947;
UL 508; CSA 22.2

IEC 60947;
EN 60947;
UL 508; CSA 22.2

CE, UL, CSA

CE, UL Listed, CSA, (Germanischer


Lloyd, Bureau Veritas,
Lloyds Register of Shipping,
Maritime Register of Shipping, RINA,
in preparation)

Terminal Parts
Type of terminals

Screwdriver

Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3

Pozidriv No. 2/Blade


No. 3

1. conductor
2. conductor

[mm2]/[AWG]
[mm2]/[AWG]

14/No. 1612
14/No. 1612

2.516/No.146
2.510/No. 148

1. conductor
2. conductor

[mm2]/[AWG]
[mm2]/[AWG]

16/No. 168
16/No. 168

2.525/No. 144
2.516/No. 146

1. conductor
2. conductor

[mm2]/[AWG]
[mm2]/[AWG]

1.56/No. 168
1.56/No. 168

2.525/No. 144
2.516/No. 146

12.5/8.922

1.53.5/1331

Tightening torque

[Nm]/[lb-in]

2.535

450 / No. 122

610/53120

Accessories for Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers

Rated Thermal Current Ith


at 40C ambient temperature
at 60C ambient temperature
Contact Class Coordination
According to NEMA
(UL/CSA Standards)

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for


Front Mounting
Cat. No. 140M-C-AFA, 140M-C-AFAR

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for


Right-Side Mounting
Cat. No. 140M-C-ASA, 140M-C-ASAR

[A]
[A]

5
4

10
6

AC
DC

B 300
Q 300

B 600
Q 600

Back-Up Fuses gG, gL

[A]

Rated Supply Current


AC-15

[V]
[A]

24
4

120
3

240
1.5

24
6

120
5

240
3

415
2

[V]
[A]

24
2

120
0.5

240
0.25

24
2

120
0.5

240
0.25

415
0.15

DC-13

10

10

Terminal Parts
Type of terminals

Screwdriver
[mm2]/[AWG]
[mm2]/[AWG]

0.52.5/No. 1814
0.52.5/No. 1814

1. conductor
2. conductor

[mm2]/[AWG]
[mm2]/[AWG]

0.752.5/No. 1814
0.752.5/No. 1814

1. conductor
2. conductor

[mm2]/[AWG]
[mm2]/[AWG]

0.752.5/No. 1814
0.752.5/No. 1814

Tightening torque

26

Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3

1. conductor
2. conductor

[Nm]/[lb-in.]

1.5/13.3

690
0.7

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Specifications, Continued
Accessories for Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers, Continued
Undervoltage Trip
for Left-Side Mounting
Cat. No. 140M-C-UX

Undervoltage Trip
with 2 Auxiliary Contacts
for Left-Side Mounting
Cat. No. 140M-C-UC

Shunt Trip
for Left-Side Mounting
Cat. No. 140M-C-SN

0.851.1 x Us
0.70.35 x Us

0.851.1 x Us
0.70.35 x Us

0.71.1 x Us

21V 50 Hz, 24V 60 Hz


600V 50 Hz

21V 50 Hz, 24V 60 Hz


600V 50 Hz

21V 50 Hz, 24V 60 Hz


600V 50 Hz

Actuating Voltage
Pull-in
Drop-out
Rated Control Voltage

min.
max.

On-Time
Coil Rating

Pull-in
Hold

100%

100%

100%

8.5 VA, 6 W
3 VA, 1.2 W

8.5 VA, 6 W
3 VA, 1.2 W

8.5 VA, 6 W
3 VA, 1.2 W

Terminal Parts
Type of terminals

Screwdriver

Pozidriv No. 2/Blade No. 3


1. conductor
2. conductor

[mm2]/[AWG]
[mm2]/[AWG]

0.52.5/No. 1814
0.52.5/No. 1814

1. conductor
2. conductor

[mm2]/[AWG]
[mm2]/[AWG]

0.752.5/No. 1814
0.752.5/No. 1814

1. conductor
2. conductor

[mm2]/[AWG]
[mm2]/[AWG]

0.752.5/No. 1814
0.752.5/No. 1814

Tightening torque

Rated Thermal Current Ith


at 60C ambient temperature

[Nm]/[lb-in]

1.5/13.3
Commoning Link Feeder Terminal 140M-C-WTE

Commoning Link 140M-C-W

63

63

1. conductor
2. conductor

[mm2]/[AWG]
[mm2]/[AWG]

416
410

1. conductor
2. conductor

[mm2]/[AWG]
[mm2]/[AWG]

625/No. 144
616/No. 146

1. conductor
2. conductor

[mm2]/[AWG]
[mm2]/[AWG]

625/No. 144
616/No. 146

3/27

Tightening torque

[A]

[Nm]/[lb-in]

Weights
Description

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers

Cat. No.

Weight

140M-C2E-
140M-D8E-
140M-F8E-

317 g
373 g
782 g

140M-C2N-
140M-D8N-
140M-F8N-

315 g
365 g
782 g

Locking Tag

140M-C2T-
140M-D8T-
140M-F8T-

315 g
365 g
782 g

Extension Shaft

140-CMN-

1845 g

Auxiliary Contacts

Lockable Twist Knob

Door Coupling Handle

Legend Plate
Feeder Terminal

140M-C-AFA10
140M-C-AFA01
140M-C-AFA11
140M-C-AFA20

Description
Anti-Tamper Cover

10 g

140M-C-ASA
140M-C-AFAR10A
140M-C-ASARM
140M-C-ASAM11

Undervoltage Trip

Trip Contact Blocks


Shunt Trip

15 g

140-A

31 g

140M-C-UX

108 g

140M-C-SN

110 g

140M-C-UC

116 g

140-CUV

94 g

140-CT

31 g

140-CRT

94 g

Commoning Links

Cat. No.

Weight

140M-C-CA

2g

140M-C-KN
140M-C-KRY

5g

140M-C-M3

30 g

140M-C-DN66
140M-C-NRY66

123 g

140M-C-DS

46 g

140M-C-DFC

4g

140M-C-WT
140M-F-WT

172 g

140M-C-W452
140M-C-W453
140M-C-W454
140M-C-W455

47 g
80 g
104 g
132 g

140M-C-W542
140M-C-W543
140M-C-W544
140M-C-W545

52 g
86 g
118 g
154 g

140M-C-W632
140M-C-W633
140M-C-W634
140M-C-W635

56 g
92 g
134 g
170 g

27

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Specifications, Continued
Accessories for Bulletin 140-CMN Circuit Breakers
Cat. No. 140-CT
Trip Contact Block for Flush Mounting on Cat.
No. 140-CMN Circuit Breakers

Cat. No. 140-CRT, 140-CUV


Undervoltage Trip and Shunt Trip for Flush Mounting on Cat.
No. 140-CMN Circuit Breakers

Rated Thermal Current Ith


up to 40 C ambient temperature

[A]

10

up to 60 C ambient temperature

[A]

AC
DC

B 600 Standard Pilot Duty


R 300 Light Pilot Duty

MakeBrake max. voltage


432 VA72 VA480 V
28 VA28 VA250 V

16 A

16 A

NEMA contact class


(UL/CSA-Approval)
Back-Up Fuse gG, gL
Rated Current Ie

[V]
[A]
[V]
[A]

AC-15:
DC-13:

230
3

400
2.5

500
1.5

690
0.75

24
2

48
0.6

110
0.2

230
0.1

440
0.04

AC-14:

24
1.5

110
1.5

230
1.0

400
1.0

DC 13:

24
1.5

48
0.5

60
0.4

110
0.2

Terminals
Screwdriver
1.conductor
2.conductor

[mm2]/[AWG]
[mm2]/[AWG]

0.752.5/No. 1814
0.752.5/No. 1814

0.752.5/No. 1814
0.752.5/No. 1814

1.conductor
2.conductor

[mm2]/[AWG]
[mm2]/[AWG]

0.752.5/No. 1814
0.752.5/No. 1814

0.752.5/No. 1814
0.752.5/No. 1814

[Nm]/[lb-in]

11.5/8.810.3

11.5/8.810.3

Tightening torque

Cat. No. 140-CUV


Undervoltage Trip Unit for Right-Side Mounting on
Cat. No. 140-CMN Circuit Breakers

Cat. No. 140-CRT


Shunt Trip for Flush Mounting on
Cat. No. 140-CMN Circuit Breakers

Pick-up

0.81.1 x Us

0.71.1 x Us

Drop-out

0.70.35 x Us

Duty cycle

100 % ED

100 % ED

min.

12 V 50 Hz/14 V 60 Hz

12 V 50 Hz/14 V 60 Hz

max.

600 V 50 Hz

600 V 50 Hz

Operating Voltage

Control Voltage

Coil Performance
Pick-up

[VA/W]

11 / 8

Drop-out

[VA/W]

4/1

6/2

Fine-stranded

[mm2]

2 x 0.752.5

2 x 0.752.5

Coarse-strande

[mm2]

2 x 0.752.5

2 x 0.752.5

12 / 7

Terminals
Terminal type

Tightening torque
Coarse-stranded
Tightening torque

28

[Nm]

11.5

11.5

[AWG]

No. 18. 14

No. 18. 12

[lb-in]

8.810.3

8.810.3

500
0.75

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Specifications, Continued

ID

Cut-off current

Icc

asymmetrical

Icc

symmetrical

The Bulletin 140-M limits solid short-circuit current Icc (prospective shortcircuit current). ID is the maximum cut-off current (highest instantaneous
value of the limited short-circuit current). This value is indicated in the
following diagrams as a function of the progressive system short-circuit
current.

140M-C Circuit Breaker


Maximum cut-off current
Rated operating voltage 415V

Maximum forward energy


Rated operating voltage 415V
100

100
0.25

25A
20A

3 2
A s]

16A

dt [ 10

10A

cos = 0.50

10

10
16A

0.70
0.80

25A

10A
20A
6.3A

0.90

6.3A

max. forward energy

max. cut-off current ID [kA]

0.30

4.0A

4.0A

1
1

1
10

Prospective short-circuit current Icc [kA]

100

10

100

Prospective short-circuit current Icc [kA]

29

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Specifications, Continued
140M-D Circuit Breaker
Maximum cut-off current
Rated operating voltage 415V

Maximum cut-off current


Rated operating voltage 415V
100

100
0.25
25A
20A
16A

3 2
A s]

25A

10

16A
20A

0.70
10A

0.80

6.3A

0.90

4.0A

10

dt [ 10

cos = 0.50

10A

10

6.3A

max. forward energy

max. cut-off current ID [kA]

0.30

4.0A

100

Prospective short-circuit current Icc [kA]

10

100

Prospective short-circuit current Icc [kA]

140M-F Circuit Breaker


Maximum cut-off current
Rated operating voltage 415V

Maximum cut-off current


Rated operating voltage 415V
100

1000
0.25

10
0.70

10A

0.80

0.90

10

Prospective short-circuit current Icc [kA]

30

100

dt [ 10 3 A 2 s ]

45A
32A
25A
20A
16A

100

45A
32A
25A
20A
16A

cos = 0.50

max. forward energy

max. cut-off current ID [kA]

0.30

10A

10

1
1

10

Prospective short-circuit current Icc [kA]

100

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Specifications, Continued/Approximate Dimensions
Time-Current Characteristic
Bulletin 140M Motor Protector
10 000
1h

1) Thermal Release Trip Current

1 000

The adjustable current-dependent delayed bimetal release protects


motors against overload. The curve shows the mean operating current at
an ambient temperature of 20C starting from the cold state. Careful
testing and setting ensures effective motor protection even in the case of
single-phasing. The overload characteristic is also valid for transformer
protection.

100

1
10

Tripping time [s]

2) Magnetic Release Trip Current


The instantaneous magnetic trip has a fixed operating current setting.
This corresponds to 13 times the maximum value of setting range.
(Transformer protection up to 20 x Ie max.) At a lower setting it is
correspondingly higher.

0.1

Current Setting IeF


The overload trip corresponds to a thermal overload relay in a motor starter
conforming to IEC 947-4-1. If a different value is prescribed (e.g., reduced
Ie for cooling medium having a temperature higher than 40C or a place
of installation higher than 2000 m above sea level), the setting current is
equal to the reduced rated current Ie of the motor.

0.01

0.001
0.8 1

10

20

40 60

100

Multiple of set current IeF

Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

62
(2-7/16)

9
(23/64)

45
(1-25/32)

45 (1-25/32)

45 (1-25/32)

72
(2-53/64)

7.5
(19/64)

7.5
(19/64)

140M-D

45 (1-25/32)

55 (2-11/64)

110 (4-21/64)

(3/16)

4.5

54
(2-1/8)

140M-C

55 (2-11/64)

140M-C, 140M-D

4.5
(3/16)

29.4

4.5

91

(1-5/32)

(3/16)

(3-37/64)

Can be mounted on DIN Rail EN 50 022-35


Auxiliary contact block (Side mounting)
Undervoltage trip or shunt trip
Auxiliary contact (Front mounting)

12 (15/32)

18
(23/32)

44
(1-47/64)

12 (15/32)

4.5
(3/16)

24.8
(31/32)

12 (15/32)

45 (1-25/32)

45 (1-25/32)

4.5
(3/16)

90 (3-35/64)

45 (1-25/32)

Cat. No. 140M-C, -D, -F

18

54

102

7.5

(23/32)

(2-1/8)

(23/64)

(4-1/64)

(19/64)

140M-F.

31

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

90

90

90

90

Cat. No. 140M-C, -D, -F, continued

4.5
min. 100

3.5

1.5...5
35...45

b
53.5

53.5
Mounting position/safety clearance of Cat. No. 140M-C, 140M-D, 140M-F

5 mm

Cat. No.
140M-C
140M-D
140M-F

c2

4.5

c1

4...8

2.4
140M-C-D66

4 (5/32)
4,6 (3/16)

50

47
(1-27/32)

(1-31/32)

101
(3-31/32)

(1-31/32)

20.5
(13/16)
25.5
(1)

22 (55/64)

50

90
(3-35/64)
198E-AYT..

32

150 (5-29/32)

130 (5-1/8)

130 (5-1/8)

53.5
(2-7/64)

53.5
(2-7/64)

70 (2-3/4)

Cat. No. 198E

30
(1-3/16)

a
117338
126347
148.6369.6

b
105.5 5
114.5 5
137.1 5

c1
49.5
49.5
59.35

c2
40.5
40.5
50.35

d
25
25
30

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 140M-C-TRE


b
L1 L2 L3
1 3 5

1, 3, 5
1*1...4 mm2
2*1...4 mm2
No. 16...10 AWG
1*1.5...6 mm2
2*1.5...6 mm2
No. 16...10 AWG
1*1...6 mm2
2*1...6 mm2
No. 16...10 AWG

9 mm

Use 75C wire only


1...2.5 Nm
8.9..22 lb-in

140-C-TRE with
a
b
c
d
e
Cat. No.
140M-C
44.7 75.55 58.9 2.85 134.9
140M-D
44.7 85.55 58.9 12.85 134.9

No. 3
Pozidriv No. 2

4
2

Md=1...2,5Nm
5

Mounting of 140M-C-TRE

3...6

In position disconnector

In position On

3
1

2
1

2
3...6

Interlocking of 140M-C-TRE

(park position)

33

Bulletin 140M

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 140-CMN


120 (4-23/32)
114 (4-31/64)
24
24
(15/16) (15/16)

97 (3-13/16)
12.5 (1/4)

63 (2-31/64)

2 (5/64)

15 (19/32)

5 (13/64)

16
16
41.5
41.5
45
(1-41/64) (5/8) (1-25/32) (5/8) (1-41/64)

25.5
(1)

68.3 (2-11/16)
35.4
(1-25/64)

10 (25/64)
79.5 (3-1/8)

64.3 (2-17/32)

140 (5-33/64)

165 (6-1/2)

45.4 (1-51/64)

EN 50022

10 (25/64)

2 (5/64)
25
(63/64)

168 (6-39/64)

77.5 (3-3/64)

45.4 (1-51/64)

160 (6-19/64)

6 (1/4)

4 (5/32)

4.5
(3/16)

12.5 (1/4)

25
(63/64)

56 (2-13/64)
140.6 (5-17/32)

7 (15/64)

70

140-CMN

90

90

1.5...5

3.5
35...45

5
169

Mounting position/safety clearance of Cat. No. 140-CMN

53.5

180...402

53.5
5 mm
4...8

140-CD

70

min. 100

S
TE

34

90

30

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Overview
Bulletin 140U Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Product Selection
125 A H-Frame...............38
250 A J-Frame................42
400 A K-Frame ...............46
600 A Q-Frame...............50
800 A M-Frame ..............54
1200 A N-Frame.............58

151200 A Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Thermal-Magnetic
15800 A
Electronic
701200 A
-LS Long Time/Short Time
-LSI Long Time/Short Time/High Instantaneous
-LSG Long Time/Short Time/Ground Fault
-LSIG Long Time/Short Time/High Instantaneous/Ground Fault
Molded Case Switches 1251200 A
Factory- or field-installed accessories
Flex cable operating mechanisms
Rotary variable-depth operating mechanisms
High interrupting ratings in compact dimensions
Globally rated and approved product line for worldwide application

Conformity to Standards
UL 489
CSA 22.2, No. 5
IEC 60947-2

Approvals
UL Listed
CSA Certified
CE
KEMA-KEUR

Product Line Overview

Frame Reference
Max. Current In
Current Range
Thermal Magnetic
Electronic:
LS
LSI
LSG
LSIG
Interrupting Ratings:
380415V (Icu)
480V
600V
690V (Icu)
Molded Case Switches
Flex Cable Operators
Rotary Operators
Internal Control Modules
(Field installed)
Standards Compliance
UL 498
CSA 22.2, No. 5
IEC 60947-2
CE
KEMA-KEUR

H-Frame
125 A
15125 A

25
25
18
3

40
35
22
4

70
65
25
6

J-Frame
250 A
70250 A

25
25
18
6

40
35
18
6

70
65
25
7

K-Frame
400 A
100400 A

40
35
25
10

65
65
35
13

100
100
50
18

Q-Frame
600 A
300600 A

45
35
25
20

70
65
35
25

M-Frame
800 A
300800 A

50
50
25
20

70
65
35
25

N-Frame
1200 A
6001200 A

50
50
25
20

70
65
35
25

100
100
50
30

35

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Catalog Number Explanation
Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; not all combinations will produce
a valid cat. no. Refer to the tables on the following pages for descriptions of options.

Complete Circuit Breaker Assemblies

140U - H

3 C50 H

Bulletin No.

Voltage Code

Code

Description

140U

Molded Case Circuit Breaker

See the following pages for


voltage code descriptions:

Frame/Rating

Page 38

J-Frame

Page 42

K-Frame

Page 46
Page 50

Code

Description

Q-Frame

125 A

M-Frame

Page 54

250 A

N-Frame

Page 58

400 A

600 A

800 A

1200 A

Internal Control Modules


Code

Description

1 Auxiliary contact

2 Auxiliary contacts

Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity


(based on Ic at 480V)

1 Alarm contact

Code

Description

1 Auxiliary + 1 Alarm contact

2029 kA

Undervoltage release only

3039 kA

Shunt trip only


Control Module Combinations

5059 kA

6069 kA

Code

Description

8089 kA

1 Auxiliary contact + undervoltage release

100 kA

2 Auxiliary contacts + undervoltage release

1 Auxiliary + 1 Alarm contact +


undervoltage release

1 Alarm contact + undervoltage release

Protection Type

1 Auxiliary contact + shunt trip

2 Auxiliary contacts + shunt trip

Code

Description

Fixed Thermal/Fixed Magnetic

1 Auxiliary + 1 Alarm contact + shunt trip

Fixed Thermal/Adjust Magnetic

1 Alarm contact + shunt trip

Adjust Thermal/Fixed Magnetic

Adjust Thermal/Adjust Magnetic

Electronic (LSG) Long, short, ground fault

Electronic (LSI) Long, short, high instant

Electronic (LSIG) Long, short, high instant, ground fault

Code

Electronic (LS) Long and Short time

10 rr. A

Molded Case Switch (Isolator)

100 rr0 A

1000 rr00 A

Current Range

Poles

36

H-Frame

Code

Description

3 poles

Description

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Catalog Number Explanation
Examples given in this section are for reference purposes. This basic explanation should not be used for product selection; not all combinations will produce
a valid cat. no. Refer to the tables on the following pages for descriptions of options.

Frames

140U - J

Bulletin No.

Poles

Code

Description

Code

Description

140U

Molded Case Circuit Breaker

3 poles

Frame/Rating

Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity


(based on Ic at 480V)

Code

Description

250 A

Code

Description

400 A

2029 kA

600 A

3039 kA

800 A

5059 kA

6069 kA

8089 kA

100 kA

Protection Type
Code

Description

Frame Only

Trip Units

140U - J

3 C50
Current Range

Bulletin No.
Code
140U

Description

Code

Molded Case Circuit Breaker

Description
10 rr. A

100 rr0 A

1000 rr00 A

Frame/Rating
Code

Description

250 A

400 A

600 A

800 A

Poles
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity
(based on Ic at 480V)
Code

Description

Trip Unit

Code

Description

3 poles

Protection Type
Code

Description

Fixed Thermal/Fixed Magnetic

Fixed Thermal/Adjust Magnetic

Adjust Thermal/Fixed Magnetic

Adjust Thermal/Adjust Magnetic

Electronic (LSG) Long, short, ground fault

Electronic (LSI) Long, short, high instant

Electronic (LSIG) Long, short, high instant, ground fault

Electronic (LS) Long and Short time

Molded Case Switch (isolator)

37

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Product Selection 125 A, H-Frame

UL 489
CSA 22.2, No. 5
IEC 60947-2
CE
KEMA-KEUR

Terminal box lugs provided as standard

25/25 kA, Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed Thermal-Fixed Magnetic


Rated
Current
In [A]

Thermal Trip
[A]
Ir = In (Fixed)

Magnetic
Trip [A]
Im = 10 x In

15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125

15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1250

220240V
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)


Icu /Ics [kA]
380415V
500V
25
25
22
17
25
25
22
17
25
25
22
17
25
25
22
17
25
25
22
17
25
25
22
17
25
25
22
17
25
25
22
17
25
25
22
17
25
25
22
17
25
25
22
17
25
25
22
17
25
25
22
17
25
25
22
17
25
25
22
17

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Interrupting Rating (60 Hz)


[kA]
240V
480V
600/347V
35
25
18
35
25
18
35
25
18
35
25
18
35
25
18
35
25
18
35
25
18
35
25
18
35
25
18
35
25
18
35
25
18
35
25
18
35
25
18
35
25
18
35
25
18

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Interrupting Rating (60 Hz)


[kA]
240V
480V
600/347V
85
35
22
85
35
22
85
35
22
85
35
22
85
35
22
85
35
22
85
35
22
85
35
22
85
35
22
85
35
22
85
35
22
85
35
22
85
35
22
85
35
22
85
35
22

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Interrupting Rating (60 Hz)


[kA]
240V
480V
600/347V
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25

Interrupting Rating (60 Hz)


[kA]
240V
480V
600/347V
100
65
25

690V
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Cat. No.
140U-H2C3-C15
140U-H2C3-C20
140U-H2C3-C25
140U-H2C3-C30
140U-H2C3-C35
140U-H2C3-C40
140U-H2C3-C45
140U-H2C3-C50
140U-H2C3-C60
140U-H2C3-C70
140U-H2C3-C80
140U-H2C3-C90
140U-H2C3-D10
140U-H2C3-D11
140U-H2C3-D12

40/35 kA, Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed Thermal-Fixed Magnetic


Rated
Current
In [A]

Thermal Trip
[A]
Ir = In (Fixed)

Magnetic
Trip [A]
Im = 10 x In

15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125

15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1250

220240V
85
43
85
43
85
43
85
43
85
43
85
43
85
43
85
43
85
43
85
43
85
43
85
43
85
43
85
43
85
43

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)


Icu /Ics [kA]
380415V
500V
40
30
25
18
40
30
25
18
40
30
25
18
40
30
25
18
40
30
25
18
40
30
25
18
40
30
25
18
40
30
25
18
40
30
25
18
40
30
25
18
40
30
25
18
40
30
25
18
40
30
25
18
40
30
25
18
40
30
25
18

690V
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Cat. No.
140U-H3C3-C15
140U-H3C3-C20
140U-H3C3-C25
140U-H3C3-C30
140U-H3C3-C35
140U-H3C3-C40
140U-H3C3-C45
140U-H3C3-C50
140U-H3C3-C60
140U-H3C3-C70
140U-H3C3-C80
140U-H3C3-C90
140U-H3C3-D10
140U-H3C3-D11
140U-H3C3-D12

70/65 kA, Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed Thermal-Fixed Magnetic


l

Rated
Current
In [A]

Thermal Trip
[A]
Ir = In (Fixed)

Magnetic
Trip [A]
Im = 10 x In

15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125

15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1250

220240V
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)


Icu /Ics [kA]
380415V
500V
70
35
35
18
70
35
35
18
70
35
35
18
70
35
35
18
70
35
35
18
70
35
35
18
70
35
35
18
70
35
35
18
70
35
35
18
70
35
35
18
70
35
35
18
70
35
35
18
70
35
35
18
70
35
35
18
70
35
35
18

220240V
100
50

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)


Icu /Ics [kA]
380415V
500V
70
35
35
18

690V
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Cat. No.
140U-H6C3-C15
140U-H6C3-C20
140U-H6C3-C25
140U-H6C3-C30
140U-H6C3-C35
140U-H6C3-C40
140U-H6C3-C45
140U-H6C3-C50
140U-H6C3-C60
140U-H6C3-C70
140U-H6C3-C80
140U-H6C3-C90
140U-H6C3-D10
140U-H6C3-D11
140U-H6C3-D12

Molded Case Switch UL 1087


Rated
Current
In [A]

Thermal Trip
Ir = In [A]

Magnetic
Trip [A]
Im = 10 x In

125

None

1250

38

690V
6

Cat. No.
140U-H6S3-D12

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Accessories 125 A, H-Frame
Internal Control Modules Field Installed
Description

Mounting Location

Cat. No.

Diagram

(1) 1a-1b

ON

OFF

Auxiliary Contact (AX)


Electrically indicates ON/
OFF status of breakers

AX

1a

1b

1c

1c

(2) 1a-1b

140U-H-EA1

TRIP
1a

1a 1b

1b

1c

140U-H-EA2

I>

Right side only

Alarm Contact (AL)


Electrically indicates when
the breaker is in the
TRIPPED state

ON

OFF

(1) 1M (make)1B (break)

AL

TRIP

140U-H-ER1

I>

1c

1c

1c

Right side only

ON

OFF

Auxiliary/Alarm Contact (AX/AL)


(1) 1a-1b
Combination
(1) 1M (make) Combination of auxiliary
1B (break)
contact and alarm contact

AX
AL

1b

1c

1a

1b
M

1c

TRIP

1a

1b
M

1c

1a
M

140U-H-EA1R1

I>

1c

1c

1c

Right side only

1260V,
50/60/DC

Shunt Trip (SNT)


Provides remote tripping of
the circuit breaker
Undervoltage trip not
available when shunt trip is
used

110240V,
50/60/DC

Undervoltage Release (UVT)


Automatically trips breaker
when voltage falls between
preset value, 3570%
Shunt trip is not available
when undervoltage release is
used

24V
50/60/DC
110127V,
50/60
208240V,
50/60
380500V,
50/60
525600V,
50/60

380600V,
50/60

140U-H-SNJ
S1

SNT

140U-H-SND
S2

I>

140U-H-SNB

Left side only

140U-H-UJ

UVT

U1
U>

I>

140U-H-UD
140U-H-UA

U2

140U-H-UB
Left side only

140U-H-UC

Internal Control Modules Factory Installed


Left side only

Mounting Location

(1) Shunt Trip (SNT)


or
(1) Undervoltage Release (UVT)

Auxiliary and
Alarm Contacts
(1) AX
(2) AX
(1) AL
(1) AX + (1) AL

Suffix
-A
-B
-D
-F

Shunt Trip
Suffix
Combinations
(1) SNT only
- P
(1) AX + (1) SNT
- Q
(2) AX + (1) SNT
- R
(1) AX + (1) AL + (1) SNT
- T
(1) AL + (1) SNT
- V
Standard Voltage Suffix Codes
Voltage [V] 1260 110240 380600
AC,
J
D
B
50/60 Hz
J
D

DC

Right side only

(1) Auxiliary contact (AX)


or
(2) Auxiliary contacts (AX)
or
(1) Alarm contact (AL)
or
(1) Alarm contact (AL) + Auxiliary contact (AX)

Undervoltage Release
Suffix
Combinations
(1) UVT only
- G
(1) AX + (1) UVT
- H
(2) AX + (1) UVT
- J
(1) AX + (1) AL + (1) UVT
- L
(1) AL + (1) UVT
- N
Standard Voltage Suffix Codes
Voltage [V] 24 110127 208240 380500 525600
AC,
J
D
A
B
C
50/60 Hz
DC
J

For additional voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

39

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Accessories 125 A, H-Frame, Continued
External Accessories
Description

Cat. No.

0.25 in. (6.4 mm) Diameter Cable Entry


Terminal End Cover

140U-H-TC2
Qty: 1
140U-H-TC4

0.41 in. (10.4 mm) Diameter Cable Entry

Terminal Shields

IP20 Ingress Protection

Non-Metallic Type 1/3/12/4/4X


Flange-Mount Operating Handle

Qty: 1

140U-H-TS

3 ft. (0.9 m) Cable

140U-H-FCX03

4 ft. (1.3 m) Cable

140U-H-FCX04

6 ft. (1.8 m) Cable

140U-H-FCX06

10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable

140U-H-FCX10

3 ft. (0.9 m) Cable

140U-H-FCS03

4 ft. (1.3 m) Cable

140U-H-FCS04

Flex-Cable Operating Mechanism

Stainless Steel Type 4/4X


Flange-Mount Operating Handle

Rotary, Variable-Depth Operating


Mechanism

Rotary, Direct Couple Operating


Mechanism

40

6 ft. (1.8 m) Cable

140U-H-FCS06

10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable

140U-H-FCS10

Black Handle

140U-H-RM12B

Red/Yellow Handle

140U-H-RM12R

Black Handle

140U-H-RCB

Red/Yellow Handle

140U-H-RCR

Rotary Handle Type 1/12


12 in. (305 mm) operating rod

Rotary Handle Type 1


Breaker Mounted

End Cap Kit

Provides 3-phase connections for


terminal or bolt-on connections
Metric Hardware provided

Qty: 1

140U-H-ECM

Phase Barriers

Provides additional phase clearance


when special connections are required

Qty: 2

140U-H-PB

Padlock Kit

Padlocking Hasp
Lock-OFF only

Qty: 1

140U-H-PL

DIN Rail Adapter

Allows H-frame MCCB to mount to


35 mm DIN Rail

Qty: 1

140U-H-DRA

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Approximate Dimensions 125 A, H-Frame
Dimensions are in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
4 .17 (4.32) x .19 (4.83) Dia.
Slot for #6 Mounting Screws

Line End
.50
.50
(12.70) (12.70)

.45
(11.43)

.78
(19.81)

.09
(2.29)

6 .35 (8.90) Dia.


.56
(14.22)

.58
(14.73)

.22
(5.59)
Attachment
Leads Side
Exit Point

5.50
(139.70)

Push to
Trip Button
3.81
(96.78)

3.03
(76.96)

1.73
(43.94)

Handle

R2.13

.17
(4.32)

.15
(3.81)

1.38
(35.05)

.17
(4.32)

2.18
(55.37)

.22
(5.59)

1.08
(27.43)

.72
(18.29)

.57
(14.48)

.55
(13.97)

.09
(2.29)

.20 (5.08) Dia.


Thru Conductors

1.00
(25.40)

1.00
(25.40)

C
L

1.21
(30.73)

.77
(19.56)
1.42
(36.07)

.03
(0.76)

2.77
(70.36)
2.93
2.99 (74.42)
(75.95)
C

3.00
(76.20)
1.50
(38.10)

.94
(23.88)

Breaker Status

.44
(11.18)
.47
(11.94)
Attachment
Leads Rear
Exit Point

Dimension
A

On

2.71
(68.83)

2.53
(64.26)

3.46
(87.88)

2.83
(71.88)

2.75
(69.85)

Off

1.54
(39.12)

1.62
(41.15)

3.46
(87.88)

1.66
(42.16)

1.84
(46.74)

Tripped

2.33
(59.18)

2.23
(56.64)

3.54
(89.92)

2.46
(67.48)

2.45
(62.23)

Reset

1.39
(35.31)

1.49
(37.85)

3.42
(86.87)

1.52
(38.61)

1.70
(43.18)

1.44
(36.58)

.67
(17.02)

41

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Product Selection 250 A, J-Frame

UL 489
CSA 22.2, No. 5
IEC 60947-2
CE
KEMA-KEUR (Pending)

Terminal box lugs must be ordered


separately. See page 44

Breaker Frames
Rated Current
In [A]

250

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)


Icu /Ics [kA]
380415V
500V
25
25
20
12
40
40
35
20
70
70
42
20

220240V
65
65
85
85
100
100

Interrupting Rating (60 Hz)


[kA]
690V
6
6
7

240V
65
85
100

3
3
3

480V
25
35
65

600V
18
18
25

Cat. No.
140U-J2X3
140U-J3X3
140U-J6X3

Trip Units
Rated
Current
In [A]
90
100
125
150
175
200
225
250

Thermal-Magnetic
Adjustment Range [A]
Thermal Trip [A]
Magnetic Trip
Ir = In (Fixed)
Im = 510 x In
90
450900
100
5001000
125
6001250
150
7501500
175
8751750
200
10002000
225
11252250
250
12502500

Cat. No.

Rated
Current
In [A]

140U-JTD3-C90
140U-JTD3-D10
140U-JTD3-D12
140U-JTD3-D15
140U-JTD3-D17
140U-JTD3-D20
140U-JTD3-D22
140U-JTD3-D25

50
50
100
100
160
160
250
250

Electronic
Adjustment Range [A]
Thermal Trip
Magnetic Trip
Ir = 0.41.0 x In
Im = 214 x In
2050
40700
2050
40700
40100
801400
40100
801400
63160
1262240
63160
1262240
100250
2003500
100250
2003500

Protection
Type

Cat. No.

LS
LSI
LS
LSI
LS
LSI
LS
LSI

140U-JTL3-C50
140U-JTH3-C50
140U-JTL3-D10
140U-JTH3-D10
140U-JTL3-D16
140U-JTH3-D16
140U-JTL3-D25
140U-JTH3-D25

Assembled Circuit Breakers, Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units


400/480V
[kA]
25/25
25/25
25/25
25/25
25/25
25/25
25/25
25/25

Rated Current In [A]


90
100
125
150
175
200
225
250

Cat. No.
140U-J2D3-C90
140U-J2D3-D10
140U-J2D3-D12
140U-J2D3-D15
140U-J2D3-D17
140U-J2D3-D20
140U-J2D3-D22
140U-J2D3-D25

400/480V
[kA]
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35

Cat. No.
140U-J3D3-C90
140U-J3D3-D10
140U-J3D3-D12
140U-J3D3-D15
140U-J3D3-D17
140U-J3D3-D20
140U-J3D3-D22
140U-J3D3-D25

400/480V
[kA]
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65

Cat. No.
140U-J6D3-C90
140U-J6D3-D10
140U-J6D3-D12
140U-J6D3-D15
140U-J6D3-D17
140U-J6D3-D20
140U-J6D3-D22
140U-J6D3-D25

Assembled Circuit Breakers, Electronic Trip Units


Rated Current
In [A]
50
50
100
100
160
160
250
250

Protection Type
LS
LSI
LS
LSI
LS
LSI
LS
LSI

400/480V
[kA]
25/25
25/25
25/25
25/25
25/25
25/25
25/25
25/25

Cat. No.
140U-J2L3-C50
140U-J2H3-C50
140U-J2L3-D10
140U-J2H3-D10
140U-J2L3-D16
140U-J2H3-D16
140U-J2L3-D25
140U-J2H3-D25

400/480V
[kA]
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35

Cat. No.
140U-J3L3-C50
140U-J3H3-C50
140U-J3L3-D10
140U-J3H3-D10
140U-J3L3-D16
140U-J3H3-D16
140U-J3L3-D25
140U-J3H3-D25

400/480V
[kA]
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65

Cat. No.
140U-J6L3-C50
140U-J6H3-C50
140U-J6L3-D10
140U-J6H3-D10
140U-J6L3-D16
140U-J6H3-D16
140U-J6L3-D25
140U-J6H3-D25

Molded Case Switch UL 1087


Rated
Current
In [A]

Thermal Trip
Ir = In [A]

Magnetic
Trip [A]
Im = 10 x In

250

None

2500

42

220240V
100
100

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)


Icu /Ics [kA]
380415V
500V
70
70
42
20

Interrupting Rating (60 Hz)


[kA]
690V
7

240V
100

480V
65

600V
25

Cat. No.
140U-J6S3-D25

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Accessories 250 A, J-Frame
Internal Control Modules Field Installed
Description

Mounting Location

Diagram

(1) 1a-1b

ON

OFF

Auxiliary Contact (AX)


Electrically indicates ON/
OFF status of breakers

AX

1a

1b

140U-H-EA1

TRIP
1a

1a 1b

1b

1c

1c

(2) 1a-1b

Cat. No.

1c

140U-H-EA2

I>

Left AND Right side

Alarm Contact (AL)


Electrically indicates when
the breaker is in the
TRIPPED state

ON

OFF

(1) 1M (make)1B (break)

AL

TRIP

140U-J-ER1

I>

1c

1c

1c

Right side only

ON

OFF

Auxiliary/Alarm Contact (AX/AL)


(1) 1a-1b
Combination
(1) 1M (make) Combination of auxiliary
1B (break)
contact and alarm contact

AX
AL

1b

1c

1a

1b
M

1c

TRIP

1a

1b
M

1c

1a
M

140U-J-EA1R1

I>

1c

1c

1c

Right side only

Shunt Trip (SNT)


Provides remote tripping of
the circuit breaker
Undervoltage trip not
available when shunt trip is
used

1260V,
50/60/DC

140U-H-SNJ
SNT

110240V, 50/
60/DC
380600V, 50/
60

24V
50/60/DC
Undervoltage Release (UVT)
110127V, 50/
Automatically trips breaker
60
when voltage falls between
208240V, 50/
preset value, 3570%
60
Shunt trip is not available
380500V, 50/
when undervoltage release is
60
used
525600V, 50/
60

S1

140U-H-SND
S2

I>

140U-H-SNB

Left side only

140U-H-UJ
140U-H-UD
UVT

U1
U>

I>

U2

140U-H-UA
140U-H-UB

Left side only

140U-H-UC

Internal Control Modules Factory Installed


Left side only

Mounting Location

(1) Shunt Trip (SNT)


or
(1) Undervoltage Release (UVT)

Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts

Suffix

(1) AX
(2) AX
(1) AL
(1) AX + (1) AL

-A
-B
-D
-F

Shunt Trip
Suffix
Combinations
(1) SNT only
- P
(1) AX + (1) SNT
- Q
(2) AX + (1) SNT
- R
(1) AX + (1) AL + (1) SNT
- T
- V
(1) AL + (1) SNT
Standard Voltage Suffix Codes
Voltage [V] 1260 110240 380600
AC,
J
D
B
50/60 Hz
DC
J
D

Right side only

(1) Auxiliary contact (AX)


or
(2) Auxiliary contacts (AX)
or
(1) Alarm contact (AL)
or
(1) Alarm contact (AL) + Auxiliary contact (AX)

Undervoltage Release
Suffix
Combinations
(1) UVT only
- G
(1) AX + (1) UVT
- H
(2) AX + (1) UVT
- J
(1) AX + (1) AL + (1) UVT
- L
(1) AL + (1) UVT
- N
Standard Voltage Suffix Codes
Voltage [V] 24 110127 208240 380500 525600
AC,
J
D
A
B
C
50/60 Hz
DC
J

For additional voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

43

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Accessories 250 A, J-Frame, Continued
External Accessories
Description

Terminal Shields

IP20 Ingress Protection

Non-Metallic Type 1/3/12/4/4X


Flange-Mount Operating Handle

Cat. No.

Qty 2

140U-J-TS

3 ft. (0.9 m) Cable

140U-J-FCX03

4 ft. (1.3 m) Cable

140U-J-FCX04

6 ft. (1.8 m) Cable

140U-J-FCX06

10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable

140U-J-FCX10

3 ft. (0.9 m) Cable

140U-J-FCS03

4 ft. (1.3 m) Cable

140U-J-FCS04

6 ft. (1.8 m) Cable

140U-J-FCS06

10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable

140U-J-FCS10

Black Handle

140U-J-RM12B

Red/Yellow Handle

140U-J-RM12R

Black Handle

140U-J-RCB

Red/Yellow Handle

140U-J-RCR

Flex-Cable Operating Mechanism

Stainless Steel Type 4/4X


Flange-Mount Operating Handle

Rotary, Variable-Depth Operating


Mechanism

Rotary, Direct Couple Operating Mechanism

Rotary Handle Type 1/12


12 in. (305 mm) operating rod

Rotary Handle Type 1


Breaker Mounted

Phase Barriers

Provides additional phase clearance


when special connections are required

Qty: 2

140U-J-PB

Padlock Kit

Padlocking Hasp
Lock-OFF only

Qty: 1

140U-J-PL

Stainless Steel Box Lugs


Copper wire only
(1) 4/0350MCM

Qty: 1

140U-J-TLS1

Aluminum Lugs
Aluminum or copper wire
(1) 4/0350MCM
(1) 25185 mm2

Qty: 1

140U-J-TLA1

Provides 3-phase connections for


terminal or bolt-on connections
Metric Hardware

Qty:1

140U-J-ECM

Terminal Lugs

End Cap Kit

44

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Approximate Dimensions 250 A, J-Frame
Dimensions are in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

5.048

.170

4.125

6.000

2.062

4.453

#8-32 TAP
4 HOLES

5.642
1.541
.281

THERMAL ADJUSTMENT

5.500

.256

3.922

.110 X .310 DEEP


R
TYP(4)

.145

7.000

5.500

4 HOLES

BREAKER H
HANDLE

.688

2.750
4.125

1.375

.664

2.062

.688
.203

1.375

FRONT CONNECTED DRILL PLAN


GNETIC ADJUST

PUSH TO TRIP
2.906

.897

.650
TYP(6)

4.125

3.978

.500

2.062

.625
6 HOLES

1.188
TRIP

.594

R2.656

4.0

.500
7.000

BREAKER HANDLE

6.000

4.427
3.570
3.440

3.344

1.375

3.344
3.194
1.906
REF

2.750

.187

.188

REAR CONNECTED STUDS

1.771
.624

2.062
.125

.198

.625
.625

1.000

.125

7.000

R.188

1.875

3.922
.173

.949

4.938
BREAKER
K HANDLE

.859
1.062

.949

.500

.281
2.000
4.000
.260

45

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Product Selection 400 A, K-Frame

UL 489
CSA 22.2, No. 5
IEC 157-1
KEMA-KEUR

Terminal box lugs must be ordered


separately. See page 48

Breaker Frames
Rated Current
In [A]

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)


Icu /Ics [kA]
380415V
500V
40
40
30
30
65
65
50
38
100
100
65
49

220240V
65
65
100
100
200
200

400

Interrupting Rating (60 Hz)


[kA]
240V
480V
600V
65
35
25
100
65
35
200
100
50

690V
10
13
18

5
6
9

Cat. No.
140U-K3X3
140U-K6X3
140U-K0X3

Trip Units and Rating Plugs


Thermal-Magnetic
Adjustment Range [A]
Rated Current
Thermal Trip [A] Magnetic Trip
In [A]
Ir = In (Fixed) Im = 510 x In
100
100
5001000
125
125
6251250
150
150
7501500
175
175
8951750
200
200
10002000
225
225
11252250
250
250
12502500
300
300
15003000
350
350
17503500
400
400
20004000

Rated Current
In [A]

Cat. No.
140U-KTD3-D10
140U-KTD3-D12
140U-KTD3-D15
140U-KTD3-D17
140U-KTD3-D20
140U-KTD3-D22
140U-KTD3-D25
140U-KTD3-D30
140U-KTD3-D35
140U-KTD3-D40

400

Electronic
Adjustment Range [A]
Cat. No.
Thermal Trip
Magnetic Trip Protection Type
Ir = 1.0 x In
Im = 28 x In
LS
140U-KTL3-D40
200400
4003200
LSI
140U-KTH3-D40
LSG
140U-KTG3-D40
Rating Plugs
Thermal Trip
Cat. No.
In [A]

Thermal Trip
In [A]
200
225
250

140U-KRP3-D20
140U-KRP3-D22
140U-KRP3-D25

300
350
400

Cat. No.
140U-KRP3-D30
140U-KRP3-D35
140U-KRP3-D40

Assembled Circuit Breakers, Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units


Rated Current
In [A]
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
400

400/480V
[kA]
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35
40/35

Cat. No.
140U-K3D3-D10
140U-K3D3-D12
140U-K3D3-D15
140U-K3D3-D17
140U-K3D3-D20
140U-K3D3-D22
140U-K3D3-D25
140U-K3D3-D30
140U-K3D3-D35
140U-K3D3-D40

400/480V
[kA]
65/65
65/65
65/65
65/65
65/65
65/65
65/65
65/65
65/65
65/65

Cat. No.
140U-K6D3-D10
140U-K6D3-D12
140U-K6D3-D15
140U-K6D3-D17
140U-K6D3-D20
140U-K6D3-D22
140U-K6D3-D25
140U-K6D3-D30
140U-K6D3-D35
140U-K6D3-D40

400/480V
[kA]
100/100
100/100
100/100
100/100
100/100
100/100
100/100
100/100
100/100
100/100

Cat. No.
140U-K0D3-D10
140U-K0D3-D12
140U-K0D3-D15
140U-K0D3-D17
140U-K0D3-D20
140U-K0D3-D22
140U-K0D3-D25
140U-K0D3-D30
140U-K0D3-D35
140U-K0D3-D40

Assembled Circuit Breakers, Electronic Trip Units


Thermal Trip
400/480V
Protection Type
Ir = 0.51.0 x In
[kA]
LS
40/35
100400
LSI
40/35
LSG
40/35

Rated Current
In [A]
400

400/480V
[kA]
65/65
65/65
65/65

Cat. No.
140U-K3L3-D40
140U-K3H3-D40
140U-K3G3-D40

Cat. No.
140U-K6L3-D40
140U-K6H3-D40
140U-K6G3-D40

400/480V
[kA]
100/100
100/100
100/100

Cat. No.
140U-K0L3-D40
140U-K0H3-D40
140U-K0G3-D40

Select proper rating plug to cover thermal trip requirement.

Molded Case Switch UL 1087


Rated Current
In [A]

Magnetic Trip
10 x In

400

4000

46

220240V
100
100

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)


Icu /Ics [kA]
380415V
500V
65
65
50
38

Interrupting Rating (60 Hz)


[kA]
690V
13

240V
100

480V
65

600V
35

Cat. No.
140U-K6S3-D40

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Accessories 400 A, K-Frame
Internal Control Modules Field Installed
Description

Mounting Location

Cat. No.

Diagram

(1) 1a-1b

ON

OFF

Auxiliary Contact (AX)


Electrically indicates ON/
OFF status of breakers

AX

1a

1b

1c

1c

(2) 1a-1b

140U-K-EA1

TRIP
1a

1a 1b

1b

1c

140U-K-EA2

I>

Left AND Right side

Alarm Contact (AL)


Electrically indicates when
the breaker is in the
TRIPPED state

ON

OFF

(1) 1M (make)1B (break)

AL

TRIP

140U-K-ER1

I>

1c

1c

1c

Right side ONLY


\

ON

OFF

Auxiliary/Alarm Contact (AX/AL)


(1) 1a-1b
Combination
(1) 1M (make) Combination of auxiliary
1B (break)
contact and alarm contact

AX
AL

1b

1c

1a

1b
M

1c

TRIP

1a

1b
M

1c

1a
M

140U-K-EA1R1

I>

1c

1c

1c

Right side ONLY

1224V,
50/60/DC
Shunt Trip (SNT)
Provides remote tripping of
the circuit breaker
Undervoltage trip not
available when shunt trip is
used

140U-K-SNJ

110240V AC,
110125V DC
380440V AC,
220250V DC

SNT

S1

140U-K-SND
S2

I>

480600V, 50/
60 Hz

24V,
50/60
Undervoltage Release (UVT)
Automatically trips breaker
110127V, 50/
when voltage falls between
60
preset value, 3570%
208240V, 50/
Shunt trip is not available
60
when undervoltage release is
380500V, 50/
used
60

140U-K-SNN

Left side ONLY

140U-K-SNB
140U-K-UJ
UVT
I>

U1

140U-K-UD

U>

U2

Left side ONLY

140U-K-UA
140U-K-UB

Internal Control Modules Factory Installed


Left side only
(1) Shunt Trip (SNT)
or
(1) Undervoltage Release (UVT)

Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts

Suffix

(1) AX
(2) AX
(1) AL
(1) AX + (1) AL

-A
-B
-D
-F

Mounting Location

Right side only

(1) Auxiliary contact (AX)


or
(2) Auxiliary contacts (AX)
or
(1) Alarm contact (AL)
or
(1) Alarm contact (AL) + Auxiliary contact (AX)

Shunt Trip
Suffix
Combinations
(1) SNT only
- P
(1) AX + (1) SNT
- Q
(2) AX + (1) SNT
- R
(1) AX + (1) AL + (1) SNT
- T
(1) AL + (1) SNT
- V
Standard Voltage Suffix Codes
Voltage [V] 1224 110240 380440 480600
AC
J
D
N
B
50/60 Hz
Voltage [V] 1224 110125 220250

DC
J
D
N

Undervoltage Release
Suffix
Combinations
(1) UVT only
- G
(1) AX + (1) UVT
- H
(2) AX + (1) UVT
- J
(1) AX + (1) AL + (1) UVT
- L
(1) AL + (1) UVT
- N
Standard Voltage Suffix Codes
Voltage [V] 24 110127 208240 380480
AC
J
D
A
B
50/60 Hz
Voltage [V]

DC

For additional voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

47

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Accessories 400 A, K-Frame, Continued
External Accessories
Description

Terminal Shields

IP20 Ingress Protection

Non-Metallic Type 1/3/12/4/4X


Flange-Mount Operating Handle

Cat. No.

Qty: 1

140U-K-TS

3 ft. (0.9 m) Cable

140U-K-FCX03

4 ft. (1.3 m) Cable

140U-K-FCX04

6 ft. (1.8 m) Cable

140U-K-FCX06

10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable

140U-K-FCX10

3 ft. (0.9 m) Cable

140U-K-FCS03

4 ft. (1.3 m) Cable

140U-K-FCS04

6 ft. (1.8 m) Cable

140U-K-FCS06

10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable

140U-K-FCS10

Black Handle

140U-K-RM12B

Red/Yellow Handle

140U-K-RM12R

Black Handle

140U-K-RCB

Red/Yellow Handle

140U-K-RCR

Flex-Cable Operating Mechanism

Stainless Steel Type 4/4X


Flange-Mount Operating Handle

Rotary, Variable-Depth Operating


Mechanism

Rotary, Direct Couple Operating Mechanism

Rotary Handle Type 1


Breaker Mounted

Operating Handle Extension

Provides handle extension for ease


of operation

Qty: 1

140U-K-OHE

Phase Barriers

Provides additional phase


clearance when special
connections are required

Qty: 2

140U-K-PB

Padlock Kit

Padlocking Hasp
Lock-OFF only

140U-K-PL

Qty: 1

140U-K-TLC1

Terminal Lugs

Copper lug
Copper wire only
(1) 250500 MCM
(1) 120240 mm2
Copper lug
Copper wire only
(1) 3/0250 MCM
(1) 95120 mm2
Aluminum lug
Aluminum or copper wire
(1) 250500 MCM
(1) 120240 mm2

Qty: 3

140U-K-TLC2

Qty: 1

140U-K-TLA1

Qty: 1

140U-K-ECM

End Cap Kit

48

Rotary Handle Type 1/12


12 in. (305 mm) operating rod

Provides 3-phase connections for


terminal or bolt-on connections
Metric Hardware

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Approximate Dimensions 400 A, K-Frame
Dimensions are in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Front View

Side View

5.490(139.43)

.844
(21.44)

Line End

.625
(15.88)

2.813
(71.45)

1.719
(43.66)

.188 (4.77) Dia.


C'Bore x .031 (.79)
DP .147 (12.7) Dia.
Hole x .500 DP to
Accept #8 (M4)
Thread Cutting
Screws (8 Places)

.860 (21.84)
2.063 (52.39)

.125
(3.18)

4.125 (104.78)

.093 R
(2.36) R
3.75
(9.52)

ON

.375
(9.52)

Contact
Position
Indicators
Red/1 - On
Green/O - Off
White - T rip

2.438
(61.89)
.750
(19.05)

CL

10.125
(257.18)

3.875 R
(98.42) R

Handle

.500
(12.70)

1.219
(30.96)
1.625
(41.28)

1.625
(41.28)

.250
(6.35)
.063
(1.60)

1.063
(27.00)

.500
(12.70)

8.438
(214.33)
8.875
(225.43)

OFF

.250 R
(6.35) R

1.250
(31.75)

43
.062
(1.57)

4.000
(101.60)
3.563
(90.50)

1.000
(25.40)

3.813
(96.85)

.125 (3.18) Wide x


.750 (19.05) Slots for
Attachment Leads

.188
(4.77) R

7.406
(112.70)

.694
(17.63)

5.000(127.00)

2.563
(12.70)

4.437
(65.10)

.500
(12.70)

Trough for
Attachment
Leads

5.966(151.54)

1.719
(43.66)

5.766 (146.46)

.500
(12.70)

4.313
(109.55)

.110 (2.79) Dia. x .297 (7.54)


Deep, 4 Holes Accept #6
(M3) Thread Cutting Screws

3.438
(87.32)

.625 (15.88)
6 Holes

.209
(5.31)

.188
(4.77)

1.734
(44.04)

2.391
(60.73)

39
4.782(121.46)
.698
.547
(13.89) (17.73)

.188 R
(4.77) R
.500
(12.70)
1.160
(29.49)

.063 (1.60)

.937
(23.80)

Dimensions for Extended


Terminals and Barrier Style
Nos. 4212B60G02,
4212B61G02 and 1492D24H01

.875
(22.25)
.438
(11.13)

.250 (6.35) R

1.063
(27.00)

.750 (19.05)
Wide Conductor
with .391 (9.93)
Dia Hole Line
and Load End

3.812
(96.82)
.188
(4.77)

.766
(19.46)

2.375
(60.33)

.500
(12.70)

Load End

.281 (7.14) Dia. Mounting Holes


4 Holes for .250-20 (M6) x 1.50
(38) Mounting Screws .500
(12.70) Dia. C'Bore from T op
2.875 (73.03) Deep Load End
2.625 (66.68) Deep Line End .438
(11.13) Dia C'Bore .750 (10.05)
Deep from Bottom

.062
(1.57)

4.062
(103.17)
E
F

Breaker
Status

Dimensions
A

Handle
Force

On

5.39
(136.9)

5.20
(132.1)

5.69
(144.5)

5.61
(142.5)

4.72
(119.9)

4.77
(121.2)

30 lbs.
(13.61 kgs.)

Tripped

4.77
(121.2)

4.69
(119.1)

5.08
(129.0)

5.11
(129.8)

4.89
(124.2)

4.89
(124.2)

N/A

Off

4.16
(105.7)

4.21
(106.9)

4.46
(113.3)

4.64
(117.9)

4.95
(125.7)

4.91
(124.7)

25 lbs.
(11.34 kgs.)

Reset

4.07
(103.4)

4.14
(105.2)

4.57
(116.1)

4.56
(115.8)

4.95
(125.7)

4.90
(124.5)

35 lbs.
(15.87 kgs.)

All handle forces measured approximately 0.125 (3.17) from top of handle.

49

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Product Selection 600 A, Q-Frame

UL 489
CSA 22.2, No. 5
IEC 60947-2
CE
KEMA-KEUR

Terminal box lugs must be ordered


separately. See page 52

Breaker Frames
Rated Current In
[A]
600

220240V
85
85
100
100

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)


Icu /Ics [kA]
380415V
500V
45
45
30
30
70
70
50
38

Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [kA]


690V
20
25

240V
65
100

10
13

480V
35
65

Cat. No.

600V
25
35

140U-Q3X3
140U-Q6X3

Trip Units and Rating Plugs


Thermal-Magnetic
Adjustment Range [A]
Rated Current In
Thermal Trip Magnetic Trip
[A]
Ir = In (Fixed) Im = 510 x In
300
300
15003000
350
350
17503500
400
400
20004000
450
450
22504500
500
500
25005000
600
600
30006000

Electronic
Adjustment Range [A]
Rated Current
Thermal Trip
Magnetic Trip
In [A]
Ir = 0.51.0 x In
Im = 28 x In

Cat. No.
140U-QTD3-D30
140U-QTD3-D35
140U-QTD3-D40
140U-QTD3-D45
140U-QTD3-D50
140U-QTD3-D60

600

400600

Protection Type

Cat. No.

LS
LSI
LSG

140U-QTL3-D60
140U-QTH3-D60
140U-QTG3-D60

8004800

Rating Plugs
Thermal Trip
Cat. No.
In [A]
140U-QRP3-D40
400
140U-QRP3-D50
500
600
140U-QRP3-D60

Assembled Circuit Breakers, Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units


Thermal Trip
Ir = In
300
350
400
450
500
600

Rated Current In [A]


300
350
400
450
500
600

400/480V
[kA]
45/35
45/35
45/35
45/35
45/35
45/35

Cat. No.
140U-Q3D3-D30
140U-Q3D3-D35
140U-Q3D3-D40
140U-Q3D3-D45
140U-Q3D3-D50
140U-Q3D3-D60

400/480V
[kA]
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65

Cat. No.
140U-Q6D3-D30
140U-Q6D3-D35
140U-Q6D3-D40
140U-Q6D3-D45
140U-Q6D3-D50
140U-Q6D3-D60

Assembled Circuit Breakers, Electronic Trip Units


Rated Current
In [A]

Thermal Trip
Ir = 0.51.0 x In

Protection Type

600

200600

LS
LSI
LSG

400/480V
[kA]
45/35
45/35
45/35

Cat. No.
140U-Q3L3-D60
140U-Q3H3-D60
140U-Q3G3-D60

400/480V
[kA]
70/65
70/65
70/65

Cat. No.
140U-Q6L3-D60
140U-Q6H3-D60
140U-Q6G3-D60

Select proper rating plug to cover thermal trip requirement.

Molded Case Switch UL 1087


Rated Current
In [A]

Magnetic Trip
Im = 10 x In

600

6000

50

220240V
100
100

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)


Icu /Ics [kA]
380415V
500V
70
70
50
38

690V
25

13

Interrupting Rating (60 Hz)


[kA]
240V
480V
600V
100
65
35

Cat. No.
140U-Q6S3-D60

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Accessories 600 A, Q-Frame
Internal Control Modules Field Installed
Description

Mounting Location

Cat. No.

Diagram

(1) 1a-1b

ON

OFF

Auxiliary Contact (AX)


Electrically indicates ON/
OFF status of breakers

AX

1a

1b

1c

1c

(2) 1a-1b

140U-M-EA1

TRIP
1a

1a 1b

1b

1c

140U-M-EA2

I>

Left AND Right side

Alarm Contact (AL)


Electrically indicates when
the breaker is in the
TRIPPED state

ON

OFF

(1) 1M (make)1B (break)

AL

TRIP

140U-M-ER1

I>

1c

1c

1c

Right side ONLY


\

ON

OFF
AX

Auxiliary/Alarm Contact (AX/AL)


(1) 1a-1b
Combination
(1) 1M (make) Combination of auxiliary
1B (break)
contact and alarm contact

AL

1b

1c

1a

1b
M

1c

TRIP

1a

1b
M

1c

1a
M

I>

1c

1c

1c

140U-M-EA1R1
Right side ONLY

1224V,
50/60/DC
Shunt Trip (SNT)
Provides remote tripping of
the circuit breaker
Undervoltage trip not
available when shunt trip is
used

Undervoltage Release (UVT)


Automatically trips breaker
when voltage falls between
preset value, 3570%
Shunt trip is not available
when undervoltage release is
used

140U-M-SNJ

110240V AC,
110125V DC
380440V AC,
220250V DC

S1

SNT

140U-M-SND
S2

I>

140U-M-SNN

Left side ONLY

480600V,
50/60 Hz

140U-M-SNB

24V,
50/60 Hz

140U-M-UJ

110127V,
50/60 Hz

UVT

208240V,
50/60 Hz
380500V,
50/60 Hz

U1

140U-M-UD

U>

I>

U2

Left side ONLY

140U-M-UA
140U-M-UB

Internal Control Modules Factory Installed


Left side only
(1) Shunt Trip (SNT)
or
(1) Undervoltage Release (UVT)

Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts

Suffix

(1) AX
(2) AX
(1) AL
(1) AX + (1) AL

-A
-B
-D
-F

Mounting Location

Right side only

(1) Auxiliary contact (AX)


or
(2) Auxiliary contacts (AX)
or
(1) Alarm contact (AL)
or
(1) Alarm contact (AL) + Auxiliary contact (AX)

Shunt Trip
Suffix
Combinations
(1) SNT only
- P
(1) AX + (1) SNT
- Q
(2) AX + (1) SNT
- R
(1) AX + (1) AL + (1) SNT
- T
- V
(1) AL + (1) SNT
Standard Voltage Suffix Codes
Voltage [V] 1224 110240 380440 480600
AC
J
D
N
B
50/60 Hz
Voltage [V] 1224 110125 220250

DC
J
D
N

Undervoltage Release
Suffix
Combinations
(1) UVT only
- G
(1) AX + (1) UVT
- H
(2) AX + (1) UVT
- J
(1) AX + (1) AL + (1) UVT
- L
(1) AL + (1) UVT
- N
Standard Voltage Suffix Codes
Voltage [V] 24 110127 208240 380480
AC
J
D
A
B
50/60 Hz
Voltage [V]

DC

For additional voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

51

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Accessories 600 A, Q-Frame, Continued
External Accessories
Description
Non-Metallic Type 1/3/12/4/4X
Flange-Mount Operating Handle

Cat. No.
4 ft. (1.3 m) Cable

140U-M-FCX04

6 ft. (1.8 m) Cable

140U-M-FCX06

10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable

140U-M-FCX10

Flex-Cable Operating Mechanism


Stainless Steel Type 4/4X
Flange-Mount Operating Handle

Rotary, Variable-Depth Operating


Mechanism

140U-M-FSX04
140U-M-FSX06

10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable

140U-M-FSX10

Black Handle

140U-M-RM12B

Red/Yellow Handle

140U-M-RM12R

Rotary Handle Type 1/12


12 in. (305 mm) operating rod

Phase Barriers

Provides additional phase clearance


when special connections are
required

Qty:2

140U-M-PB

Padlock Kit

Padlocking Hasp
Lock-OFF only

140U-M-PL

Operating Handle Extension

Provides handle extension for ease of


operation

Qty: 1

140U-M-OHE

Copper lug
Copper wire only
(2) 250350 MCM
(2) 120250 mm2

Qty: 1

140U-Q-TLC2

Aluminum lug
Aluminum or Copper wire
(2) 3/0350 MCM
(2) 95150 mm2

Qty:1

140U-Q-TLA2

Terminal Lugs

52

4 ft. (1.3 m) Cable


6 ft. (1.8 m) Cable

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Approximate Dimensions 600 A, Q-Frame
Dimensions are in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Front View

Side View

.375 (9.52)
.531 (13.49)

Trough For
Attachment
Leads

Off/O

Off/O

1.232
(31.29)

.188 R
(4.77) R

Trip Unit May Be


Either Thermal/Magnetic
Or Electronic

1.500
(38.10)

.500
(12.70)

.80

)R

CL Handle
19.2
24.2

0.2

Tripped

.420
(10.67)

Off

.482
(12.24)

Reset

.500
(12.70)

45

8.213 (208.61)

(88

3.622 (92.00)

.61
.44 6 (15
2 ( .65
11 )
.23
)

5.614 (142.59)

96

6.688 (169.87)

.750
(19.05)

.375
(9.52)

3.4

On

CL Handle

45

4.327 (109.90)

1.000(25.40) R
x 1.906 (48.41)
Wide

.219
(5.56)

14.7

1.142
(29.00)

10.750 (273.05)

5.083 (129.10)

.297
(7.54)

4.000 (101.60)
.250 (6.35)
9.594 (243.68) CL / CL Standard T erminals

On/I

On/I

1.594
(40.49)
.375
(9.52)

1.126
(28.60)

3.094 (78.59)

2.281
(57.94)

.250(6.35) R
.156(3.96) R

2.292 (58.22)

4.864 (123.54)

1.125
(28.57)
3.019 (76.68)

3.812 (96.82)

.125(3.17) Wide
x .750 (19.05)
Slots For
Attachment Leads

.250(6.35) R

4.260 (108.20)

9.531 (242.09) CL / CL Mounting Holes


5.052 (128.32)

6.489 (164.82)

.438 (11.12)

11.344 (288.14) CL / CL Extended T erminals


5.958 (151.33)

4.062 (103.17)

Line End

.147(3.73) Dia Hole


.500(12.70) Deep To
Accept #8 Thread Cutting
Screws 8 Places

.875 (22.22)

12.500 (317.50) Overall Extended Length

4.375 (111.12)

Removable T erminal
Cover Must Be in
Place While in Service

.1.151
(29.23)

0.062 R
(1.57) R

5.136 (130.45)

.516 (13.11) Hex .406 (10.31)


.250 (6.35) Deep Dia.
.250-20(6.35)
.328 (8.33) Dia.
Tap
Hole
12 Holes

Terminal Barrier Used


with Extended T erminals
Only (TA603LD)

.800
(20.32)

2.750
(69.85)

.016
(0.41)

2.062
(52.37)

.110(2.79) Dia Hole


.312(7.92) Deep To
Accept #6
Thread Cutting Screws
6 Places

Load End
CLHandle

Contact Position
Indicators
Red/I - On
Green/O - Off
White - T rip

1.000(25.40) R x
1.906(48.41) Wide

.313 R
(7.95) R

1.375
(34.92)

2.750 (69.85)

.313 (7.95) Dia. Mounting Holes


(4) for .250 (6.35) - 20 x 1.50 (38.10)
Mounting Screws
.531 (13.49) Dia C'Bore from Top
2.625 (66.67) Deep Line End (2)
2.875 (73.02) Deep Load End (2)
.531 (13.49) Dia. C'Bore
.875 (22.22) from Bottom

4.125 (104.77)
5.500 (139.70)
3.641 (92.48)
7.281 (184.94)
4.125 (104.77)
8.250 (209.55)
3.250 (82.55)

2.750
(69.85)

.812 (20.62)
1.625
(41.27)
1.906
(48.41)

.531 (13.49)
.375 (9.52)
1.265 (32.13)
2.047 (51.99)

Handle Forces
On
Off
Reset

1.625 (41.27)

1.875 (47.62) Wide


Conductor with .406
(10.31) Dia. Hole Line and
Load Ends (Current
Carrying Parts Omitted
in Center Pole for 2-Pole
Breaker)

.062 (1.57)

45 lbs.
50 lbs.
60 lbs.

Measurements taken approximately 3/16 in.


from end of handle.

1.906
(48.41)

3.218
(81.74)

53

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Product Selection 800 A, M-Frame

UL 489
CSA 22.2, No. 5
IEC 60947-2
CE
KEMA-KEUR

Terminal box lugs must be ordered


separately. See page 56

Breaker Frames
Rated Current
In [A]

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)


Icu /Ics [kA]
380415V
500V
50
50
50
25
70
70
70
50

220240V
65
65
100
100

800

Interrupting Rating (60 Hz) [kA]


690V
20
25

240V
65
100

10
13

480V
50
65

Cat. No.

600V
25
35

140U-M5X3
140U-M6X3

Trip Units and Rating Plugs

Rated Current
In [A]
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
800

Thermal-Magnetic
Adjustment Range [A]
Thermal Trip Magnetic Trip
Ir = In
Im = 510 x In
300
15003000
350
17503500
400
20004000
450
22504500
500
25005000
600
30006000
700
35007000
800
40008000

Cat. No.

Rated Current
In [A]

140U-MTD3-D30
140U-MTD3-D35
140U-MTD3-D40
140U-MTD3-D45
140U-MTD3-D50
140U-MTD3-D60
140U-MTD3-D70
140U-MTD3-D80

Electronic
Adjustment Range [A]
Thermal Trip
Magnetic Trip
Ir = 1.0 x In
Im = 28 x In
400800

800

Thermal Trip
In [A]
400
500
600

8006400

Protection
Type

Cat. No.

LS
LSI
LSG

140U-MTL3-D80
140U-MTH3-D80
140U-MTG3-D80

Rating Plugs
Thermal Trip
In [A]
140U-MRP3-D40
700
140U-MRP3-D50
800
140U-MRP3-D60
Cat. No.

Cat. No.
140U-MRP3-D70
140U-MRP3-D80

Assembled Circuit Breakers, Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units


Thermal Trip
Ir = In
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
800

Rated Current
In [A]
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
800

400/480V
[kA]
50/50
50/50
50/50
50/50
50/50
50/50
50/50
50/50

400/480V
[kA]
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65
70/65

Cat. No.
140U-M5D3-D30
140U-M5D3-D35
140U-M5D3-D40
140U-M5D3-D45
140U-M5D3-D50
140U-M5D3-D60
140U-M5D3-D70
140U-M5D3-D80

Cat. No.
140U-M6D3-D30
140U-M6D3-D35
140U-M6D3-D40
140U-M6D3-D45
140U-M6D3-D50
140U-M6D3-D60
140U-M6D3-D70
140U-M6D3-D80

Assembled Circuit Breakers, Electronic Trip Units


Rated Current In [A]

Thermal Trip
Ir = 0.51.0 x In

Protection Type

200800

LS
LSI
LSG

800

400/480V
[kA]
50/50
50/50
50/50

Cat. No.
140U-M5L3-D80
140U-M5H3-D80
140U-M5G3-D80

400/480V
[kA]
70/65
70/65
70/65

Cat. No.
140U-M6L3-D80
140U-M6H3-D80
140U-M6G3-D80

Select proper rating plug to cover thermal trip requirement.

Molded Case Switch UL 1087


Rated Current
In [A]

Magnetic Trip
Im = 10 x In

800

8000

54

220240V
100
100

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)


Icu /Ics [kA]
380415V
500V
70
70
70
50

Interrupting Rating (60 Hz)


[kA]
690V
25

13

240V
100

480V
65

600V
35

Cat. No.
140U-M6S3-D80

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Accessories 800 A, M-Frame
Internal Control Modules Field Installed
Description

Mounting Location

Cat. No.

Diagram

(1) 1a-1b

ON

OFF

Auxiliary Contact (AX)


Electrically indicates ON/
OFF status of breakers

AX

1a

1b

1c

1c

(2) 1a-1b

140U-M-EA1

TRIP
1a

1a 1b

1b

1c

140U-M-EA2

I>

Left AND Right side

Alarm Contact (AL)


Electrically indicates when
the breaker is in the
TRIPPED state

ON

OFF

(1) 1M (make)1B (break)

AL

TRIP

140U-M-ER1

I>

1c

1c

1c

Right side ONLY


\

ON

OFF

Auxiliary/Alarm Contact (AX/AL)


(1) 1a-1b
Combination
(1) 1M (make) Combination of auxiliary
1B (break)
contact and alarm contact

AX
AL

1b

1c

1a

1b
M

1c

TRIP

1a

1b
M

1c

1a
M

140U-M-EA1R1

I>

1c

1c

1c

Right side ONLY

1224V,
50/60/DC
Shunt Trip (SNT)
Provides remote tripping of
the circuit breaker
Undervoltage trip not
available when shunt trip is
used

140U-M-SNJ

110240V AC,
110125V DC
380440V AC,
220250V DC

SNT

S1

140U-M-SND

S2

140U-M-SNN

I>

Left side ONLY

480600V,
50/60 Hz

24V AC,
50/60 Hz
Undervoltage Release (UVT)
Automatically trips breaker
110127V AC,
when voltage falls between
50/60 Hz
preset value, 3570%
208240V AC,
Shunt trip is not available
50/60 Hz
when undervoltage release is
used
380500V AC,
50/60 Hz

140U-M-SNB
140U-M-UJ

UVT
I>

Left side ONLY

U1

140U-M-UD

U>

U2

140U-M-UA
140U-M-UB

Internal Control Modules Factory Installed


Left side only
(1) Shunt Trip (SNT)
or
(1) Undervoltage Release (UVT)

Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts

Suffix

(1) AX
(2) AX
(1) AL
(1) AX + (1) AL

-A
-B
-D
-F

Mounting Location

Right side only

(1) Auxiliary contact (AX)


or
(2) Auxiliary contacts (AX)
or
(1) Alarm contact (AL)
or
(1) Alarm contact (AL) + Auxiliary contact (AX)

Shunt Trip
Suffix
Combinations
(1) SNT only
- P
(1) AX + (1) SNT
- Q
(2) AX + (1) SNT
- R
(1) AX + (1) AL + (1) SNT
- T
(1) AL + (1) SNT
- V
Standard Voltage Suffix Codes
Voltage [V] 1224 110240 380440 480600
AC,
J
D
N
B
50/60 Hz
Voltage [V] 1224 110125 220250

DC
J
D
N

Undervoltage Release
Suffix
Combinations
(1) UVT only
- G
(1) AX + (1) UVT
- H
(2) AX + (1) UVT
- J
(1) AX + (1) AL + (1) UVT
- L
(1) AL + (1) UVT
- N
Standard Voltage Suffix Codes
Voltage [V] 24 110127 208240 380480
AC,
J
D
A
B
50/60 Hz
Voltage [V]

DC

For additional voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

55

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Accessories 800 A, M-Frame, Continued
External Accessories
Description
Non-Metallic Type 1/3/12/4/4X
Flange-Mount Operating Handle

Cat. No.
4 ft. (1.3 m) Cable

140U-M-FCX04

6 ft. (1.8 m) Cable

140U-M-FCX06

10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable

140U-M-FCX10

Flex-Cable Operating Mechanism


4 ft. (1.3 m) Cable

140U-M-FSX04

6 ft. (1.8 m) Cable

140U-M-FSX06

10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable

140U-M-FSX10

Black Handle

140U-M-RM12B

Red/Yellow Handle

140U-M-RM12R

Copper lug
Copper wire only
(3) 3/0300MCM
(3) 95135 mm2

Qty: 1

140U-M-TLC3

Aluminum lug
Aluminum or Copper wire
(3) 3/0400MCM
(3) 95185 mm2

Qty: 1

140U-M-TLA3

Phase Barriers

Provides additional phase clearance


when special connections are required

Qty: 2

140U-M-PB

Padlock Kit

Padlocking Hasp
Lock-OFF only

140U-M-PL

Operating Handle Extension

Provides handle extension for ease of


operation

Qty: 1

140U-M-OHE

Stainless Steel Type 4/4X


Flange-Mount Operating Handle

Rotary, Variable-Depth Operating


Mechanism

Terminal Lugs

56

Rotary Handle Type 1/12


12 in. (305 mm) operating rod

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Approximate Dimensions 800 A, M-Frame
Dimensions are in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
C
L
Handle
Pivot

Line End

2.018
(51.26)

.375 (9.53) Dia. 4-Holes for .312 (7.92) 16 (406.40) x 1.75 (44.45) Large Mounting Screws.

8.302
(210.87)

.500
(12.70)

1.411
(35.84)
Max.

.547
(13.89)

7.677
(195.00)
6.052
(153.72)

On/I

.415
(10.54)

Tripped
0.2

11.500
(292.10)

On/I

On
14.7

C
L
Handle
Pivot

Off
19.2

Off/O

Off/O

14.750
(374.65)

Reset
24.2

16.000
(406.40)
Dim.
B

1.375
(34.93)

Dim.
A

.500 (12.70) - 13 Tap


Thru.

.500
(12.70)

2.750
(69.85)

.531
(13.49)

2.531
(64.29)
4.062
(103.17)

2.750
(69.85)
5.500
(139.70)

4.375
(111.13)

4.250
(107.95)
8.250
(209.55)

Load End

3.250
(82.55)
1.625
(41.28)
1.625
(41.28)
.813
(20.65)
1.874
(47.60)

Breaker Status

Dimension A

Dimension B

On

8.72
(221.49)

9.17
(232.92)

Off

6.72
(170.69)

7.14
(181.36)

Tripped

7.86
(199.64)

8.30
(210.82)

Reset

6.44
(163.58)

6.84
(173.74)

57

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Product Selection 1200 A, N-Frame

UL 489
CSA 22.2, No. 5
IEC 60947-2
CE
KEMA-KEUR

Terminal box lugs must be ordered


separately. See page 60

Assembled Circuit Breakers, Electronic Trip Units


Adjustment Range Ir [A]
Rated
Protection
Current
Thermal Trip
Magnetic Trip
Type
In [A]
Ir = 0.51.0 x In Im = 28 x In
1200

6001200

120010,600

1200

6001200

120010,600

1200

6001200

120010,600

LS
LS
LSI
LSG
LS
LSI
LSG

220240V
85
85
100
100
100
100
100
100
200
100
200
100
200
100

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)


Icu /Ics [kA]
380415V
500V
50
50
40
20
70
50
50
25
70
50
50
25
70
50
50
25
100
50
65
33
100
50
65
33
100
50
65
33

Interrupting Rating
(60 Hz) [kA]
690V
20
10
25
13
25
13
25
13
35
18
35
18
35
18

240V
65
100
100
100
200
200
200

480V
50
65
65
65
100
100
100

Cat. No.

600V
25
35
35
35
50
50
50

140U-N5L3-E12
140U-N6L3-E12
140U-N6H3-E12
140U-N6G3-E12
140U-N0L3-E12
140U-N0H3-E12
140U-N0G3-E12

Select proper rating plug to cover thermal trip requirement.

Rating Plugs
Rated Current
In [A]
600
700
800

Cat. No.
140U-NRP3-D60
140U-NRP3-D70
140U-NRP3-D80

Rated Current
In [A]
900
1000
1200

Cat. No.
140U-NRP3-D90
140U-NRP3-E10
140U-NRP3-E12

Molded Case Switch UL 1087


Rated Current
In [A]

Magnetic
Trip 10 x In

1200

12,000

58

220240V
100
100

Breaking Capacity (50 Hz)


Icu /Ics [kA]
380415V
500V
70
50
50
25

Interrupting Rating (60 Hz)


[kA]
690V
25

13

240V
100

480V
65

600V
35

Cat. No.
140U-N6S3-E12

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Accessories 1200 A, N-Frame
Internal Control Modules Field Installed
Description

Mounting Location

Diagram

(1) 1a-1b

ON

OFF

Auxiliary Contact (AX)


Electrically indicates ON/
OFF status of breakers

AX

1a

1b

140U-N-EA1

TRIP
1a

1a 1b

1b

1c

1c

(2) 1a-1b

Cat. No.

1c

140U-N-EA2

I>

Left AND Right side

Alarm Contact (AL)


Electrically indicates when
the breaker is in the
TRIPPED state

ON

OFF

(1) 1M (make)1B (break)

AL

TRIP

140U-N-ER1

I>

1c

1c

1c

Right side ONLY

ON

OFF
AX

Auxiliary/Alarm Contact (AX/AL)


(1) 1a-1b
Combination
(1) 1M (make) Combination of auxiliary
1B (break)
contact and alarm contact

AL

1b

1c

1a

1b
M

1c

TRIP

1a

1b
M

1c

1a
M

I>

1c

1c

1c

140U-N-EA1R1
Right side ONLY

1224V,
50/60/DC
Shunt Trip (SNT)
Provides remote tripping of
the circuit breaker
Undervoltage trip not
available when shunt trip is
used

140U-N-SNJ

110240V AC,
110125V DC
380440V AC,
220250V DC

SNT

S1

140U-N-SND
S2

I>

480600V,
50/60 Hz

24V AC,
50/60 Hz
Undervoltage Release (UVT)
110127V AC,
Automatically trips breaker
50/60 Hz
when voltage falls between
208240V AC,
preset value, 3570%
50/60 Hz
Shunt trip is not available
when undervoltage release is
used
380500V AC,
50/60 Hz

140U-N-SNN

Left side ONLY

140U-N-SNB
140U-N-UJ
140U-N-UD
UVT
Left side ONLY

I>

U1
U>

140U-N-UA

U2

140U-N-UB

Internal Control Modules Factory Installed


Left side only
(1) Shunt Trip (SNT)
or
(1) Undervoltage Release (UVT)

Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts

Suffix

(1) AX
(2) AX
(1) AL
(1) AX/ (1) AL

-A
-B
-D
-F

Mounting Location

Right side only

(1) Auxiliary contact (AX)


or
(2) Auxiliary contacts (AX)
or
(1) Alarm contact (AL)
or
(1) Alarm contact (AL) + Auxiliary contact (AX)

Shunt Trip
Suffix
Combinations
(1) SNT only
- P
(1) AX + (1) SNT
- Q
(2) AX + (1) SNT
- R
(1) AX + (1) AL + (1) SNT
- T
- V
(1) AL + (1) SNT
Standard Voltage Suffix Codes
Voltage [V] 1224 110240 380440 480600
AC,
J
D
N
B
50/60 Hz
Voltage [V] 1224 110125 220250

J
D
N

DC

Undervoltage Release
Suffix
Combinations
(1) UVT only
- G
(1) AX + (1) UVT
- H
(2) AX + (1) UVT
- J
(1) AX + (1) AL + (1) UVT
- L
(1) AL + (1) UVT
- N
Standard Voltage Suffix Codes
Voltage [V] 24 110127 208240 380480
AC,
J
D
A
B
50/60 Hz
Voltage [V]

DC

For additional voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

59

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Accessories 1200 A, N-Frame, Continued
External Accessories
Description

Flex-Cable Operating Mechanism

60

Non-Metallic Type 1/3/12/4/4X


Flange-Mount Operating Handle

Cat. No.
4 ft. (1.3 m) Cable

140U-N-FCX04

6 ft. (1.8 m) Cable

140U-N-FCX06

10 ft. (3.0 m) Cable

140U-N-FCX10

Rotary, Variable-Depth Operating


Mechanism

Rotary Handle Type 1/12


12 in. (305 mm) operating rod

Black Handle

140U-N-RM12B

Phase Barriers

Provides additional phase clearance


when special connections are required

Qty: 2

140U-N-PB

Padlock Kit

Padlocking Hasp
Lock-OFF only

Qty: 1

140U-N-PL

Qty: 1

140U-N-TLC4

Terminal Lugs

Copper lug
Copper wire only
(4) 3/0400MCM
(4) 95185 mm2
Aluminum lug
Aluminum or Copper wire
(4) 4/0500MCM
(4) 120300 mm2

Qty:1

140U-N-TLA4

Bulletin 140U

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Approximate Dimensions 1200 A, N-Frame
Dimensions are in inches (millimeters). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Removable T erminal
Cover Must Be in
Place While in Service

.344(8.738) Dia. Mounting Holes


.703(17.856) Dia. C'Bore
4.453(113.106) Deep from Top
.594(15.088) Dia C'Bore
.359(9.119) Deep from Bottom
1.062 (26.987)
.531 (13.481)

1.157(29.388)
.532(13.513)

.500-13 (12 X 1.75) Tap


12-Holes

.062 (1.575)

Line End

3.236
(82.194)

Trough for
Attachment Lead

.250R
(6.350)R

7.000 (177.774)

9.250(234.950)

14.750(374.650)
8.625(219.075)
115.00 (292.075)

11.431
(290.348)

.125 X .750
(3.175 X 19.050)
Slots for
Attachment Leads

.062R
(1.575)R
.094R
(2.388)R

.297
(7.544)

3.850R
212

ON/I

ON

.353
(6.331)

02

TRIPPED

OFF/O

.188R
(4.762)R

2.511
(63.786)
1.375
(34.925)
2.750
(69.850)
2.344
3.187
(59.541)
(80.950)
6.375
(161.925)
4.124
(104.750)

1.095(27.813)
3.344(84.938)
5.188(131.769)

5.500(139.687)

Dimensions
2.750 Ref.
(69.850) Ref.
2.000
(50.800)

.781 (19.844)

.062
(1.588)
R

.062 (1.575)
.532(13.513)

5.248(133.293)

1.688
(42.863)

.062
(1.588)
R

Load End

Removable Terminal
Cover Must Be in
Place While in Service

3.375
(85.725)

1.562
(39.687)

1.034
(33.281)

Handle
Pivot

Contact Position Indicator


Red-I/ON
Green-O/OFF
White-TRIPPED

8.250
(209.550)

2.000
(50.800)

2.982
(75.743)

B A

.147 (3.734) Dia. Hole


.500 (12.70) Deep to
Accept a #8Thread
Cutting Screw
6-Places

3.808
(96.723)
2.798
(71.057)

.375
(9.525)

RESET

1.500
(38.100)

.312R
(7.925)R

132OFF

152
.750(19.050)
.375(9.525)

1.000
(25.400)

Breaker Status

6.000 (152.400)

On

7.90 (200.66)

8.30 (210.82)

Tripped

6.50 (165.10)

6.90 (175.26)

Off

5.70 (144.78)

6.10 (154.94)

Reset

5.60 (142.24)

6.00 (152.40)

7.132(181.146)

Handle Forces (At Handle C)L

3.906
(99.187)

On

130 lbs. (58.97 kgs.)

Off

105 lbs. (47.63 kgs.)

Reset

160 lbs. (72.57 kgs.)

1.500 Ref
(38.100) Ref

CL Push To Trip

16.000 (406.401)

CL Handle
.946
(24.022)

3.819
(96.723)

4.875
(123.799)

.062
(1.575)

For 2-Pole Breaker Omit Current


Carrying Parts from Center Pole

2.493
(63.792)
6.375 Ref
(161.925) Ref

61

Bulletin 100-M/104-M

IEC Miniature Contactors


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 100-M Miniature Contactors

Product Selection .......... 62


Accessories.................... 78
Specifications ................ 88
Approximate
Dimensions ................... 124
Overload Relays..... 134, 164

Compact Size
Uniform Panel Mounting Dimensions
Full Voltage Non-Reversing and Reversing Contactors
5, 9, and 12 A Contactors
Compatible with Bulletin 193-E solid-state and 193-M bimetal Overload Relays

Allen-Bradley miniature contactors are designed for commercial and light industrial
applications where panel space is at a premium. These miniature devices, while 45 mm
wide, are shallower and have less panel depth requirements than standard IEC contactors.
These mini-contactors are designed with flexibility in mind. They are available in several
contact configurations, offer 2- and 4-pole adder decks, and a wide variety of contact
configurations. Additionally, the contactor is available with both AC or DC operating coils.

Conformity to Standards
IEC 60947-4
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 508

Approvals
CE Marked (Per EU Low
Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC
93/68/EEC)
CSA Certified (File No.
LR1234)
UL Listed (File No. E3125;
Guide No. NLDX 2nd NVYT)

Your order must include: cat. no. of the miniature contactor specified with coil voltage code and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories

Mini-Contactors
Non-Reversing Mini-Contactors 3 N.O. Power Poles/Auxiliary Contact
Auxiliary Contact
Configuration

Ratings for switching AC motors

Ie
[A]

3 AC-3 kW Ratings (50 Hz)

Hp (60 Hz)
1

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

10
10
10
10
10
10

100-M05N3
100-M05N31
100-M09N3
100-M09N31
100-M12N3
100-M12N31

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

1
1
1
1
1
1

104-M05N3
104-M05N31
104-M09N3
104-M09N31
104-M12N3
104-M12N31

AC-3

AC-1

230V

400V/415V

500V

115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

575V

5.3

20

1.5

2.2

2.2

1/2

1-1/2

1-1/2

20

1/2

1-1/2

12

20

5.5

1/2

7-1/2

10

N.O.
1
0
1
0
1
0

N.C.
0
1
0
1
0
1

Reversing Mini-Contactors 3 N.O. Power Poles/Auxiliary Contact

AC-3

Auxiliary Contact
Configuration

Ratings for switching AC motors

Ie
[A]

AC-3 kW Ratings (50 Hz)

AC-1

230V

400V/415V

Hp (60 Hz)
1

500V

115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

575V

5.3

20

1.5

2.2

2.2

1/2

1-1/2

1-1/2

20

1/2

1-1/2

12

20

5.5

1/2

7-1/2

10

N.O.
1
0
1
0
1
0

N.C.
0
1
0
1
0
1

Coil Voltage Code

The cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: Cat. No. 100-M05N3 becomes
Cat. No. 100-M05NKD3. For other voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Voltage
50 Hz
60 Hz
DC
DC with integrated diode

24V
KD
KD
Z24
ZD24

48V
KH
KH

110V
D

110120V

220230V
A

Contactors may be ordered in quantities of 1. Add the letter S to the end of the cat. no. (Example: 100-M09ND3S).
Not available with DC coil.
Preferred values according to IEC 60072-1.

62

230240V

380V
KK
KK

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

IEC Contactors
Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 100-C/104-C IEC Contactors

Product Selection
3-Pole Contactors...........63
4-Pole Contactors...........64
Reversing Contactors.....65
Accessories ...................... 79
Specifications ....................88
Approximate
Dimensions ..................... 125
Overload Relays ......134, 159

Compact Sizes from 445 kW/560 Hp (985 A)


AC and DC Coil Control
Common Accessories for All Contactor Sizes
Front and Side Mounting of Auxiliary Contacts
Electronic and Pneumatic Timing Modules
Space-Saving Coil-Mounted Control Modules
Reversible Coil Terminations (Line or Load Side)
All Devices Can Be Attached to 35 mm DIN Mounting Rail
Environmentally Friendly Materials

Conformity to Standards

The Bulletin 100-C/104-C contactor family, along with a wide range of common accessories
and Bulletin 193 solid-state overload relays, provides the most compact and flexible starter
component system available.

EN/IEC 60947-4-1, 60947-5-1


IEC 947 Type 2 Coordination
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 508

Approvals
CE Marked
CSA Certified (File No.
LR13908)
UL Listed (File No. E3125;
Guide No. NLDX)

Your order must include: cat. no. of the contactor specified with coil voltage code and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories and/or replacement coils.

Product Selection
3-Pole AC- and DC-Operated Contactors (with or without auxiliary contacts)

3 Main Contacts
Ratings for Switching AC Motors - AC-2, AC-3, AC-4
3 kW (50 Hz)
Hp (60 Hz)

Ie
[A]
AC-3

AC-1

230V

400V/415V

500V

690V

Aux. Contacts
Cat. No.

115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

575V

32

1/2

1-1/2

7-1/2

12

32

5.5

5.5

5.5

1/2

7-1/2

10

16

32

5.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

10

15

23

32

7.5

11

13

10

7-1/2

15

15

30

65

10

15

15

15

7-1/2

10

20

25

37

65

11

18.5/20

20

18.5

10

10

25

30

43

85

13

22

25

22

7-1/2

10

15

30

30

60

100

18.5

32

37

32

10

15

20

40

50

72

100

22

40

45

40

15

20

25

50

60

85

100

25

45

55

45

7-1/2

15

25

30

60

60

N.O.
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0

N.C.
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1

100-C0910
100-C0901
100-C1210
100-C1201
100-C1610
100-C1601
100-C2310
100-C2301
100-C3000
100-C3010
100-C3001
100-C3700
100-C3710
100-C3701
100-C4300
100-C4310
100-C4301
100-C6000
100-C6010
100-C6001
100-C7200
100-C7210
100-C7201
100-C8500
100-C8510
100-C8501

63

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

IEC Contactors
Product Selection, Continued
Coil Voltage Code and Terminal Position

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V, 60Hz:
Cat. No. 100-C0910 becomes Cat. No.100-C09D10.

V
100200208- 22023038040012 24 32 36 42 48 100
110 120 127 200
208
230
240 277 347 380
400
440 480 500 550 600
110
220
240 230
240
400
415
Hz
50
R K V W X Y KP
D
P
S KG
L

F
VA
T

N

G
B M C
60
Q J V X KP
D
KG H
L

A
T
I
E

N
B C
50/60 KJ KY KP KD KG KL

KL KF KA
KN KB
DC Voltages [V]
Standard
100-C09C43
with Integrated Diode
100-C60C85
with Integrated Diode

9
ZR

DR

12
ZQ

DQ

24
ZJ
DJ
DJ

36
ZW

DW

48
ZY

DY

60
ZZ

DZ

64
ZB

DB

72
ZG

DG

80
ZE

DE

110
ZD

DD

115
ZP

DP

125
ZS

DS

220
ZA

DA

230
ZF

DF

250
ZT

DT

Coil Terminal Position

All contactors are delivered with the coil terminals located on the line side.
For load side coil terminations, insert a U prior to the coil voltage code. Ordering example:
Cat. No. 100-C09UD10.

Cat. No.
100-C0910
Line Side

Cat. No.
100-C09U10
Load Side

4-Pole AC- and DC-Operated Contactors

4 Main Contacts (without auxiliary contacts)

Cat. No. 100-C23D400

Ratings for Switching AC Motors


AC-2, AC-3, AC-4

Ie
[A]

3 kW (50 Hz)

Contact Configuration,
Main Pole

Hp (60 Hz)

Cat. No.
AC-3

AC-1

230V

400V/415V

500V

690V

115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

575V

32

1/2

1-1/2

7-1/2

12

32

5.5

5.5

5.5

1/2

7-1/2

10

16

32

5.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

10

15

23

32

7.5

11

13

10

7-1/2

15

15

37

75

11

18.5/20

20

18.5

10

10

25

30

85

130

25

45

55

45

7-1/2

15

25

30

60

50

N.O.
4
3
2
4
3
2
4
3
2
4
3
2
4
2
4
2

N.C.
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
2
0
2

100-C09400
100-C09300
100-C09200
100-C12400
100-C12300
100-C12200
100-C16400
100-C16300
100-C16200
100-C23400
100-C23300
100-C23200
100-C40400
100-C40200
100-C90400
100-C90200

Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: 120V, 60 Hz: Cat. No. 100-C09400
becomes Cat. No. 100-C09D400.

V
Hz
50 Hz
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

100110
R K V W X Y KP
Q J V X KP
KJ KY KP

12 24 32 36 42 48 100

DC Voltages [V]
Standard
100-C09C40
with Integrated Diode
100-C90
with Integrated Diode

200208- 220208
220
240 230
KG
L

F
KG H
L

KG KL
KL

110 120 127 200


D

KD
9
ZR

DR

P
D

12
ZQ

DQ

24
ZJ
DJ
DJ

36
ZW

DW

48
ZY

DY

Three-phase ratings only apply to contactors with at least three N.O. power poles.
Not available with 100-C90 contactors.

64

60
ZZ

DZ

230380400240 277 347 380


400
440 480 500 550 600
240
400
415
VA
T

N

G
B M C

A
T
I
E

N
B C
KF KA
KN KB

230

64
ZB

DB

72
ZG

DG

80
ZE

DE

110
ZD

DD

115
ZP

DP

125
ZS

DS

220
ZA

DA

230
ZF

DF

250
ZT

DT

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

IEC Contactors
Product Selection, Continued
Reversing AC- and DC-Operated Contactors

Includes Mechanical/Electrical Interlock


Includes Reversing Power Wiring

Cat. No. 104-C30ZJ22

Cat. No. 104-C09D22

Ie
[A]

3 kW (50 Hz)

Cat. No. 104-C85D22

Ratings for Switching AC Motors


AC-2, AC-3, AC-4
Hp (60 Hz)

Auxiliary Contacts
Installed per Contactor
Cat. No.

AC-3

AC-1

230V

400V/ 415V

500V

690V

9
12
16
23

32
32
32
32

3
4
5.5
7.5

4
5.5
7.5
11

4
5.5
7.5
13

4
5.5
7.5
10

115V
1/2
1/2
1
2

230V
1-1/2
2
3
3

200V
2
3
5
5

230V
2
3
5
7-1/2

460V
5
7-1/2
10
15

575V
7-1/2
10
15
15

30

65

10

15

15

15

7-1/2

10

20

25

37

65

11

18.5/20

20

18.5

10

10

25

30

43

85

13

22

25

22

7.5

10

15

30

30

60

100

18.5

32

37

32

10

15

20

40

50

72

100

22

40

45

40

15

20

25

50

60

85

100

25

45

55

45

7-1/2

15

25

30

60

60

N.C.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

N.O.
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1

104-C0922
104-C1222
104-C1622
104-C2322
104-C3002
104-C3022
104-C3702
104-C3722
104-C4302
104-C4322
104-C6002
104-C6022
104-C7202
104-C7222
104-C8502
104-C8522

The N.C. auxiliary contact is supplied as part of the mechanical/electrical interlock.


Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V 60 Hz: Cat. No. 104-C0922
becomes Cat. No. 104-C09D22.
V

12 24 32 36 42 48 100

Hz
50
60
50/60

100200208- 220230380400208
230
240 277 347 380
400
440 480 500 550 600
110 120 127 200
240
400
415
110
220
240 230

R K V W X Y KP
Q J V X
KJ KY KP

DC Voltages
Standard
104-C09C43
with Integrated Diode
104-C60C85
with Integrated Diode

KP

KD
9
ZR

DR

P
D

12
ZQ

DQ

KG

KG
24
ZJ
DJ
DJ

L
KG
KL
36
ZW

DW

48
ZY

DY

KL
60
ZZ

DZ

KF

VA

64
ZB

DB

T
A
KA
72
ZG

DG

80
ZE

DE

110
ZD

DD

KN

115
ZP

DP

125
ZS

DS

B
N
KB

220
ZA

DA

230
ZF

DF

250
ZT

DT

65

Bulletin 100-D

IEC Contactors
Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 100-D IEC Contactors

Table of Contents

Product Selection ............... 67


Accessories......................... 84
Specifications...................... 88
Approximate
Dimensions........................ 127
Overload Relays........ 139, 154

50500 kW @400V
60600 Hp @460V
75700 Hp @575V
Electronic and Conventional Coils
AC & DC
Integrated PLC Interface
Low Power Pick-Up & Hold-In
Wide Voltage Ranges
Complete Range of Accessories
Environmentally-Friendly
Compact Dimensions

Conformity to Standards

IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 60947 Type 2
Coordination
CSA C22.2 No. 14
The Bulletin 100-D/104-D contactor family, along with a wide range of common accessories UL 508
and Bulletin 193 electronic overload relays, provides the most compact and flexible starter Approvals
component system available.
CE Marked
CSA Certified
UL Listed

66

Bulletin 100-D

IEC Contactors
Product Selection
3-pole AC-Operated Contactors

Conventional and Electronic AC Coils


3 Main Contacts
Non-Reversing or Reversing

Ie [A]
60C 40C

Switching of 3-phase motors AC-2, AC-3


kW (50 Hz)
Hp (60 Hz)

Auxiliary contacts
N.O.
N.C.

AC-3

AC-1

230V

400V

415V

500V

690V

1000V

200V

230V

460V

575V

95

160

30

50

55

63

90

45

25

30

60

75

110

160

32

55

63

75

100

55

40

40

75

100

140

250

45

75

80

75

40

50

100

125

180

250

55

90

100

90

50

60

150

150

210

350

63

110

250

350

80

300

450

420

80

110

100

132

0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2

90

132

125

160

125

150

200

110

60

75

150

200

132

150

160

250

132

75

100

200

250

90

160

160

200

300

160

100

125

250

300

500

132

220

250

300

425

220

150

175

350

400

630

800

200

355

355

450

500

200

250

500

600

860

1000

250

500

500

560

600

250

300

600

700

220
230

230

100-D860

100-D420

100-D180

0
1
4
0
1
4
0
1
4
0
1
4
0
1
4
0
1
4
0
1
4
0
1
4
0
1
4
0
1
4

Non-Reversing
Contactor
Cat. No.

Reversing
Contactor
Cat. No.

100-D9500
100-D9511

100-D11000
100-D11011

100-D14000
100-D14011

100-D18000
100-D18011

100-D21000
100-D21011

100-D25000
100-D25011

100-D30000
100-D30011

100-D42000
100-D42011

100-D63000
100-D63011

100-D86000
100-D86011

104-D9524

104-D11024

104-D14024

104-D18024

104-D21024

104-D25024

104-D30024

104-D42024

104-D63024

104-D86024

Voltage Suffix Codes for AC Control


Conventional Coil
100-D95100-D180
100-D95100-D110
Electronic Coil
w/ EI Interface

24

48

100

50 Hz

60 Hz

50/60 Hz

110

120

200

208

KP

KN

KG

24

42
64

100

110
130

200

208 380 440


277
415
480

380
400

240

277

KF

KA

500

600

100-D95100-D250

50/60 Hz

EJ

EY

EP

ED

EG

EA

EN

EN

EN

100-D300100-D420

50/60 Hz

EY

EP

ED

EG

EA

EN

EN

EN

100-D630100-D860

50/60 Hz

EP

ED

EG

EA

EN

EB

EM

EC

415

440

480

500

550

600

Preferred values according to IEC 60072-1


Conventional coils.
Electronic coils.
Signal voltage of the Cat. No. 100-D electronic interface: Nominal Ue: 24V DC/Ie: 15 mA
Pick-up Voltage: 13.0V DC30.2V DC
Drop-out Voltage: -3.0V DC+5.0V DC

67

Bulletin 100-D

IEC Contactors
Product Selection, Continued
3-pole DC-Operated Contactors

Conventional and Electronic DC Coils


3 Main Contacts
Non-Reversing or Reversing

100-D420

100-D180

Ie [A]
60C

40C

AC-3

AC-1

Switching of 3-phase motors AC-2, AC-3


kW (50 Hz)
Hp (60 Hz)
230V

400V

415V

500V

690V

1000V

200V

230V

460V

Auxiliary contacts
N.O.
N.C.
575V

95

160

30

50

55

63

90

45

25

30

60

75

110

160

32

55

63

75

100

55

40

40

75

100

80

110
75

40

50

100

125

100

132

90

132

125

160

90

50

60

150

150

140

250

45

75

80

180

250

55

90

100

210

350

63

110

125

150

200

110

60

75

150

200

250

350

80

132

150

160

250

132

75

100

200

250

300

450

90

160

185

220

300

160

100

125

250

300

420

500

132

220

250

300

425

220

150

175

350

400

630

800

200

355

355

450

500

200

250

500

600

860

1000

250

500

500

560

600

250

300

600

700

0
1
2
2
2
0
1
2
2
2
0
1
2
2
2
0
1
2
2
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2

0
1
1/1L
4
2/2L
0
1
1/1L
4
2/2L
0
1
1/1L
4
2/2L
0
1
1/L
4
2/2L
0
1
4
0
1
4
0
1
4
0
1
4
0
1
4
0
1
4

100-D860

Non-reversing
Contactor
Cat. No.

Reversing
Contactor
Cat. No.

100-D9500
100-D9511
100-D9522L

100-D11000
100-D11011
100-D11022L

100-D14000
100-D14011
100-D14022L

100-D18000
100-D18011
100-D18022L

100-D21000
100-D21011

100-D25000
100-D25011

100-D30000
100-D30011

100-D42000
100-D42011

100-D63000
100-D63011

100-D86000
100-D86011

104-D9524
104-D9524L

104-D11024
104-D11024L

104-D14024
104-D14024L

104-D18024
104-D18024L

104-D21024

104-D25024

104-D30024

104-D42024

104-D63024

104-D86024

Voltage Suffix Codes for DC Control


Conventional Coil
100-D95100-D180

V
DC

24
ZJ

48
ZY

110
ZD

125
ZS

Electronic Coil w/ EI Interface


100-D95100-D300
100-D420
100-D630860

V
DC
DC
DC

24
EZJ

4872
EZY
EZY

110130
EZD
EZD
ED

200255
EZA
EZA
EA

Preferred value according to IEC 60072-1.


For conventional DC coil only. The pickup winding must be interconnected with the N.C. late-break auxiliary contact(s).
Conventional coils.
Electronic coils.
Signal voltage of the Cat. No. 100-D electronic interface:Ue: 24V DC/Ie: 15 mA
Pick-Up Voltage: 13.0V DC30.2V DC
Drop-Out Voltage: -3.0V DC+5.0V DC

68

220
ZA

Bulletin 100-D

IEC Contactors
Product Selection, Continued
Auxiliary contacts with sequence numbering
Cat. Nos. 100-D95D860 Electronic and Conventional AC Coils, Electronic DC Coils

Contact Configuration
N.O.
N.C.
8
0
Sequence starts with
7
1
Sequence starts with
6
2
Sequence starts with
5
3
Sequence starts with
4
4
Sequence starts with

Auxiliary contact configurations


Left-Side Mounting
Outside Cat. No.
Inside Cat. No.
100-DS2-20
100-DS1-20
7/8
3/4
100-DS2-20
100-DS1-20
7/8
3/4
100-DS2-20
100-DS1-11
7/8
3/4
100-DS2-20
100-DS1-11
7/8
3/4
100-DS2-11
100-DS1-11
7/8
3/4

For Use With


100-D00
100-D00
100-D00
100-D00
100-D00

Right-Side Mounting
Inside Cat. No.
Outside Cat. No.
100-DS1-20
100-DS2-20
1/2
5/6
100-DS1-11
100-DS2-20
1/2
5/6
100-DS1-11
100-DS2-20
1/2
5/6
100-DS1-11
100-DS2-11
1/2
5/6
100-DS1-11
100-DS2-11
1/2
5/6

Cat. Nos. 100-D95D860 Electronic and Conventional AC Coils, Electronic DC Coils


Supplied
with
Contactor

Contact Configuration
N.O.
N.C.
8
0
Sequence starts with
7
1
Sequence starts with
6
2
Sequence starts with
5
3
Sequence starts with
4
4
Sequence starts with

Auxiliary contact configurations


Left-Side Mounting
Outside Cat. No.
Inside Cat. No.

100-DS2-20
100-DS1-20
7/8
3/4
100-DS2-20
100-DS1-11
7/8
3/4
100-DS2-20
100-DS1-11
7/8
3/4
100-DS2-11
100-DS1-11
7/8
3/4

For Use With


100-D11
100-D11
100-D11
100-D11
100-D11

Right-Side Mounting
Inside Cat. No.
Outside Cat. No.

100-DS1-11
100-DS2-20
1/2
5/6
100-DS1-11
100-DS2-20
1/2
5/6
100-DS1-11
100-DS2-11
1/2
5/6
100-DS1-11
100-DS2-11
1/2
5/6

Contactor cat. nos. 100-D95D180 Conventional DC coils

Supplied
with
Contactor

Supplied
with
Contactor

Contact Configuration
N.O.
N.C.
8
0
Sequence starts with
7
1
Sequence starts with
6
2
Sequence starts with
5
3
Sequence starts with
4
4
Sequence starts with

Auxiliary contact configurations


Left-Side Mounting
Outside Cat. No.
Inside Cat. No.

100-DS2-20
100-DS1-11
7/8
3/4
100-DS2-20
100-DS1-11
7/8
3/4
100-DS2-11
100-DS1-11
7/8
3/4

For Use With


100-D22L
100-D22L
100-D22L
100-D22L
100-D22L

Right-Side Mounting
Inside Cat. No.
Outside Cat. No.

100-DS1-L11
100-DS2-20
1/2
5/6
100-DS2-11
100-DS1-L11
1/2
5/6
100-DS1-L11
100-DS2-11
1/2
5/6

With conventional DC control, the pickup winding must be interconnected with the N.C. late-breaking auxiliary contacts.

69

Bulletin 100-G

IEC Contactors
Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 100-G IEC Contactors

Table of Contents

Product Selection ............... 70


Accessories
Control Modules............... 87
Renewal Parts................ 258
Specifications.................... 106
Dimensions........................ 129

315710 kW, 400V


350900 Hp, 460/575V
3-Pole Contactors
4th Add-On Neutral Switching Pole
AC and DC Control
Horizontal and Vertical Interlocking
Mechanical Latching
Meets IEC, CE, UL, and cUL Standards and Approvals

Conformity to Standards

EN/IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 60947
Type 1 Coordination
The Bulletin 100-G contactor product family provides reliable switching of motor loads up to
1200 A. A complete range of accessories including auxiliary contacts, mechanical latches, CSA C22.2 No. 14
horizontal and vertical interlocks, and 4th add-on neutral switching poles provides maximum UL 508
flexibility to meet a wide variety of application requirements.

Approvals
CE Marked
UL Listed
cUL

Your order must include: cat. no. of the contactor selected, coil voltage code, overload relay suffix code, and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories.

Product Selection
AC and DC Control
AC-1

Switching of 3-phase motors AC-2, AC-3


kW (50 Hz)

Ie (A)

Auxiliary Contacts

Hp (60 Hz)

Cat. No.

40C

230V

400V

500V

690V

200V

230V

460V

575V

N.O.

760

160

315

400

500

150

150

350

350

N.C.
2

100-G55022

1000

220

400

500

630

200

250

500

500

100-G70022

1100

280

500

630

710

250

300

600

600

100-G86022

1200

315

560

750

850

100-G100012

1350

375

710

850

1000

450

450

900

900

100-G120012

Preferred value according to IEC 60072-1.


1 N.O. contact used in control circuit.
No UL/cUL
Coil Voltage Code
For Use With:
100-G550100-G860

100110V

110120V

200220V

220240V

345380V

380415V

400440V

440480V

50/60 Hz

KD

KF

KN

KB

DC

KD

KF

KN

KB

For Use With:


100-G1000100-G1200

Price Adder For


Special control voltages

70

110115V

110V

220230V

220V

240V

380400V

440V

480V

50/60 Hz

KD

KF

KA

KN

KB

KU

DC

ZD

ZA

Type

Available Control Voltages

100-G550100-G860

24600V 50/60 Hz, 24440V DC

100-G1000100-G1200

48600V 50/60 Hz, 48440V DC

No Surcharge
>25 pieces

Bulletin 100Q

Capacitor-Switching Contactors
Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 100Q Capacitor-Switching Contactors

Product Selection............71
Approximate
Dimensions ..................... 130

Compact Sizes
Limits High Inrush Currents
AC and DC Coil Control
Reversible Coil Terminals
Panel or 35 mm DIN Rail Mounting
Environmentally Friendly Materials

Conformity to Standards
IEC 60947-4
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 508

The Bulletin 100Q Capacitor-Switching Contactors are designed for switching banks of
capacitors. The unique design uses front-mounted resistor elements that limit the severely
high inrush currents seen in these applications. This reduces stress to the contactors and
the capacitors, as well as allowing a more compact and economical design without the use
of air-core reactors.

Approvals
CE Marked
CSA Certified
UL Listed

Cat. No. 100Q-C37A11

Your order must include: cat. no. of the contactor specified with coil voltage code and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories

Product Selection
For Applications per IEC 60947-4 (AC-6b)

230V

1-Phase 50 Hz (kVar)
240V 400V
415V
500V

Ratings for Switching Capacitor Banks @ 40C


3-Phase 50 Hz (kVar)
230V
240V
400V
415V
500V
690V

690V

8.5

10.5

15

8.5

8.5

15

15.5

18.5

25

8.5

14

14.5

17.5

24

14

14

25

25

30

40

230V

1-Phase 50 Hz (kVar)
240V
400V
415V
500V

690V

Ratings for Switching Capacitor Banks @ 60 C


3-Phase 50 Hz (kVar)
230V
240V
400V
415V
500V
690V

8.5

10.5

15

8.5

8.5

15

15.5

18.5

25

7.5

12.5

13

16

22

12.5

13

21.5

22.5

27

37.5

Aux. Contacts
N.O.
N.C.
1
1
2
0
1
1
2
0

Cat. No.
100Q-C1611
100Q-C1620
100Q-C3711
100Q-C3720

Aux. Contacts
N.O.
N.C.
1
1
2
0
1
1
2
0

Cat. No.
100Q-C1611
100Q-C1620
100Q-C3711
100Q-C3720

For Applications per UL/CSA


1-Phase 50 Hz (kVar)
115V
230V

Ratings for Switching Capacitor Banks


3-Phase 50 Hz (kVar)
Aux. Contacts
230V
460V
600V
N.O.
N.C.
1
1
7.5
15
18.5
2
0
1
1
12.5
20
25
2
0

200V

2.2

4.5

6.5

3.6

7.5

11

Cat. No.
100Q-C1611
100Q-C1620
100Q-C3711
100Q-C3720

Coil Voltage Code

The cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V, 60 Hz:
Cat. No. 100Q-C1611 becomes Cat. No.100Q-C16D11.

V
12 24
Hz
R K
50Hz
Q J
60Hz
50/60 Hz KJ

32 36 42 48 100
V W X Y KP
V X
KY KP

100200208- 220230380400110 120 127 200


208
230
240 277 347 380
400
440 480 500 550 600
110
220
240 230
240
400
415

KP

KD

P
D

KG

KG

L
KG
KL

KL

KF

VA

T
A
KA

KN

B
N
KB

DC Voltages
Standard
with Integrated Diode

9
ZR

12
ZQ

24
ZJ
DJ

36
ZW

48
ZY

60
ZZ

64
ZB

72
ZG

80
ZE

110
ZD

115
ZP

125
ZS

220
ZA

230
ZF

250
ZT

Maximum Operational Rates


100Q-C16

200 operations/hour

100Q-C37

100 operations/hour

71

Bulletin 100L

Electrically Held Lighting Contactors


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 100L Electrically Held Lighting Contactors

Product Selection ............72


Wiring Diagram ................72
Modifications................... 246
Approximate
Dimensions ..................... 131

Electrically Held
20 A Rating
4-, 8-, and 12-Pole Configurations
Open or Enclosed
CSA Certified, UL Listed

Conformity to Standards
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 508

Bulletin 100 Lighting Contactors have been designed to control a variety of lighting loads.
The product offering includes 4-, 8-, and 12-pole contactors with or without enclosures. The
Bulletin 100 line of lighting contactors has been designed with a 20 A rating for all popular
lighting loads and other non-motor applications including tungsten filament lighting loads,
electric discharge (fluorescent) loads, electric furnaces, and electric water heaters. In
addition these contactors have been designed to meet the requirements of both CSA and
UL.

Approvals
CE Marked
CSA Certified (File No.
LR1234)
UL Listed (File No. E14843;
Guide No. NRNT)

Your order must include: Cat. No. of the contactor specified with coil voltage code and, if required, Cat. No. of any accessories

Product Selection
Ratings
Number of Poles
4
8
12
4
8
12
4
8
12

Type
Open

IP42 (Type 1)
(with lift-off cover)
IP66 (Type 3/4/12)
(with hinged cover)

Cat. No.
100L-C20N4
100L-C20N8
100L-C20N12
100L-C20A4
100L-C20A8
100L-C20A12
100L-C20F4
100L-C20F8
100L-C20F12

Type of Load

Max AC Volts
Poles to Load
1 for 1
3 for 3
277
480/277
347
600/347
277
480/277
347
600/347

Max (A)
20
15
20
15

Tungsten
Ballast
General Use
Resistance Heating

30

600

600

20A, 250V DC max. with 3 poles in series.

These contactors do not include an auxiliary hold-in contact. If a hold-in contact


is required it can be ordered by adding a suffix -90 to the Cat. No.
Example: Cat. No. 100L-C20NJ4-90.

Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. To complete the Cat. No., select a coil voltage code from the chart below and insert into the Cat. No.
Example: Cat. No. 100L-C20N4 becomes Cat. No. 100L-C20NJ4. For other voltages, consult Allen-Bradley Sales Office.
Voltage

24V

48V

110V

120V

208V

220V

240V

277V

347V

50 Hz
60 Hz

K
J

Y
X

P
D

A
L

T
A

380V400V
N

415V

440V

480V

500V

600V

B
N

Wiring Diagram
A2

A1

8 Poles

4 Poles
1

5
L3

L1

3
L2

T1
2

T2
4

T3
6

T4
8

L4

1
L1

3
L2

T1
2

T2
4

T3
6

A2

A1

A2

A1

7
L3

L4
T4
8

1
L1

3
L2

T1
2

T2
4

5
L3
T3
6

A2

A1

12 Poles

72

A2

A1

A2

A2

A1

L2

L3

L4

L1

3
L2

5
L3

7
L4

L1

L1

3
L2

5
L3

7
L4

T1
2

T2
4

T3
6

T4
8

T1
2

T2
4

T3
6

T4
8

T1

T2

T3

T4

7
L4
T4
8

Bulletin 100S-C/104S-C

Safety Contactors
Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 100S/104S Safety Contactors

Product Selection................ 73
Accessories......................... 79
Specifications...................... 88
Approximate
Dimensions........................ 126

Positively Guided/Mechanically Linked Auxiliary Contacts


Front-Mounted Auxiliary Contacts:
Permanently Fixed
Protective Cover to Prevent Manual Operation
Red Contact Housing for Easy Identification
Incorporates IEC 60947-5-1 Mechanically Linked Symbol
AC and DC Operating Coils
SUVA Third-Party Certification

Conformity to Standards

Bulletin 100S-C/104S-C safety contactors provide mechanically linked, positively guided


contacts, which are required in feedback circuits for modern safety applications. The
positively guided N.C. auxiliary contacts will not change state when a power contact
welds. Also, the power contacts will not change state if a N.C. auxiliary contact welds.

CSA C22.2 No. 14


UL 508
EN/IEC 60947-4-1, 60947-5-1
IEC 60947-4-1 Annex F
Mirror Contacts
IEC 60947-5-1 Annex L
Mechanically Linked Contacts

Approvals
SUVA Third-Party Certified
CE Marked
CSA Certified (Cert No.
LR13908)
UL Listed (File No. E3125;
Guide No. NLDX)

Your order must include: cat. no. of the contactor specified with coil voltage code and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories and/or replacement coils.

Product Selection
3-Pole AC- and DC-Operated Contactors

3 Main Contacts
Ratings for Switching AC Motors - AC-2, AC-3, AC-4
3 kW (50 Hz)
Hp (60 Hz)

Ie
[A]

Aux. Contacts

Cat. No.

AC-3

AC-1

230V

400V/
415V

500V

690V
115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

575V

32

1/2

1-1/2

7-1/2

12

32

5.5

5.5

5.5

1/2

7-1/2

10

16

32

5.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

10

15

23

32

7.5

11

13

10

7-1/2

15

15

30

65

10

15

15

15

7-1/2

10

20

25

37

65

11

18.5/20

20

18.5

10

10

25

30

43

85

13

22

25

22

7-1/2

10

15

30

30

60

100

18.5

32

37

32

10

15

20

40

50

72

100

22

40

45

40

15

20

25

50

60

85

100

25

45

55

45

7-1/2

15

25

30

60

60

N.O.
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0

N.C.
5
4
5
4
5
4
5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

1
0
1
0
1

4
4
4
4
4

100S-C0905C
100S-C0914C
100S-C1205C
100S-C1214C
100S-C1605C
100S-C1614C
100S-C2305C
100S-C2314C
100S-C3004C
100S-C3014C
100S-C3704C
100S-C3714C
100S-C4304C
100S-C4314C
100S-C6004C
100S-C6014C
100S-C7204C
100S-C7214C
100S-C8504C
100S-C8514C

For other contact configurations, please consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
If bifurcated front-mount auxiliary contacts are required, insert the letter B before the letter C in the catalog number.
Example: Cat. No. 100S-C0905C becomes Cat. No. 100S-C0905BC.

Bifurcated front-mount auxiliary contacts on 100S-C60...C85 safety contactors conform to mirror contact performance only.

73

Bulletin 100S-C/104S-C

Safety Contactors
Product Selection, Continued
Coil Voltage Code and Terminal Position
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V, 60Hz:
Cat. No. 100S-C0905C becomes Cat. No.100S-C09D05C.
V

12 24 32 36 42 48 100

Hz
50Hz
60Hz
50/60

R K V W X Y KP
Q J V X
KJ KY KP

100200208- 220230380400110 120 127 200


208
230
240 277 347 380
400
440 480 500 550 600
110
220
240 230
240
400
415

KP

KD

DC Voltages
Standard
with Integrated Diode
100S-C60C85
with Integrated Diode

P
D

9
ZR

DR

100S-C09C43

KG

KG

12
ZQ

DQ

24
ZJ
DJ
DJ

L
KG
KL

36
ZW

DW

KL

48
ZY

DY

KF

60
ZZ

DZ

VA

64
ZB

DB

T
A
KA

72
ZG

DG

80
ZE

DE

110
ZD

DD

KN

115
ZP

DP

B
N
KB

125
ZS

DS

220
ZA

DA

230
ZF

DF

250
ZT

DT

Coil Terminal Position

All contactors are delivered with the coil terminals located on the line side.
For load side coil terminations, insert a U prior to the coil voltage code. Example: Cat. No.
100S-C09UD05C.

Cat. No.
100S-C0905C
Line Side

Cat. No.
100S-C09U05C
Load Side

4-Pole AC- and DC-Operated Contactors

4 Main Contacts
Ratings for Switching AC Motors
AC-2, AC-3, AC-4
3 kW (50 Hz)
Hp (60 Hz)

Ie
[A]

Contact Configuration
Main Pole

Auxiliary Contacts
Cat. No.

AC-3

AC-1

230V

400V/
415V

500V

690V

115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

575V

32

1/2

1-1/2

7-1/2

12

32

5.5

5.5

5.5

1/2

7-1/2

10

16

32

5.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

10

15

23

32

7.5

11

13

10

7-1/2

15

15

N.O.
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3

N.C.
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1

N.O.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

N.C.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

100S-C09404C
100S-C09304C
100S-C12404C
100S-C12304C
100S-C16404C
100S-C16304C
100S-C23404C
100S-C23304C

For other contact configurations, please consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
Three-phase ratings only apply to contactors with at least three N.O. power poles.
Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: 120V, 60 Hz: Cat. No. 100SC09404C becomes Cat. No. 100S-C09D404C.
V

12 24 32 36 42 48 100

50
60
50/60

R K V W X Y KP
Q J V X
KJ KY KP

Hz

DC Voltages
Standard
100S-C09C23
with Integrated
Diode

74

100200208- 220230380400110 120 127 200


208
230
240 277 347 380
400
440 480 500 550 600
110
220
240 230
240
400
415

KP

KD

P
D

KG L
KG
KG KL

KL

KF

VA

T
A
KA

KN

B
N
KB

9
ZR

12
ZQ

24
ZJ

36
ZW

48
ZY

60
ZZ

64
ZB

72
ZG

80
ZE

110
ZD

115
ZP

125
ZS

220
ZA

230
ZF

250
ZT

DJ

Bulletin 100S-C/104S-C

Safety Contactors
Product Selection, Continued
Reversing AC- and DC-Operated Contactors

3 Main Contacts
Includes Mechanical/Electrical Interlock
Includes Reversing Power Wiring

Ie
[A]

Ratings for Switching AC Motors


AC-2, AC-3, AC-4
Hp (60 Hz)

3 kW (50 Hz)

Auxiliary Contacts
Installed per Contactor
Cat. No.

AC-3

AC-1

230V

400V/
415V

115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

575V

32

1/2

1-1/2

7-1/2

12

32

5.5

5.5

5.5

1/2

7-1/2

10

16

32

5.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

10

15

23

32

7.5

11

13

10

7-1/2

15

15

30

65

10

15

15

15

7-1/2

10

20

25

37

65

11

18.5/20

20

18.5

10

10

25

30

43

85

13

22

25

22

7.5

10

15

30

30

60

100

18.5

32

37

32

10

15

20

40

50

72

100

22

40

45

40

15

20

25

50

60

85

100

25

45

55

45

7-1/2

15

25

30

60

60

500V

690V

N.O.
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0

N.C.
6
5
6
5
6
5
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

1
0

5
5

1
0

5
5

104S-C09012C
104S-C09210C
104S-C12012C
104S-C12210C
104S-C16012C
104S-C16210C
104S-C23012C
104S-C23210C
104S-C30010C
104S-C30210C
104S-C37010C
104S-C37210C
104S-C43010C
104S-C43210C
104S-C60010C
104S-C60210C
104S-C72010C
104S-C72210C
104S-C85010C
104S-C85210C

For other contact configurations, please consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
One of the N.C. auxiliary contacts is supplied as part of the mechanical/electrical interlock.
If bifurcated front-mount auxiliary contacts are required, insert the letter B before the letter C in the catalog number.
Example: Cat. No. 104S-C09012C becomes Cat. No. 104S-C09012BC.

Bifurcated front-mount auxiliary contacts on 104S-C60...C85 safety contactors conform to mirror contact performance only.
Coil Voltage Code
The cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: 120V 60 Hz:
Cat. No. 104S-C09210C becomes Cat. No. 104S-C09D210C.
Hz

12 24 32 36 42 48 100

100200208- 220230380400110 120 127 200


208
230
240 277 347 380
400
440 480 500 550 600
110
220
240 230
240
400
415

R K V W X Y KP
50 Hz
Q J V X
60 Hz
50/60 Hz KJ KY KP
DC Voltages
Standard
104S-C09C43
with Integrated Diode
104S-C60C85 with Integrated Diode

KP

KD
9
ZR

DR

P
D

12
ZQ

DQ

KG

KG
24
ZJ
DJ
DJ

L
KG
KL
36
ZW

DW

48
ZY

DY

KL
60
ZZ

DZ

KF

VA

64
ZB

DB

T
A
KA
72
ZG

DG

80
ZE

DE

110
ZD

DD

KN

115
ZP

DP

125
ZS

DS

B
N
KB

220
ZA

DA

230
ZF

DF

250
ZT

DT

75

Bulletin 100S-D

IEC Safety Contactors


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 100S-D Safety Contactors

Table of Contents

Product Selection ............... 76


Accessories......................... 84
Specifications...................... 88
Approximate
Dimensions........................ 128

50500 kW @400V
60600 Hp @460V
75700 Hp @575V
Electronic and Conventional Coils
AC & DC
Integrated PLC Interface
Low Power Pick-Up & Hold-In
Wide Voltage Ranges
Complete Range of Accessories
Environmentally-Friendly
Compact Dimensions

Conformity to Standards
IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 60947-4 Annex F
IEC 60947
Type 2 Coordination
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 508

Bulletin 100S-D safety contactors were designed to provide safe isolation of hazardous
Approvals
motionloads, using mirror contact performance. Mirror contacts provide relianle indication
CE Marked
about the open/closed status of the main power poles.
CSA Certified
UL Listed
SUVA Certified

Product Selection
3-pole AC-Operated Contactors

Conventional and Electronic AC Coils


3 Main Contacts
Non-Reversing

100S-D860

Ie [A]

Switching of 3-phase motors AC-2, AC-3


kW (50 Hz)
Hp (60 Hz)

60C

40C

AC-3

AC-1

230V

400V

415V

95
110
140

160
160
250

30
32
45

50
55
75

55
63
80

180
210
250
300
420
630
860

250
350
350
450
500
800
1000

55
63
80
90
132
200
250

90
110
132
160
220
355
500

100
125
150
160
250
355
500

500V

690V

63
90
75
100
80/100 110/132
90/125 132/160
150
200
160
250
200
300
300
425
450
500
560
600

Auxiliary contacts
N.O.
N.C.

1000V

200V

230V

460V

575V

45
55
75
90
110
132
160
220

25
40
40
50
60
75
100
150
200
250

30
40
50
60
75
100
125
175
250
300

60
75
100
150
150
200
250
350
500
600

75
100
125
150
200
250
300
400
600
700

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Cat. No.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

100S-D9522C
100S-D11022C
100S-D14022C
100S-D18022C
100S-D21022C
100S-D25022C
100S-D30022C
100S-D42022C
100S-D63022C
100S-D86022C

Voltage Suffix Codes for AC Control


Conventional Coil
100S-D95100S-D180
100S-D95100S-D110
Electronic Coil
w/ PLC Interface

24

48

100

110

120

200

208

220
230

230

240

277

380
400

415

440

480

500

550

600

50 Hz

60 Hz

50/60 Hz

KP

KN

KG

KF

KA

24

42
64

100

110
130

200

500

600

208 380 440


277
415
480

100S-D95100S-D250

50/60 Hz

EJ

EY

EP

ED

EG

EA

EN

EN

EN

100S-D300100S-D420

50/60 Hz

EY

EP

ED

EG

EA

EN

EN

EN

100S-D630100S-D860

50/60 Hz

EP

ED

EG

EA

EN

EB

EM

EC

Preferred values according to IEC 60072-1.


The N.C. contacts meet IEC 60947-4 Annex F requirements to mirror contact performance. The N.C. mirror contacts are wired in series or parallel and must be used
as monitoring contacts with feedback to the safety circuit.

Higher kW rating only applies to contactors with electronic coil.


Signal voltage of the Cat. No. 100S-D electronic interface:Ue: 24V DC/Ie: 15 mA
Pick-Up Voltage: 13.0V DC30.2V DC
Drop-Out Voltage: -3.0V DC+5.0V DC

76

Bulletin 100S-D

IEC Safety Contactors


Product Selection, Continued
3-pole DC-Operated Contactors

Conventional and Electronic DC Coils


3 Main Contacts
Non-Reversing

100S-D420

Ie [A]

Switching of 3-phase motors AC-2, AC-3


Hp (60 Hz)
kW (50 Hz)

Auxiliary contacts
N.O.
N.C.

60C

40C

AC-3

AC-1

230V

400V

415V

500V

690V

1000V

200V

230V

460V

575V

95

160

30

50

55

63

90

45

25

30

60

75

110

160

32

55

63

75

100

55

40

40

75

100

140

250

45

75

80

40

50

100

125

250

55

90

100

90

50

60

150

150

210
250
300
420
630
860

350
350
450
500
800
1000

63
80
90
132
200
250

110
132
160
220
355
500

125
150
160
250
355
500

110
132
132
160
200
250
300
425
500
600

75

180

80
100
90
125
150
160
200
300
450
560

110
132
160
220

60
75
100
150
200
250

75
100
125
175
250
300

150
200
250
350
500
600

200
250
300
400
600
700

Cat. No.

3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2/1L
2
2/1L
2
2/1L
2
2/1L
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

100S-D9533LC
100S-D9522C
100S-D11033LC
100S-D11022C
100S-D14033LC
100S-D14022C
100S-D18033LC
100S-D18022C
100S-D21022C
100S-D25022C
100S-D30022C
100S-D42022C
100S-D63022C
100S-D86022C

Voltage Suffix Codes for DC Control


Conventional Coil
100S-D95100S-D180
Electronic Coil
w/ EI Interface

24

48

110

125

220

250

DC

ZJ

ZY

ZD

ZS

ZA

ZT

24

4872

110130

200255

100S-D95100S-D300

DC

EZJ

EZY

EZD

EZA

100S-D420

DC

EZY

EZD

EZA

100S-D630860

DC

ED

EA

Preferred values according to IEC 60072-1.


The N.C. contacts meet IEC 60947-4 Annex F requirements to mirror contact performance. The N.C. mirror contacts are wired in series or parallel and must be used
as monitoring contacts with feedback to the safety circuit.

For conventional DC coil only. The pickup winding must be interconnected with the N.C. late-breaking auxiliary contacts.
Higher kW rating only applies to contactors with electronic coil.
Signal voltage of the Cat. No. 100S-D electronic interface:Ue: 24V DC/Ie: 15 mA
Pick-Up Voltage: 13.0V DC30.2V DC
Drop-Out Voltage: -3.0V DC+5.0V DC

77

Bulletin 100-M

Accessories Field Installed


Accessories
Description

Type

For Use With

Cat. No.

Auxiliary Contact
Adder Deck
(Top Mounted)

2 N.C.
1 N.O./1 N.C.
2 N.O./2 N.C
2 N.O.

100/104-M05M12

195-MB02
195-MB11
195-MB22
195-MB20

Solid-State Timing
Element

0.33 s ON-Delay, 110250V AC or DC


130 s ON-Delay, 110250V AC or DC
220V AC
110V AC

100/104-M05M12

196-MT3S
196-MT30S
196-MTSDA1
196-MTSDA2

Cat. No. 195-MB22

Star-Delta Timer

35 mm DIN Rail Mounting Adapter for Above Timers

196-MTM

Mechanical
Interlock Kit

Mechanical Interlock Only

100-M05M12 (AC Coils


Only)

199-MXM1

Power Wiring Kit

For Reversing Contactors

100-M05M12

140-KCR4

R-C Suppressor
MOV Suppressor
Diode Suppressor

2448V AC
110240V AC
1255V AC/1277V DC
56125V AC/78162V DC
126277V AC/163350V DC

199-MSMA48
199-MSMA1
199-MSMV1
199-MSMV2
199-MSMV3

100/104-M05M12

12250V DC

199-MSMD1

Must be ordered in multiples of 10.


Sold in quantities of 1.
Not for use with direct-mounted overload relays.

Bulletin 100-M Miniature Contactors Labelling Material


Labels
Marking Tags
Cover
Tag Carrier

Tag Marking
110
1120
2130
3140
4150
5160
6170
7180
8190
91100
101110
111120
121130
131140
141150
151160
161170
171180
181190
191200

78

Description
Adhesive Paper, 105 per sheet
160 per sheet
Transparent/Tag
For Clip-On Tags

Pkg. Qty.
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

Cat. No.
199-ID5
199-ID6
199-ID7
199-ID8
199-ID9
199-ID10
199-ID11
199-ID12
199-ID13
199-ID14
199-ID15
199-ID16
199-ID17
199-ID18
199-ID19
199-ID20
199-ID21
199-ID22
199-ID23
199-ID24

Cat. No.
199-ID1
199-ID2
199-ID3
199-ID4

Pkg. Qty.
10
10
100
100

Clip-On Marking Tag Strip (10 per Strip)


Tag Marking Pkg. Qty.
Cat. No. Tag Marking
1
25
199-ID25
G
2
25
199-I26D
H
3
25
199-ID27
I
4
25
199-ID28
J
5
25
199-ID29
K
6
25
199-ID30
L
7
25
199-ID31
M
8
25
199-ID32
N
9
25
199-ID33
0
0
25
199-ID34
P
Unmarked
25
199-ID35
Q
09
25
199-ID36
R
+
25
199-ID37
S
25
199-ID38
T
A
25
199-ID39
U
B
25
199-ID40
V
C
25
199-ID41
W
D
25
199-ID42
X
E
25
199-ID43
Y
F
25
199-ID44
Z

Pkg. Qty.
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

Cat. No.
199-ID45
199-ID46
199-ID47
199-ID48
199-ID49
199-ID50
199-ID51
199-ID52
199-ID53
199-ID54
199-ID55
199-ID56
199-ID57
199-ID58
199-ID59
199-ID60
199-ID61
199-ID62
199-ID63
199-ID64

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

Accessories Field Installed


Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts (For 100-C09C85 contactors)

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Front Mounting

2- and 4-pole
Quick and easy mounting without tools
Electronic-compatible contacts down to 17V,
5 mA
Mechanically linked performance between
N.O. and N.C. poles and to the main
contactor poles (except for L types)
Models with equal function with several
terminal numbering choices
1L = Late break N.C./early make N.O.
Bifurcated version for switching down to 8V,
5 mA

For Use With

Cat. No.

Bifurcated
Auxiliary
Contact
Cat. No.

100-C all
C3000C8500

100-FA02
100-FB02

100-FAB02
100-FBB02

100-C all
C3000C8500
C0910C2310

100-FA11
100-FB11
100-FC11

100-FAB11
100-FBB11
100-FCB11

100-C all
C3000C8500

100-FA20
100-FB20

100-FAB20
100-FBB20

C3000C8500

100-FAL11
100-FBL11

100-C all

100-FA04

100-FAB04

100-C all

100-FA13

100-FAB13

100-C all
C3000C8500
C0910C2310

100-FA22
100-FB22
100-FC22

100-FAB22
100-FBB22
100-FCB22

100-C all
C0910C2310

100-FA31
100-FC31

100-FAB31
100-FCB31

100-C all

100-FA40

100-FAB40

100-C all

100-FAL22

100-C all

100-SA01

100-C all

100-SA10

100-C all

100-SA02


-SA11

100-C all

100-SA11

100-C all

100-SA20

100-C all

100-SAL11

100-C all

100-SB01

100-C

100-SB10

100-C

100-SB02

100-C

100-SB11

100-C

100-SB20

100-C

100-SBL11

Connection Diagrams

Description
N.O.

N.C.

-FA02

-FB02

-FA11

-FB11

-FC11

-FA20

1L

1L

-FB20

-FAL11

-FBL11

4
-FA13

-FA04

1+1L

1+1L

-FA22

-FB22

-FC22

-FA31

-FC31

-FAL22

-FA40

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Side Mounting


without Sequence Terminal Designations
1- and 2-pole
Two-way numbering for right or left mounting
on the contactor
Quick and easy mounting without tools
Electronic-compatible contacts down to 17V,
10 mA
Mirror contact performance to the main
contactor poles
1L = Late break N.C./early make N.O.

-SA01

-SA02
0

1L

1L


-SA20

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Side Mounting


with Sequence Terminal Designations
1- and 2-pole
Two-way numbering for right or left mounting
on the contactor
Quick and easy mounting without tools
Electronic compatible contacts down to 17V,
10 mA
Mirror contact performance to the main
contactor poles
1L = Late break N.C./early make N.O.

-SB01
0

-SB02
2

1L

1L

-SB20

-SA10

-SAL11

-SB10

-SB11

-SBL11

Max. number of auxiliary contacts that may be mounted:


AC coil contactors max. 4 N.O. contacts on the front of the contactor, 2 N.O. contacts on the side, 4 N.C. front or side, 6 total.
DC coil contactors max. 4 N.O. contacts on the front of the contactor or max 2 N.O. contacts on the side, 4 N.C. front or side, 4 total.
Double numbering Left-side mounting only is recommended for Cat. No. 100-C09100-C23 due to double numbering.

79

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

Accessories Field Installed


Accessories, Continued
Control Modules (For 100-C09C85 contactors)
Description

Cat. No.

Connection Diagrams For Use With

ON-Delay
Pneumatic Timing Modules
0.330 s
Pneumatic timing element contacts switch after the delay time. 1.8180 s
The contacts on the main contactor continue to operate
without delay.
OFF-Delay
Continuous adjustment range
0.330 s
Repeat accuracy 10%
1.8180 s

ON-Delay
0.13 s
130 s
10180 s
K1M

100-C with AC
coils

100-FPTA30
100-FPTA180

100-C all

100-FPTB30
100-FPTB180

100-ETA3
100-ETA30
100-ETA180

100-C all

110240V,
50/60 Hz
110250VDC

Electronic Timing Modules


Delay of the contactor solenoid

(K1M)

100-ETA ON-Delay
The contactor is energized at the end of the delay time.
ON-Delay
0.13 s
130 s
10180 s

K1M

100-C with
DC coils

100-ETAZJ3
100-ETAZJ30
100-ETAZJ180

2448V DC
(K1M)

OFF-Delay
0.33 s
130 s
10180 s
100-ETB OFF-Delay
After interruption of the control signal, the contactor is deenergized at the end of the delay time.

100-C09
C37 with AC
coils

24V
50/60 Hz
OFF-Delay
0.33 s
130 s
10180 s

K1M

110240V
50/60 Hz

100-ETBKJ3
100-ETBKJ30
100-ETBKJ180

100-C with AC
coils

100-ETB3
100-ETB30
100-ETB180

100-C with AC
coils

100-ETY30

100-C all

100-MCA00

100-C all

100-MCA02

100-C with AC
coils

100-FL11

(K1M)

Transition Time
Y Contactor

100-ETY
Contactor K 3 (Y) is de-energized (off) and K 2 (D) is
energized (on) after the end of the set Y end time.
(Switching delay at 50 ms).
Continuous adjustment range
High repeat accuracy

130 s
110240V
50/60 Hz

Mechanical Interlocks
For interlocking of two contactors.
Common interlock for all 100-C contactor sizes
Interlocking of different sizes possible
Mechanical and electrical interlocking possible in one
module by means of integrated auxiliary contacts
9 mm dovetail connector included

Mechanical only
Without auxiliary contacts

Mechanical/electrical

With 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts

Mechanical Latch
Following contactor latching, the contactor coil is immediately
de-energized (off) by the N.C. auxiliary contact (65-66).
Electrical or manual release
1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Suitable for all 100-C contactor sizes, 985 A

Voltage Suffix Code


The cat. no. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the cat. no. Example: 120V, 60 Hz:
Cat. No. 100-FL11 becomes Cat. No. 100-FL11D.
Voltage
50 Hz
60 Hz

24V
K
J

48V
Y

100V
KP

110V
D

For special voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

80

120V

230-240V
VA

240V
T
A

277V

380-400V
N

400-415V
G

440V
B
N

480V

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

Accessories Field Installed


Accessories, Continued
Control Modules (For 100-C09C85 contactors), Continued
Description

Connection Diagrams

DC Interface (electronic)
Interface between the DC control signal (PLC) and the AC operating
mechanism of the contactor.
Control (input) voltage
12V DC
1830V DC (24V nominal)
48V DC
Requires no additional surge suppression on the contactor coils

For Use With

100-C with AC coils


110240V AC

K1M

Cat. No.

100-JE12
100-JE
100-JE48

(K1M)

RC Module
AC Operating
Mechanism

Surge Suppressors
For limitation of coil switching
transients.
Plug-in, coil mounted
Varistor Module
Suitable for all 100-C contactor AC/DC Operating
Mechanism
sizes, 985 A
RC, Varistor and Diode Versions

Diode Module
DC Operating
Mechanism

2448V
50/60 Hz
110280V
50/60 Hz
380480V
50/60 Hz

100-FSC48
100-C with AC coils

100-FSC280
100-FSC480

1255V AC /
1277V DC

100-FSV55

56136V AC /
78180V DC

100-FSV136
100-C all

137277V AC /
181350V DC

100-FSV277

278575V AC

100-FSV575

12250V DC

100-C with DC coils

100-FSD250

Assembly Components (For 100-C09C85 contactors)


Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

10
10

100-S0
100-S9

100-C all

100-SCCA

100-FA, FB, FC, FP, FL

10

100-SCFA

Reversing Power Wiring Kits


For Reversing Connection with a solid-state or thermal overload relay

100-C09C23
100-C30C37
100-C43
100-C60C85

105-PW23
105-PW37
105-PW43
105-PW85

35 x 7.5 mm DIN Rail (1 m)

100-C09C85

10

199-DR1

Description
Dovetail Connectors
For use in contactor and starter assemblies.
10 each
Cat. No. 100-S0

Cat. No. 100-SCCA

Single Connector
Dual Connector

For Use With

100-C all

0 mm Spacing
9 mm Spacing

Protective Covers
Provides protection against unintended manual operation
For contactors and front mounted auxiliary contacts, pneumatic
timers and latches

Cat. No. 100-SCFA

Cat. No. 105-PW23

Must be ordered in multiples of package quantities.

81

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

Accessories Field Installed


Accessories, Continued
Wye-Delta (Star-Delta) Starter Kits
Wye-Delta power wiring kits were designed to aid in the field assembly of open-transition wye-delta
starters that use Bulletin 100-C contactors. These kits include line, load, and start-point (shorting)
connections. Assembling a wye-delta starter requires the use of the following additional components:

Contactors
Overload Relay
Cat. No. 100-MCA02 Mechanical/Electrical Interlock
Cat. No. 100-ETY30 Electronic Y- Timer
Cat. No. 100-S9 Base Coupler for 1M to 2M contactor (optional)
Cat. No. 170-PW23

3-Phase Rating
Hp (60 Hz)

kW (50 Hz)
230V

380/415V

500V

690V

200V

230V

460V

575V

5.5
7.5
10
14
18
19
23
33
39
47

8
11
14
21
28
35
40
58
69
82

8
11
15
21
28
35
40
60
67
82

8
11
14
19
28
32
41
56
70
81

5
5
7.5
7.5
10
15
20
30
40
50

5
7.5
10
10
15
20
25
40
50
60

10
15
20
25
30
40
50
75
100
125

10
15
20
25
30
40
50
75
100
125

Use with Cat. No. 100Delta


1M
2M
C09
C09
C12
C12
C16
C16
C23
C23
C30
C30
C37
C37
C43
C43
C60
C60
C72
C72
C85
C85

Wye
1S
C09
C09
C12
C12
C16
C23
C30
C37
C43
C60

Pkg.
Qty.

Cat. No.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

170-PW23
170-PW23
170-PW23
170-PW23
170-PW37
170-PW37
170-PW43
170-PW72
170-PW72
170-PW85

Marking Systems (For 100-C09C85 contactors)


Description
Label Sheet
10 sheets with 105 self-adhesive paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
Marking Tag Sheet
10 sheets with 160 perforated paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
To be used with a transparent cover
Transparent Cover
100 each
To be used with marking tag sheets
Marking Tag Adapters
100 each
To be used with marking tag:

Must be ordered in multiples of package quantities.

82

System V4 / V5
System Bul. 1492W

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

10

100-FMS

10

100-FMP

100

100-FMC

100
100

100-FMA1
100-FMA2

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

Accessories Field Installed


Accessories, Continued
Terminal Kits (For 100-C09C85 contactors)
Description

Max. Current Ratings and Wire Sizes

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

Stab Connector Kit


Dual stab (0.250 in.) for 100-C coil terminals
For 100-C09C85 contactors

20

199-SC2

Stab Connector Kit


Dual stab (0.250 in.) for 100-C power terminals
For 100-C09C23 contactors

100

199-SC10

100-CTN23

100-CTL23

100-CT37

100-CT43

100-CT85

100-CP23

100-CP37

3-Pole Terminal Lug Kit


For 100-C09C23 (Line side)

IEC @ 40C
IEC @ 40C
UL/CSA (Encl.)

For 100-C09C23 (Load side)

IEC @ 40C
IEC @ 40C
UL/CSA (Encl.)

For 100-C30C37

IEC @ 40C
IEC @ 40C
UL/CSA (Encl.)

1-Pole Terminal Lug Kit


For 100-C43

IEC @ 40C
IEC @ 40C
UL/CSA (Encl.)

For 100-C60C85

IEC @ 40C
IEC @ 40C
UL/CSA (Encl.)

3-Pole Paralleling Kit


For 100-C09C23

IEC @ 40C
IEC @ 40C
UL/CSA (Encl.)

45 A (416 mm2 , fine stranded w/ ferrule)


45 A (425 mm2, coarse stranded/solid)
40 A (#104 AWG, stranded/solid)
45 A (416 mm2 , fine stranded w/ ferrule)
45 A (425 mm2, coarse stranded/solid)
40 A (#104 AWG, stranded/solid)
60 A (416 mm2 , fine stranded w/ ferrule)
60 A (425 mm2, coarse stranded/solid)
55 A (#104 AWG, stranded/solid)
90 A (635 mm2 , fine stranded w/ ferrule)
90 A (650 mm2, coarse stranded/solid)
75 A (#82 AWG, stranded/solid)
130 A (1070 mm2, fine stranded w/ ferrule)
130 A (1095 mm2, coarse stranded/solid)
130 A (#82/0 AWG, stranded/solid)
100 A (3570 mm2, fine stranded w/ ferrule)
100 A (3595 mm2, coarse stranded/solid)
100 A (#02/0 AWG, stranded/solid)

IEC @ 40C
IEC @ 40C
UL/CSA (Encl.)

150 A (3570 mm2, fine stranded w/ ferrule)


150 A (3595 mm2, coarse stranded/solid)
150 A (#02/0 AWG, stranded/solid)

For 100-C30C37

Must be ordered in multiples of the package quantity.


16 mm2 max. according to IEC 60947; actual max. 25 mm2.

83

Bulletin 100-D

IEC Contactors
Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts
Description

100-D
Left or right
inside mounting

100-DS1-11

100-D
Left or right
outside
mounting

100-DS2-11

1L

100-D
Left or right
inside mounting

100-DS1-L11

100-D
Left or right
inside mounting

100-DS1-20

100-D
Left or right
outside
mounting

100-DS2-20

100-D
Left or right
inside mounting

100-DS1-B11

Electronically compatible auxiliary contacts


Ideal for use when switching low-power control circuits
Contact ratings:
AC-12
AC-15, DC-13

Cat. No.

N.C.

Side-mounted
With IEC sequence terminal designations

Connection
Diagram

For use with

N.O.

250V, 0.1 A
3125V, 1100 mA

Labeling Material

Uniform labeling materials for contactors, motor protection devices, timing relays, and circuit breakers.

Marking Systems (For 100-D95D860 contactors)


Description
Label Sheet
10 sheets with 105 self-adhesive paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
Marking Tag Sheet
10 sheets with 160 perforated paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
To be used with a transparent cover
Transparent Cover
100 each
To be used with marking tag sheets
Marking Tag Adapters
100 each
To be used with marking tag:

Must be ordered in multiples of package quantities.

84

System V4 / V5
System Bul. 1492W

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

10

100-FMS

10

100-FMP

100

100-FMC

100
100

100-FMA1
100-FMA2

Bulletin 100-D

IEC Contactors
Accessories, Continued
Suppressor Modules
Description

Circuit
Diagram

Suppressor Module
for 100-D Contactors
For limiting surge voltage when coil
circuits are interrupted
Can be plugged into all 100-D
contactors
Supplied as standard on all
conventional DC coil contactors and
all electronic coil contactors as part
of the supply module, or delivered
with separate suppressor module

For use with

Cat. No.

RC Module (AC control)


for contactors with conventional coil
2148V 50 Hz/2455V 60 Hz
95110V 50 Hz/110127V 60 Hz
190240V 50 Hz/220277V 60 Hz
380550V 50 Hz/440575V 60 Hz

100-D95
100-D180

100-DFSC48
100-DFSC110
100-DFSC240
100-DFSC550

Varistor Module
for contactors with conventional coil
55V AC
56136V AC
137277V AC
278575V AC

100-D95
100-D180

100-DFSV55
100-DFSV136
100-DFSV277
100-DFSV575

Varistor Module
for contactors with electronic coil
208277V AC (overvoltage category IV)

100-D95
100-D420

100-DFSV550

Connecting Components
Description

For Use With

Output
Connection

100-D95180

50 mm2

120 mm2
Reversing: Input Connection
Wye-Delta: Main-Delta connection

Delta-Wye connection if
100-D95180 is used as a Wye
contactor

350 mm2

Wye-Delta: Neutral bridge

100-D180-VLTB

100-D420-VLTB

100-D420-VT

100-D860-VT

Terminal
Blocks,
100-DTB

Power Wiring Kits (for contactors


using 100-DL lug kits)

Lugs, 100-DL

80 mm2

100-D420-VL

100-D180-VT

120 mm2

Cat. No.

100-D860-VL

Terminal
Blocks,
100-DTB

120 mm2

50 mm2

Lugs, 100-DL

120 mm2

50 mm2

Terminal
Connection

100-D180-VL

350 mm2

50 mm2

Reversing: Output Connection


Wye-Delta: Delta-Wye connection

100-D210420 100-D630860

100-D180-VTTB

100-D420-VTTB

Terminal
Blocks,
100-DTB

100-D420-VYTB

100-D180-VYU

100-D420-VYU

100-D860-VYU

For 100-D95100-D180
Reversing
Two-speed, or changeover
Wye-Delta/Star-Delta

100-DPW180
100-D180-VL
100-DPY180

For 100-D210100-D420
Reversing
Two-speed, or changeover
Wye-Delta/Star-Delta

100-DPW420
100-D420-VL
100-DPY420

For 100-D630100-D860
Reversing
Two-speed, or changeover

100-DPW860
100-D860-VL

85

Bulletin 100-D

IEC Contactors
Accessories, Continued
Connecting Components, Continued
Description
Terminal Blocks
Set of 2
Protection class IP20 per IEC 60529 and DIN 40 050

Terminal Lugs (UL/CSA), Copper Frame


Set of 3

Terminal Lugs (UL/CSA), Aluminum Frame


Set of 3

Cat. No.

For 100-D95,100-D110
For 100-D140,100-D180, 100-D95ED180E
For 100-D210100-D420

100-DTB110
100-DTB180
100-DTB420

For 100-D95, 100-D110


For 100-D95E, 100-D110E
For 100-D140, 100-D180
For 100-D210100-D420
For 100-D630, 100-D860
For 100-D630, 100-D860
For 100-D95, 100-D110 (conventional coil)
For 100-D140, 100-D180, 100-D95E, 100-D110E
For 100-D210, 100-D420

100-DL110
100-DLE110
100-DL180
100-DL420
100-DL630
100-DL860
100-DLA110
100-DLA180
100-DLA420

Control Circuit Terminal


2 x 2.5 mm2

For connecting to 100-D95D180


For connecting to 100-D210D420
For connecting to 100-D630D860

Terminal Shields
Set of 2
Protection class IP10 per IEC 60529 and DIN 40 050
For direct-on-line, reversing, two-speed, and wye-delta/
star-delta assemblies

For 100-D95,100-D110
For 100-D140,100-D180, 100-D95ED180E
For 100-D210100-D420

100-DTS110
100-DTS180
100-DTS420

Terminal Covers
Qty: 1
Protection class IP20 per IEC 60529 and DIN 40 050
For direct-on-line, reversing, two-speed, and wye-delta/
star-delta assemblies

For 100-D95100-D180
For 100-D210100-D420
For 100-D630100-D860

100-DTC180
100-DTC420
100-DTC860

Phase Barriers
Set of 4

100-D630D860

100-DPB860

Mounting Plate
Galvanized steel plate for starter combinations

Mounting Plate

100-DAT1
100-DAT2
100-DAT3

For 100-D95100-D180
Direct-on-line
Reversing, two-speed, or changeover
Y- or Dahlander
For 100-D210100-D420
Direct-on-line
Reversing, two-speed, or changeover
Y- or Dahlander
For 100-D630100-D860
Direct-on-line
Reversing, two-speed, or changeover
Y- or Dahlander
For interlocking between 100-C60C85 and
100-D95D180 contactors
Two-speed or changeover switches

100-DMS180
100-DMU180
100-DMY180
100-DMS420
100-DMU420
100-DMY420
100-DMS860
100-DMU860
100-DMY860
100-DMU85

Interlocks
Description

Circuit Diagram

Mechanical only
No additional space required

22

NC

NC

Cat. No.

100-D95100-D860

100-DMA00

100-D95100-D860

100-DMD02

100-D95100-D860

100-DMD00

21

Dual electrical/mechanical
No additional space required
2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
21

For use with

22

Mechanical only
No additional space required
Mechanical only
Provides interlocking between 100-C and 100-D contactors

100-DMC00
22

NC

21

Dual electrical/mechanical
Provides interlocking between 100-C and 100-D contactors
2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
21

86

NC

22

100-C60100-C85
between
100-D95100-D180

100-DMC02

Bulletin 100-G

IEC Contactors
Accessories
Control Modules
Description

Auxiliary Contact Block


For mounting between T1 & T2 or between T2 &
T3
Adjustable; provides normal, delayed or
overlapping contacts
Maximum two blocks per contactor
Alternate terminal marking tags included
2 N.O. and 2 N.C.

Standard terminal marking for


mounting between T1 & T2

For use with

Cat. No.

100-G550100-G860

100-EF22

100-G1000100-G1200

100-EB11

100-G550
100-G700, 100-G860

100-NP500-5
100-NP500-6

100-G700, 100-G860
100-G1000, 100-G1200

100-NP1000-6
100-NP1000-7

100-G550
100-G700, 100-G860

100-FLAM5
100-FLAM6

100-G550/100-G550

100-MC00-5H

100-G550/100-G700,
100-G860

100-MC00-56H

100-G700, 100-G860/
100-G700, 100-G860

100-MC00-6H

100-G700, 100-G860/
100-G1000, 100-G1200

100-MC00-67H

100-G1000, 100-G1200/
100-G1000, 100-G1200

100-MC00-7H

Alternate terminal marking for


mounting between T2 & T3

4-Pole

Auxiliary Contact Block


For side mounting on either side of the contactor
Max. four blocks per contactor
Alternate terminal marking tags included
1 N.O. and 1 N.C.

13

21

14

22

Standard terminal marking


53

61

83

71

54

62

84

72

Alternate terminal markings

2-Pole

Fourth Add-On Neutral Switching Pole


Left- or right-side mountable
Note: No UL/cUL
Ith AC-1 500 A

Note: No UL / cUL

Ith AC-1 1000 A

Mechanical Latch
Mechanical life: 0.5 million operations
Direct and Impulse Contact Control
Direct and Impulse Contact Control

Mechanical Interlocks Horizontal

Mechanical Interlocks Vertical

Terminal Lugs
Contains set of 3 lugs
(2) #2600 MCM
(3) #2600 MCM
(4) #2600 MCM

100-G550/100-G550

100-MC00-5V

100-G550/100-G700,
100-G860

100-MC00-56V

100-G700, 100-G860/
100-G700, 100-G860

100-MC00-6V

100-G700, 100-G860/
100-G1000, 100-G1200

100-MC00-67V

100-G1000, 100-G1200/
100-G1000, 100-G1200

100-MC00-7V

100-G550
100-G700, -G860
100-G1000, 100-G1200

100-LG5
100-LG6
100-LG7

Coil Voltage Codes


For use with
100-G550100-G860

50/60 Hz

110120V

220240V

380415V

440480V

KD

KF

KN

KB

For other voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

87

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications
IEC Specifications
100/104-M
05
09
12
Coil Type :
Conventional
X
X
X
Electronic EI

AC-1 Active Power Load (50 Hz); Ambient temperature 40C


Ie
500V
[A]
20
20
20
690V
[A]

1000V
[A]

230V
[kW]
8
8
8
240V
[kW]
8.3
8.3
8.3
400V
[kW]
14
14
14
415V
[kW]
14
14
14
500V
[kW]
17
17
17
690V
[kW]

1000V
[kW]

Ambient temperature 60C


Ie
500V
[A]
16
16
16
690V
[A]

1000V
[A]

230V
[kW]
6.4
6.4
6.4
240V
[kW]
6.7
6.7
6.7
400V
[kW]
11
11
11
415V
[kW]
12
12
12
500V
[kW]
14
14
14
690V
[kW]

1000V
[kW]

Switching of 3-phase Motors, (50Hz); Ambient temperature 60C, AC-2, AC-3


230V
[A]
6.5
12
12
240V
[A]
6.5
12
12
400V
[A]
5.3
9
12
415V
[A]
5.3
9
12
500V
[A]
4
7
7
690V
[A]

1000V
[A]

230V
[kW]
1.7
3.3
3.3
240V
[kW]
1.8
3.4
3.4
400V
[kW]
2.5
4.3
5.9
415V
[kW]
2.6
4.5
6.1
500V
[kW]
2.3
4.2
4.2
690V
[kW]

1000V
[kW]

Load Carrying Capacity per UL/CSA (60 Hz)


General Purpose Current (enclosed)
[A]
12
12
12
Rated power (enclosed)
1-phase
115V
[A]
9.8
9.8
9.8
230V
[A]
8
10
12
115V
[Hp]
0.5
0.5
0.5
230V
[Hp]
1
1.5
2
3-phase
200V
[A]
6.9
7.8
11
230V
[A]
6
6.8
9.6
460V
[A]
4.8
7.6
11
575V
[A]
3.9
6.1
11
200V
[Hp]
1.5
2
3
230V
[Hp]
1.5
2
3
460V
[Hp]
3
5
7.5
575V
[Hp]
3
5
10
Values in ( ) with increased cross-section and cable lug.

88

100/104-C, 100S/104S-C
30
37
40*200
X
X
X

09
X

12
X

16
X

23
X

40*400
X

43
X

60
X

32
32

13
13
22
23
28
38

32
32

13
13
22
23
28
38

32
32

13
13
22
23
28
38

32 (40)
32 (40)

13
13
22
23
28
38

65
65

26
27
45
47
56
78

65
65

26
27
45
47
56
78

75
75

30
31
52
54
65
90

75
75

30
31
52
54
65
90

85
85

34
35
59
61
74
102

100
100

40
42
69
72
87
120

32
32

13
13
22
23
28
38

32
32

13
13
22
23
28
38

32
32

13
13
22
23
28
38

32
32

13
13
22
23
28
38

65
65

26
27
45
47
56
78

65
65

26
27
45
47
56
78

60
60

24
25
42
43
52
72

60
60

24
25
42
43
52
72

80
80

25
26
44
45
55
75

100
100

40
42
69
72
87
120

12
12
9
9
7
5

3
3
4
4
4
4

15
15
12
12
10
7

4
4
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5

20
20
16
16
14
9

5.5
5.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5

26.5
26.5
23
23
20
12

7.5
7.5
11
11
13
10

35
35
30
30
25
18

10
10
15
15
15
15

38
38
37
37
30
21

11
11
18.5
20
20
18.5

38
38
37
37
29
9

11
11
18.5
20
18.5
7.5

38
38
37
37
30
21

11
11
18.5
20
20
18.5

44
44
43
43
38
25

13
13
22
22
25
22

62
62
60
60
55
34

18.5
18.5
32
32
37
32

25

25

30

30

55

60

60

60

63

90

9.8
10
0.5
1.5
7.8
6.8
7.6
9
2
2
5
7.5

9.8
12
0.5
2
11
9.6
11
11
3
3
7.5
10

16
17
1
3
17.5
15.2
14
17
5
5
10
15

24
17
2
3
17.5
22
21
17
5
7.5
15
15

24
28
2
5
25.3
28
27
27
7.5
10
20
25

34
28
3
5
32.2
28
34
32
10
10
25
30

34
28
3
5
32.2
28
34
17
10
10
25
15

34
28
3
5
32.2
28
34
32
10
10
25
30

34
40
3
7.5
32.2
42
40
32
10
15
30
30

56
50
5
10
48.3
54
52
52
15
20
40
50

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications

72
X

100/104-C, 100S/104S-C
85
90*200 90*400
X
X
X

95
X
X

110
X
X

140
X

140

180
X

100/104-D, 100S-D
180
210

X
X

250

300

420

630

860

100
100

40
42
69
72
87
120

100
100

40
42
69
72
87
120

130
130

52
54
90
93
113
155

130
130

52
54
90
93
113
155

160
160
160
64
67
111
115
139
191
277

160
160
160
64
67
111
115
139
191
277

250
250
250
100
104
173
180
217
299
433

250
250
250
100
104
173
180
217
299
433

250
250
250
100
104
173
180
217
299
433

250
250
250
100
104
173
180
217
299
433

350
350
350
139
145
242
252
303
418
606

350
350
350
139
145
242
252
303
418
606

450
450
450
179
187
312
323
390
538
779

500
500
500
199
208
346
359
433
598
866

800
800

319
333
554
575
693
956

1000
1000

398
416
693
719
866
1195

100
100

40
42
69
72
87
120

100
100

40
42
69
72
87
120

110
110

44
46
76
79
95
131

110
110

44
46
76
79
95
131

135
135
135
54
56
94
97
117
161
234

135
135
135
54
56
94
97
117
161
234

210
210
210
84
87
145
151
182
251
364

210
210
210
84
87
145
151
182
251
364

210
210
210
84
87
145
151
182
251
364

210
210
210
84
87
145
151
182
251
364

300
300
300
120
125
208
216
260
359
520

300
300
300
120
125
208
216
260
359
520

380
380
380
151
158
263
273
329
454
658

425
425
425
169
177
294
305
368
508
736

72
72
72

85
85
85

85
85
85

85
85
85

95
95
95

110
110
110

140
140
140

140
140
140

180
180
180

180
180
180

210
210
210

250
250
250

300
300
300

420
420
420

630
630
630

860
860
860

72

85

85

85

95

110 (130)

140 (155)

250 (258)

300 (315)

420

630

860

67
42

22
22
40
40
45
40

80
49

25
25
45
45
55
45

80
22

25
25
45
45
55
18.5

80
49

25
25
45
45
55
45

95
95
33
30
31
53
55
66
92
45

110
110
40
34
36
61
63 (75)
76
106
55

115
115
55
45
47
78
82 (90)
80
111
75

250
250
95
80
83
140
145 (150)
177
250
132

300
300
115
97
101
170
176 (185)
213
293
160

420
420
160
135
141
238
250
298
424
225

630

200
200
355
355
450

753

250
250
500
500
560

90

100

125

130

160

160

220

220

220

220

300

300

340

420

56
68
5
15
62.1
68
65
62
20
25
50
60

80
68
7.5
15
78.2
80
77
62
25
30
60
60

80
68
7.5
15
78.2
80
65
22
25
30
50
20

80
68
7.5
15
78.2
80
77
52
25
30
60
50

80
68
7.5
15
78.2
80
77
77
25
30
60
75

100
110
10
25
120
104
96
99
40
40
75
100

135
136
15
30
120
130
124
125
40
50
100
125

135
136
15
30
120
130
124
125
40
50
100
125

176

40
150
154
180
144
50
60
150
150

176

40
150
154
180
144
50
60
150
150

216

50
177
192
180
192
60
75
150
200

221
248
240
242
75
100
200
250

285
312
302
289
100
125
250
300

414
420
414
382
150
175
350
400

552
602
590
562
200
250
500
600

692
720
702
651
250
300
600
700

140 (155) 180 (189) 180 (189) 210 (227)


140
140
180
210
140
140
180
210
55
65
65
80
45
57
57
67
47
60
60
70
78
101
101
118
82 (90) 105 (110) 105 (110) 122 (132)
98
98
126
147
135
135
176
205
75
90
90
110

415 V: values in ( ) AC-3 and AC-4 lifespan -25 %


To be determined.

89

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications
IEC Specifications
100/104-M
05
09
12
Coil Type :
Conventional
X
X
X
Electronic EI

Switching of 3-phase Motors, (50Hz); Ambient temperature 60C, AC-4


230V
[A]
6.5
12
12
240V
[A]
6.5
12
12
400V
[A]
5.3
9
9
415V
[A]
5.3
9
9
500V
[A]
4
7
7
690V
[A]

1000V
[A]

230V
[kW]
1.7
3.3
3.3
240V
[kW]
1.8
3.4
3.4
400V
[kW]
2.5
4.3
5.9
415V
[kW]
2.6
4.5
6.1
500V
[kW]
2.3
4.2
4.2
690V
[kW]

1000V
[kW]

AC-4 at approximately 200,000 operations


230V
[A]
2.3
3.9
3.9
240V
[A]
2.3
3.9
3.9
400 / 415V
[A]
2
3.3
3.3
500V
[A]
1.9
3.2
3.2
690V
[A]

1000V
[A]

230V
[kW]
0.37
0.75
0.75
240V
[kW]
0.37
0.75
0.75
400V
[kW]
0.75
1.1
1.1
415V
[kW]
0.75
1.1
1.1
500V
[kW]
0.75
1.5
1.5
690V
[kW]

1000V
[kW]

Max. switching frequency Ops/h


250
250
250
Wye-Delta (60 Hz)
200V
[Hp]

230V
[Hp]

460V
[Hp]

575V
[Hp]

UL/CSA Elevator Duty


200V
230V
460V
575V
200V
230V
460V
575V
Star-Delta Starting (50 Hz)
230V
240V
400V
415V
500V
690V
1000V
230V
240V
400V
415V
500V
690 V
1000V

12
X

16
X

37
X

43
X

60
X

12
12
9
9
7
5

3
3
4
4
4
4

15
15
12
12
10
7

4
4
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5

20
20
16
16
14
9

5.5
5.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5

26.5
26.5
23
23
20
12

7.5
7.5
11
11
13
10

35
35
30
30
25
18

10
10
15
15
15
15

38
38
37
37
30
21

11
11
18.5
20
20
18.5

44
44
43
43
38
25

13
13
22
22
25
22

62
62
60
60
55
34

18.5
18.5
32
32
37
32

4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3

0.75
0.75
1.8
1.8
2.2
3

250

6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6

1.5
1.5
3
3
3.7
5.5

250

9
9
9
9
9

2.2
2.2
4
4
5.5
7.5

220

10
10
10
10
10

2.2
2.2
4
4
5.5
7.5

200

12
12
12
12
12

3
3
5.5
5.5
7.5
10

200

14
14
14
14
14

3.7
4
6.3
6.3
7.5
11

200

16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5

4
4
7.5
7.5
10
15

200

25.5
25.5
25.5
25.5
25.5

6.3
7.5
13
13
15
22

120

5
5
10
10

5
7
15
15

7
10
20
20

7
10
25
25

10
15
30
30

15
20
40
40

20
25
50
50

30
40
75
75

[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[Hp]
[Hp}
[Hp}
[Hp}

7.8
6.8
7.6
6.1
2
2
5
5

11.0
9.6
11.0
9.0
3
3
7
7

11.0
15.2
14.0
11.0
3
5
10
10

17.5
15.2
21.0
17.0
5
5
15
15

25.3
22.0
27.0
22.0
7
7
20
20

25.3
28.0
27.0
27.0
7
10
20
25

32.2
28.0
34.0
32.0
10
10
25
30

32.2
42.0
40.0
41.0
10
15
30
40

[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[kW]
[kW]
[kW]
[kW]
[kW]
[kW]
[kW]

11
11
9.2
9.2
6.9

3
3
4
4
4

21
21
16
16
12

5.5
5.5
7.5
7.5
7.5

21
21
21
21
12

5.5
5.5
10
11
7.5

21
21
16
16
12
8.6

5.5
5.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5

26
26
21
21
17
12

7.5
7.5
10
11
11
10

35
35
28
28
24
16

10
10
13
15
15
13

46
46
40
40
35
21

13
13
20
22
22
18.5

61
61
52
52
43
31

17
18.5
25
25
25
25

66
66
64
64
52
36

20
20
32
37
32
32

76
76
74
74
66
43

22
22
40
40
45
40

107
107
104
104
95
59

32
32
55
55
63
55

Power ratings at 50 Hz: Preferred values according to IEC 60072-1


Approval pending on 100-D95...D860

90

100/104-C, 100S/104S-C
23
30
X
X

09
X

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications

100/104-C, 100S/104S-C
72
85
X
X

95
X
X

110
X
X

140
X

140

180
X

100/104-D, 100S-D
180
210

X
X

250

300

110
140
140
180
180
210
250
300
110
140
140
180
180
210
250
300
110
140
140
180
180
210
250
300
110 (130) 140 (155) 140 (155) 180 (189) 180 (189) 210 (227) 250 (258) 300 (315)
105
115
140
140
170
210
250
300
105
115
140
140
170
210
250
300
40
55
55
65
65
80
95
115
34
45
45
57
57
67
80
97
36
47
47
60
60
70
83
101
61
78
78
101
101
118
140
170
63 (75)
82 (90)
82 (90) 105 (110) 105 (110) 122 (132) 145 (150) 176 (185)
73
80
98
98
119
147
177
213
102
111
135
135
167
205
250
293
55
75
75
90
90
110
132
160

420

630

860

420
420
420
420
360
360
160
135
141
238
250
255
356
225

72
72
72
72
67
42

22
22
40
40
45
40

85
85
85
85
80
49

25
25
45
45
55
45

95
95
95
95
85
85
33
30
31
53
55
59
81
45

31
31
31
31
31

7.5
7.5
15
17
20
25

120

38
38
38
38
38

11
11
20
20
25
32

120

43
43
43
43
43
19
13
13
22
22
25
40
22
120

50
50
50
50
50
23
15
15
25
25
32
45
30
120

60
60
60
60
60
37
17
18.5
32
32
40
55
50
120

60
60
60
60
60
37
17
18.5
32
32
40
55
50
120

67
67
67
67
67
43
20
22
37
37
45
63
55
100

67
67
67
67
67
43
20
22
37
37
45
63
55
100

85
85
85
85
85
60
25
25
45
50
55
80
80
120

105
105
105
105
105
72
32
32
55
55
75
100
100
100

140
140
140
140
140
85
45
45
75
80
100
132
110
70

170
170
170
170
170
105
55
55
90
100
110
160
150
70

40
50
100
100

50
60
125
125

40
50
100
125

60
60
125
150

60
75
175
200

60
75
175
200

75
100
200
250

75
100
200
250

100
125
250
300

125
175
350
450

175
200
450
500

250
250
600
650

48.3
54.0
52.0
52.0
15
20
40
50

62.1
68.0
65.0
62.0
20
25
50
60

62.1
68.0
65.0
62.0
20
25
50
60

78
80
77
77
25
30
60
75

92
104
96
77
30
40
75
75

92
104
96
77
30
40
75
75

120
130
124
99
40
50
100
100

120
130
124
99
40
50
100
100

150
130
156
125
50
50
125
125

150
154
180
144
50
60
150
150

177
192
180
192
60
75
150
200

221
248
240
242
75
100
200
250

125
125
125
125
116
73

37
40
63
63
80
63

147
147
147
147
139
85

45
50
80
80
90
80

165
165
165
165
165
165
57
45
50
80
80 (90)
100
132
75

191
242
242
312
312
364
433
520
727
191
242
242
312
312
364
433
520
727
191
242
242
312
312
364
433
520
727
191 (225) 242 (268) 242 (268) 312 (322) 312 (322) 364 (393) 433 (447) 520 (546)
727
191
199
242
312
312
364
433
520
727
191
199
242
312
312
364
433
520
727
69
95
95
113
113
139
165
200
277
55
75
75
90
90
110
132
160
220
63
80
80
100
100
125
150
160
250
100
132
132
160
160
200
250
300
425
100 (132) 132 (160) 132 (160)
160
160
220
250
315 (335) 425 (450)
132
132
160
200
200
250
315
375
530
160
200
220
300
300
355
425
530
750
90
132
132
160
160
200
220
280
400

415V: Values in ( ) AC-3 and AC-4 lifespan -25 %


To be determined.

91

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications
IEC Specifications

Coil Type :

Conventional
Electronic EI
Switching of Power Transformers,
AC-6a (50 Hz)
Inrush current
Rated transformer current

05
X

To be determined.

92

12
X

09
X

12
X

16
X

100/104-C, 100S/104S-C
23
30
X
X

5.4
5.4
4.1
4.1
3.2

2.2
2.2
2.8
2.9
2.7

5.4
5.4
5.4
5.4
3.2

2.2
2.2
3.7
3.9
2.7

10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9

4.3
4.5
7.5
7.8
9.4
13

16.3
22

10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9

4.3
4.5
7.5
7.8
9.4
13

16.3
22

10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9

4.3
4.5
7.5
7.8
9.4
13

16.3
22

10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9
10.9

4.3
4.5
7.5
7.8
9.4
13

16.3
22

10.9
3.8
3.9
4.5
9.1
11.3
12.5

10.9
3.8
3.9
4.5
9.1
11.3
12.5

10.9
3.8
3.9
4.5
9.1
11.3
12.5

16.3
5.6
5.9
6.8
13.6
16.9
18.6

16.3
5.6
5.9
6.8
13.6
16.9
18.6

22
7.5
7.8
9.0
18.1
22.6
24.9

22
7.5
7.8
9.0
18.1
22.6
24.9

37
X

43
X

60
X

20
20
20
20
20
20

8
8.3
14
14
17
24

30
40

20
20
20
20
20
20

8
8.3
14
14
17
24

30
40

23
23
23
23
23
23

9.2
10
16
17
20
27

34.5
46

40.8
40.8
40.8
40.8
40.8
40.8

16
17
28
29
35
49

61.3
82

10.9
3.8
3.9
4.5
9.1
11.3
12.5

20
6.9
7.2
8.3
16.6
20.8
22.9

20
6.9
7.2
8.3
16.6
20.8
22.9

23
8.0
8.3
9.6
19.1
23.9
26.3

40.8
14.1
14.7
17.0
33.9
42.4
46.6

16.3
5.6
5.9
6.8
13.6
16.9
18.6

16.3
5.6
5.9
6.8
13.6
16.9
18.6

30
10.4
10.8
12.5
24.9
31.2
34.3

30
10.4
10.8
12.5
24.9
31.2
34.3

34.5
12.0
12.4
14.3
28.7
35.9
39.4

61.3
21.2
22.1
25.5
51.0
63.7
70.1

22
7.5
7.8
9.0
18.1
22.6
24.9

22
7.5
7.8
9.0
18.1
22.6
24.9

40
13.9
14.4
16.6
33.3
41.6
45.7

40
13.9
14.4
16.6
33.3
41.6
45.7

46
15.9
16.6
19.1
38.2
47.8
52.6

82
28.4
29.5
34.1
68.2
85.2
93.7

=n

230V
[A]
2.9
240V
[A]
2.9
400V
[A]
2.4
415V
[A]
2.4
500V
[A]
1.8
690V
[A]

1000V
[A]

230V
[kVA]
1.2
240V
[kVA]
1.2
400V
[kVA]
1.7
415V
[kVA]
1.7
500V
[kVA]
1.6
690V
[kVA]

1000V
[kVA]

n = 20
690V
[A]

n = 15
690V
[A]

60 Hz Peak Inrush/peak rated transformer current


n=30
[A]

200V
[kVA]

208V
[kVA]

240V
[kVA]

480V
[kVA]

600V
[kVA]

660V
[kVA]

60 Hz Peak Inrush/peak rated transformer current


n=20
[A]

200V
[kVA]

208V
[kVA]

240V
[kVA]

480V
[kVA]

600V
[kVA]

660V
[kVA]

60 Hz Peak Inrush/peak rated transformer current


n=15
[A]

200V
[kVA]

208V
[kVA]

240V
[kVA]

480V
[kVA]

600V
[kVA]

660V
[kVA]

n = 30

100/104-M
09
X

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications

100/104-C, 100S/104S-C
72
85
X
X

95
X
X

110
X
X

140
X

140

180
X

100/104-D, 100S-D
180
210

X
X

250

300

420

630

860

40.8
40.8
40.8
40.8
40.8
40.8

16
17
28
29
35
49

61.3
82

40.8
40.8
40.8
40.8
40.8
40.8

16
17
28
29
35
49

61.3
82

53
53
53
53
53
53
53
21
22
37
38
46
64
92
80
107

60
60
60
60
60
60
60
24
25
42
43
52
72
104
90
120

70
70
70
70
70
70
70
28
29
48
50
61
84
121
105
140

70
70
70
70
70
70
70
28
29
48
50
61
84
121
105
140

85
85
85
85
85
85
85
34
35
59
61
74
102
147
128
170

85
85
85
85
85
85
85
34
35
59
61
74
102
147
128
170

105
105
105
105
105
105
105
42
44
73
75
91
125
182
158
210

125
125
125
125
125
125
125
50
52
87
90
108
149
217
188
250

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
60
62
104
108
130
179
260
225
300

210
210
210
210
210
210
210
84
87
145
151
182
251
364
315
420

40.8
14.4
14.7
17.0
33.9
42.4
46.6

40.8
14.4
14.7
17.0
33.9
42.4
46.6

53
18.4
19.1
22.0
44.1
55.1
60.6

60
20.8
21.6
24.9
49.9
62.4
68.6

70
24.2
25.2
29.1
58.2
72.7
80.0

70
24.2
25.2
29.1
58.2
72.7
80.0

85
29.4
30.6
35.3
70.7
88.3
97.2

85
29.4
30.6
35.3
70.7
88.3
97.2

102
36.4
37.8
43.6
87.3
109
120

125
43.3
45.0
52.0
104
130
143

150
52.0
54.0
62.4
125
156
171

210
72.7
75.7
87.3
175
218
240

61.3
21.2
22.1
25.5
51.0
63.7
70.1

61.3
21.2
22.1
25.5
51.0
63.7
70.1

80
27.7
28.8
33.3
66.5
83.1
91.5

90
31.2
32.4
37.4
74.8
93.5
103

105
36.4
37.8
43.6
87.3
109
120

105
36.4
37.8
43.6
87.3
109
120

128
44.3
46.1
53.2
106
114
146

128
44.3
46.1
53.2
106
114
146

158
54.7
51.9
65.7
131
141
131

188
65.1
67.7
78.2
156
167
215

225
77.9
81.1
93.5
187
200
257

315
109
113
131
262
281
360

82
28.4
29.5
34.1
68.2
85.2
93.7

82
28.4
29.5
34.1
68.2
85.2
93.7

107
37.1
38.5
44.5
89.0
111
122

120
41.6
43.2
49.9
99.8
125
137

140
48.5
50.4
58.2
116
145
160

140
48.5
50.4
58.2
116
145
160

170
58.9
61.2
70.7
141
177
194

170
58.9
61.2
70.7
141
177
194

210
72.7
75.7
87.3
175
218
240

250
86.6
90.1
104
208
260
286

300
104
108
125
249
312
343

420
145
151
175
349
436
480

93

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications
IEC Specifications
100/104-M
100/104-C, 100S/104S-C
05
09
12
09
12
16
23
30
37
40*200
Coil Type :
Conventional
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Electronic EI

Switching of 3-phase Capacitors, AC-6b (50 Hz); Inductance of leads between capacitors in parallel: min. 6 H (100-C09-C30 contactors: min. 30 H)
Single capacitor 40C 230V
[kVar]

8
8
8.5
9
14
14

240V
[kVar]

8
8
8.5
9
14
14

400V
[kVar]

8
8
10
12.5
20
24

415V
[kVar]

8
8
10
12.5
20
25

500V
[kVar]

8
8
10
12.5
20
25

690V
[kVar]

8
8
10
12.5
20
25

1000V
[kVar]

60C
230V
[kVar]

8
8
8.5
9
12.5
12.5

240V
[kVar]

8
8
8.5
9
12.5
12.5

400V
[kVar]

8
8
10
12.5
20
21.5

415V
[kVar]

8
8
10
12.5
20
22

500V
[kVar]

8
8
10
12.5
20
25

690V
[kVar]

8
8
10
12.5
20
25

1000V
[kVar]

Group capacitors 40C 230V


[kVar]

5
5
8
9
12.5
14

240V
[kVar]

5
5
8
9
12.5
14

400V
[kVar]

5
5
8
10
15
20

415V
[kVar]

5
5
8
10
15
20

500V
[kVar]

5
5
8
10
15
20

690V
[kVar]

5
5
8
10
15
20

1000V
[kVar]

60C
230V
[kVar]

5
5
8
9
12.5
12.5

240V
[kVar]

5
5
8
9
12.5
12.5

400V
[kVar]

5
5
8
10
15
20

415V
[kVar]

5
5
8
10
15
20

500V
[kVar]

5
5
8
10
15
20

690V
[kVar]

5
5
8
10
15
20

1000V
[kVar]

60 Hz Single Capacitor 40C


200V
[kVar]

5
5
8
9
12.5
14

230V
[kVar]

5
5
8
9
12.5
14

460V
[kVar]

5
5
8
10
15
20

600V
[kVar]

5
5
8
10
15
20

60 Hz Group Capacitors 40C


200V
[kVar]

5
5
8
9
12.5
12.5

230V
[kVar]

5
5
8
9
12.5
12.5

460V
[kVar]

5
5
8
10
15
20

600V
[kVar]

5
5
8
10
15
20

Switching of Lamps
Gas discharge lamps AC-5a open [A]
18
18
18
22.5
25
28
29
40.5
45
65
closed
[A]
14.5
14.5
14.5
22.5
25
28
29
37
41
54
Individually compensated:
Max. capacitance at expected
Short-circuit current of 10 kA
[F]
750
750
750
1 000
1 000
1 000
1 000
2 700
2 700

20 kA
[F]
400
400
400
500
500
500
500
1 350
1 350

50 kA
[F]

200
200
200
200
540
540

Filament AC-5b
230/240V
[A]
9.3
9.3
9.3
12
16
18
22
30
37
18
Switching of Low Inductive Loads in Home Appliances and Similar Applications per IEC 61095 (50 Hz)
AC-7a
230V
[A]

32
32
32
32
45
45

400V
[A]

32
32
32
32
45
45

440V
[A]

32
32
32
32
45
45

Switching of Motor Load for Home Appliances per IEC 61095 (50 Hz)
AC-7b
230V
[A]

10.5
14
19
23
30

400V
[A]

9
12
16
20
30

440V
[A]

7.5
10
13.5
18
27

94

40*400
X

43
X

60
X

24
25
35
35
35
35

18
18
30
30
30
30

20
20
25
25
25
25

18
18
25
25
25
25

28
29
48
50
50
50

28
29
42
42
42
42

28
29
40
40
40
40

28
29
40
40
40
40

20
20
25
25

28
29
40
40

18
18
25
25

28
29
40
40

65
54

77
57

81
77

25

3 200
1 600
640
43

4 000
2 000
800
60

63
63
63

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications

72
X

100/104-C, 100S/104S-C
85
90*200
90*400
X
X
X

95
X
X

110
X
X

140
X

140

180
X

100/104-D, 100S-D
180
210

X
X

250

300

420

630

860

28
29
48
50
55
55

28
29
48
50
50
50

28
29
48
50
50
50

28
29
48
50
50
50

28
29
48
50
60
60

28
29
48
50
55
55

28
29
48
50
50
50

28
29
48
50
50
50

45
47
78
81
97
134
194
38
39
65
68
82
113
164
42
43
44
44
44
45
46
38
39
44
44
44
45
46

45
47
78
81
97
134
194
38
39
65
68
82
113
164
45
47
56
56
56
57
58
38
39
56
56
56
57
58

70
73
121
126
152
209
303
59
61
102
106
127
176
255
70
73
76
76
76
78
79
59
61
76
76
76
78
79

70
73
121
126
152
209
303
59
61
102
106
127
176
255
70
73
76
76
76
78
79
59
61
76
76
76
78
79

70
73
121
126
152
209
303
59
61
102
106
127
176
255
70
73
111
112
113
114
116
59
61
102
106
113
114
116

70
73
121
126
152
209
303
59
61
102
106
127
176
255
70
73
111
112
113
114
116
59
61
102
106
113
114
116

98
102
170
176
212
293
424
84
87
145
151
182
251
364
98
102
170
170
172
174
177
84
87
145
151
172
174
177

98
102
170
176
212
293
424
84
87
145
151
182
251
364
98
102
170
176
212
247
251
84
87
145
151
182
247
251

125
131
218
226
273
376
546
106
111
184
191
230
318
461
125
131
218
226
273
356
361
106
111
184
191
230
318
361

139
145
242
252
303
418
606
119
124
206
214
258
356
515
139
145
242
252
303
418
606
119
124
206
214
258
356
515

28
29
50
50

28
29
50
50

39
45
89
116

39
45
89
116

61
70
139
182

61
70
139
182

61
70
139
182

61
70
139
182

85
98
195
255

85
98
195
255

109
125
251
327

121
139
279
364

28
29
50
50

28
29
50
50

39
42
44
45

39
45
56
57

61
70
76
77

61
70
76
77

61
70
112
114

61
70
112
114

85
98
171
173

85
95
195
246

109
125
251
327

121
139
279
364

85
81

90
90

115
95

115
95

144
122

144
122

225
189

225
189

225
189

225
189

315
270

315
270

405
342

450
383

4 000
2 000
800
70

4 700
2 350
940
76

60

75

107

120

140

140

170

170

210

250

300

420

To be determined.

95

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications
Specifications
100/104-M
05
09
12
09
12
16
Coil Type :
Conventional
X
X
X
X
X
X
Electronic EI

Switching of Hermetically Sealed Cooling Compressor Motors - manual reset of overload release (50 Hz)
AC-8a
400V
[A]

12
16
22
500V
[A]

12
16
22
690V
[A]

8
10
14

23
X

32
32
20

100/104-C, 100S/104S-C
30
37
40*200
X
X
X

38
38
28

45
45
35

40*400
X

43
X

60
X

63
63
42

72
72
56

- automatic reset of overload release


AC-8b

400V

[A]

5.5

9.3

12

13

14

16

24

500V
690V

[A]
[A]

5.5
5.5

7
7

9.3
9.3

12
12

13
13

14
14

16
16

24
24

25
20
6
1.5
0.4
25
25
25
8
1
25
25
25
25
3

25
20
6
1.5
0.4
25
25
25
8
1
25
25
25
25
3

32
20
6
1.5
0.4
32
32
32
8
1
32
32
32
32
3

32
20
6
1.5
0.4
32
32
32
10
1
32
32
32
32
3

45
25
8
1.5
0.4
45
45
45
10
1
45
45
45
45
3.5

45
25
8
1.5
0.4
45
45
45
10
1
45
45
45
45
3.5

45
25
10
1.5
0.4
45
45
45
10
1

45
25
10
1.5
0.4
45
45
45
10
1
45
45
45
45
3.5

50
30
9
1.5
0.5
50
50
50
10
1
63
63
63
50
4

70
40
11
2
0.5
70
70
70
15
1.5
90
90
90
70
5

25
25
20
6
0.6

25
25
20
6
0.6

32
32
25
6
0.6

32
32
25
10
0.6

45
45
30
15
0.6

45
45
30
15
0.6

63
50
35
20
0.6

90
70
70
25
0.6

25
25
20
6
0.6

25
25
20
6
0.6

32
32
25
6
0.6

32
32
25
10
0.6

45
45
30
15
0.6

45
45
30
15
0.6

63
50
35
20
0.6

90
70
70
25
0.6

Switching of DC Loads
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads or resistance furnaces DC-1 at 60C
1 pole
24V
[A]
6
9
9
48/60V
[A]
4/1
6/1.5
6/1.5
110V
[A]
0.6
1
1
220V
[A]
0.2
0.3
0.3
440V
[A]
0.08
0.1
0.1
2 poles in series 24V
[A]
6
9
9
48/60V
[A]
6
8
8
110V
[A]
4
6
6
220V
[A]
0.8
1.2
1.2
440V
[A]
0.2
0.3
0.3
3 poles in series 24V
[A]
6
9
9
48/60V
[A]
6
9
9
110V
[A]
6
9
9
220V
[A]
3
4
4
440V
[A]
0.4
0.6
0.6
Shunt-wound Motors
Starting, reverse current braking, reversing, stepping DC-3, 60C
3 poles in series 24V
[A]
5
9
9
48/60V
[A]
4
6
6
110V
[A]
2
3
3
220V
[A]
0.8
1.2
1.2
440V
[A]
0.15
0.2
0.2
Series-wound Motors
Starting, reverse current braking, reversing, stepping DC-5, 60C
3 poles in series 24V
[A]
5
9
9
48/60V
[A]
2
3
3
110V
[A]
0.6
1
1
220V
[A]
0.1
0.1
0.1
440V
[A]

Short Time Withstand ICW, 60C


10 s
[A]
Resistance and Power Dissipation
Main current circuit resistance
[m]
Power dissipation by all circuits
[W]
at Ie AC-3/400V
Total power dissipation
AC control
at Ie AC-3/400V

[W]

DC control

[W]

Lifespan
Mechanical AC control [Mio. operations]
DC control
[Mio. operations]
Electrical AC-3 (400 V)[Mio. operations]
Weight
AC

Non-Reversing kg (lbs.)
Reversing kg (lbs.)

DC

Non-Reversing kg (lbs.)
Reversing kg (lbs.)

96

60

96

96

170

170

170

215

300

304

304

304

375

700

5.5

5.5

5.5

2.7

2.7

2.7

1.5

1.5

0.9

0.46

1.3

2.4

0.66

1.2

2.1

3.2

5.4

8.2

11.3

8.4

8.3

9.7

1.9
3.0

2.7
3.8

3.8
4.9

3.3
6.7

3.8
7.2

4.7
8.1

6.2
12.4

8.4
14.6

11.2
17.4

26.1
32.6

37.4
43.9

11.5
18.4

11
11

10
20
0.7

10
20
0.7

10
20
0.7

13
13
1.3

13
13
1.3

13
13
1.3

13
13
1.3

13
13
1.3

13
13
1.3

10
10

10
10

12
13
1

10
10
1

0.51 (1.12) 1.45 (3.20)

0.85 (1.89) 0.85 (1.89) 0.85 (1.89) 0.85 (1.89) 1.08 (2.39) 1.08 (2.39)

1.15 (2.54) 3.14 (6.92)

0.16 (0.35) 0.16 (0.35) 0.16 (0.35) 0.6 (1.32) 0.6 (1.32) 0.6 (1.32) 0.73 (1.61) 0.85 (1.87) 0.85 (1.87)

1.0 (2.20) 1.47 (3.24)

2.13 (4.7) 3.22 (7.1)

0.16 (0.35) 0.16 (0.35) 0.16 (0.35) 0.39 (0.86) 0.39 (0.86) 0.39 (0.86) 0.39 (0.86) 0.48 (1.06) 0.49 (1.08)

1.27 (2.81) 1.27 (2.81) 1.27 (2.81) 1.53 (3.39) 1.81 (4.0) 1.81 (4.0)

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications

72
X

100/104-C, 100S/104S-C
85
90*200
90*400
X
X
X

95
X
X

110
X
X

140
X

140

180
X

100-D, 100S-D
180
210

X
X

250

300

420

630

860

85
85
67

100
100
80

30

35

30
30

35
35

80
40
11
2
0.5
80
80
80
15
1.5
90
90
90
80
5

80
40
11
2
0.5
80
80
80
15
1.5
100
100
100
80
5

80
40
11
1.8
0.5
80
80
80
15
1.5

80
40
11
1.8
0.5
80
80
80
15
1.5
100
100
100
80
5

135
135
135
3
0.6
135
135
135
135
3
135
135
135
135
11

135
135
135
3
0.6
135
135
135
135
3
135
135
135
135
11

210
210
210
3.3
0.75
210
210
210
210
3.3
210
210
210
210
11

210
210
210
3.3
0.75
210
210
210
210
3.3
210
210
210
210
11

210
210
210
3.3
0.75
210
210
210
210
3.3
210
210
210
210
11

210
210
210
3.3
0.75
210
210
210
210
3.3
210
210
210
210
11

300
300
300
4.9
1
300
300
300
300
4.9
300
300
300
300
14

300
300
300
4.9
1
300
300
300
300
4.9
300
300
300
300
14

380
380
380
4.9
1
380
380
380
380
4.9
380
380
380
380
14

425
425
425
5.2
1.2
425
425
425
425
5.2
425
425
425
425
15

90
70
70
25
0.6

100
80
80
30
0.6

135
135
135
135
3

135
135
135
135
3

210
210
210
210
3.5

210
210
210
210
3.5

210
210
210
210
3.5

210
210
210
210
3.5

300
300
300
300
4.1

300
300
300
300
4.1

380
380
380
380
4.1

425
425
425
425
5.8

90
70
70
25
0.6

100
80
80
30
0.6

135
135
135
135
1.2

135
135
135
135
1.2

210
210
210
210
2.1

210
210
210
210
2.1

210
210
210
210
2.1

210
210
210
210
2.1

300
300
300
300
2.4

300
300
300
300
2.4

380
380
380
380
2.4

425
425
425
425
3

700

700

700

700

1040

1040

1240

1360

1480

1480

2360

2520

2840

4700

0.9

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.4

0.4

0.42

0.42

0.42

0.42

0.22

0.22

0.18

0.15

0.19

0.14

14

19.5

13.5

11.8

10.8

14.5

24.6

24.6

40.8

40.8

29.4

41.7

48.6

79.5

78.4

103.2

13.8
13.8

17.5
17.5

36
32.5

56.3
52.8

20.8 (16.8)
18.8 (16.8)

24.5 (20.5)
22.5 (20.5)

34.6
32.6

30.6
30.6

59.8
48.8

46.8
46.8

35.4
35.4

47.7
47.7

57.6
57.6

86.5
86.5

105.4
105.4

133.2
133.2

10
10
1

10
10
1

10
10

10
10

10
10
1

10
10
1

10
10
1

10
10
1

10
10
1

10
10
1

10
10
1

10
10
1

10
10
1

10
10
1

2
2

2
2

1.45 (3.2)

1.45 (3.2)

3.3 (7.28)
[3.8 (8.38)]

3.3 (7.28)
[3.8 (8.38)]

28.6 (63)

28.6 (63)

3.14 (6.92) 3.14 (6.92)

1.47 (3.24) 1.47 (3.24)

3.3 (7.28)
[3.8 (8.38)]

3.3 (7.28)
[3.8 (8.38)]

28.6 (63)

28.6 (63)

3.22 (7.1)

3.22 (7.1)

3.3 (7.28) 3.8 (8.38) 3.3 (7.28) 3.8 (8.38) 7.5 (16.53) 7.5 (16.53) 7.5 (16.53) 7.5 (16.53)

3.3 (7.28) 3.8 (8.38) 3.3 (7.28) 3.8 (8.38) 7.5 (16.53) 7.5 (16.53) 7.5 (16.53) 7.5 (16.53)

Values in brackets refer to electronic coil (EI) version.


To be determined.

97

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications

100/104-M
Coil Type :

100/104-C, 100S/104S-C

05

09

12

09

12

16

23

30

37

40

43

60

72

85

Conventional

Electronic EI

Conductor Cross Sections - Main Contacts


Terminal type

(1) conductor [mm2]


(2) conductors [mm2]

0.752.5
0.752.5

14
14

2.510
2.510

2.516
2.510

2.535
2.525

(1) conductor [mm2]


(2) conductors [mm2]

0.752.5
0.752.5

1.56
1.56

2.516
2.516

2.525
2.516

2.550
2.535

[Nm]

11.5

12.5

2.53.5

2.53.5

3.56

[AWG]

1814

1610

144

[lb-in]

715

922

2231

2231

3153

[AWG]

[lb-in]

top opening [mm2]


bottom opening[mm2]

top opening [mm2]


bott. opening [mm2]

b max.
s top
s bottom

[Nm]

Cross section per UL/CSA top

[AWG]

bottom

[AWG]

[lb-in]

b max.

[mm]

c max.

[mm]

s max.

[mm]

min.

[mm]

c
s

Recommended torque
Cross section per UL/CSA
Recommended torque
With terminal lug kit
Cross section per UL/CSA
Recommended torque
With Frame Terminal Block

s
b

Recommended torque

Recommended torque

Pozidriv No. 2 / Blade No. 3 screw


Pozidriv No. 2 / Blade No. 4 screw
Hexagonal socket screw

98

[mm]
[mm]
[mm]

146

144

141

90

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications

100-D, 100S-D
95

110

95

110

140

180

210

250

300

420

630

860

20

25

30

52

52

10

12.5

15

22

22

2x8

2x8

6.1

8.3

10.5

13

13

810

1012

16

68

68

7090

90110

130150

600

600

100-DL110
100-DLA110

100-DLE110

100-DL180
100-DLA180

100-DL420
100-DLA420

100-DL630

100-DL860

142/0

82/0

6300 MCM

(2x) 4350 MCM

2X
2/0500MCM

4X
2/0500MCM

7090

7090

90110

375

400

400

100-DTB110

100-DTB180

100-DTB420

1635
1670

1635
1695

25240
25240

1650
1695

1650
16120

25300
25300

16
39
312

20
39
314

25
420
420

810

1012

2025

61 / 0 AWG

61 / 0 AWG

4 AWG600 MCM

63 / 0 AWG

6 AWG250 MCM

4 AWG600 MCM

7090

90110

180220

Hexagonal screw
2595 mm2 with sleeve per DIN 46228

99

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications
Coil Data

Coil Type :

Conventional
Electronic EI

Operating Limits
50 Hz, 60 Hz, 50/60 Hz pick-up
dropout
DC control
pick-up
dropout
Coil Consumption
50 Hz, 60 Hz, 50/60 Hz pick-up
hold-in
DC control
pick-up
hold-in
Operating Times
AC
closing delay
opening delay
With RC module
opening delay
DC
closing delay
opening delay
With integrated diode
opening delay
With external diode
opening delay

100

05
X

100/104-M
09
12
X
X

09
X

12
X

16
X

23
X

30
X

37
X

[x Us]
[x Us]
[x Us]
[x Us]

0.851.1
0.350.65
0.851.1
0.10.25

0.851.1
0.30.6
0.81.1
0.10.6

[VA/W]
[VA/W]
[W]
[W]

22/20
4/1.4
2.5
2.5

70/50
8/2.6
6.5
6.5

70/50
9/3
9.2
9.2

80/60
9/3
9.2
9.2

[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]

1540
1525
1525
1840
612
812
3550

1530
1060
1060
4070
715
1420
7095

1530
1060
1060
4070
715
1723
80125

1530
1060
1060
5080
715
1723
80125

100/104-C, 100S/104S-C
40*200 40*400
43
X
X
X

0.851.1
0.30.6
0.81.1
0.10.6
130/90
12/3.6
10.1
10.1

130/90
12/3.6
10.1
10.1

1530
1060
1060
5080
715

60
X

72
X

85
X

90*200 90*400
X
X

0.85.1.1
0.30.6
0.81.1
0.10.6
130/90
10/3.2
10.1
10.1

200/110
16/4.5
200
4.5

1530
1060
1060
5080
715
1723
80125

2040
1060
1060
2040

220V 2035
> 220V 80125

400/240
24/9
325
5.5
2030
2040
2040
1525
2025

2030
2040
2040
2025
2025

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications

95/110
X

140/180
X

0.851.1
0.30.6
0.851.1
0.30.6
650/310
50/10
540
8
2047
612
918
2747
1220
1220

95

110

140

100/104-D, 100S/104S-D
180
210

X
X

250

300

420

0.851.1
0.30.5
0.851.1
0.30.5
380/240
13/6
265
6
2045
25110

2550
35110

630

860

X
0.81.1
0.30.8
0.851.1
0.30.8

490/270
18/7
340
7

1915/1720
33/30
1980
30
60100
70145

60100
70145

Electronic coil drives are controlled for minimizing performance, but this control may shortly require (< 1ms) peak load when energizing.This must be taken into account for the proper
sizing of supply devices, all-or-nothing relays and cross-sections of coil supply lines. Please contact your nearest Rockwell Automation distributor for detailed information

101

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications

100/104-M
05
09
12
Coil Type :
Conventional
X
X
X
Electronic EI

Short Circuit Coordination (Max.Fuse or Circuit Breaker Rating)

09
X

12
X

16
X

23
X

30
X

100/104-C, 100S/104S-C
37 40*200 40*400 43
X
X
X
X

60
X

72
X

85
X

90*200 90*400
X
X

160
100
100

250
160
160

250
160
160

250
160
160

250 250
160 100
160 100

80
80

100
100

160
125

160
160

150

200

250

300

300

300

50

80

100

100

125
125

250
250

250

250

Per IEC 60947-4-1 (contactor and fuses only)


DIN Fuses - gG, gL
Type "1" (690V)
Type "2" (400V)
Type "2" (690V)
BS88 Fuses
Type "1" (415V)
Type "2" (415V)
Per UL 508 and CSA 22.2 No. 14
(contactor and fuses or circuit breaker only)
UL Class K5 and RK5 Fuses
UL Listed Combination (600V)
UL Class K5 and RK5 Fuses
UL Listed Combination (600V)
UL Class L Fuses
UL Listed Combination (600V)
UL Class L Fuses
UL Listed Combination (600V)
UL Class CC and CSA HRCI-MISC Fuses
UL Listed Combination (600V) - "Type 2"
UL Class J and CSA HRCI-J Fuses
UL Listed Combination (600V) - "Type 2"
UL Inverse-Time Circuit Breaker
UL Listed Combination (480V)
UL Listed Combination (600V)
UL Inverse-Time Circuit Breaker
UL Listed Combination (600V)
UL Inverse-Time Circuit Breaker
UL Listed Combination (600V)
UL Inverse-Time Circuit Breaker
UL Listed Combination (600V)

50 kA available fault current.

102

[A]
[A]
[A]

25
16

25
16

25
16

50
25
25

50
35
35

50
35
35

[A]
[A]

25
20

32
25

40
32

[A]

40

40

40

35

40

70

[A]

[A]

[A]

[A]

15

20

20

[A]

15

20

20

[A]
[A]

30

30

50

[A]

[A]

[A]

100 kA Available Fault Current


125
125 160 160
80
80
63 80
80
80
63 80
65 kA Available Fault Current
50
63
80

50
63
80

80
40
40

5 kA Available Fault Current


110
125
125
125
10 kA Available Fault Current

18 kA Available Fault Current

42 kA Available Fault Current

100 kA Available Fault Current


30

100 kA Available Fault Current


30
40
50

5 kA Available Fault Current


50
125
125

125
125

10 kA Available Fault Current

18 kA Available Fault Current

42 kA Available Fault Current

90

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications

95/110
X

140/180
X

95

110

140

100/104-D, 100S/104S-D
180
210

X
X

250

300

420

630

860

500
400
400

630
500
500

630
500
500

355
355

450
450

630
560

700

700

1000

2500

2500

350

400

500

1200

1200

100 kA Available Fault Current


250
200
200

315
250
250

250
200
200

250
200
200

315
250
250

160
160

250
250

200
200

200
200

250
250

225/250

350/450

225

250

350

125/150

200/250

125

150

200

355
500
315
400
315
400
65 kA Available Fault Current
250
355
250
355

5 kA Available Fault Current

10 kA Available Fault Current


450
500
18 kA Available Fault Current

42 kA Available Fault Current

100 kA Available Fault Current

100 kA Available Fault Current

5 kA Available Fault Current

10 kA Available Fault Current


250
300
18 kA Available Fault Current

42 kA Available Fault Current

To be determined.

103

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications
Auxiliary Contacts and Auxiliary Contact Blocks
Auxiliary contact for 100-M

Switching of AC Loads
AC-12 Ith

Auxiliary contact for 100-C, 100S-C

Auxiliary contact for 100-D

Internal

Blocks

Internal

Frontmounted

Frontmounted
(Bifurcated)

Sidemounted

Conventional

Electronically
compatible

at 40 C
at 60 C

[A]
[A]

16

10

20

10

10

10

16

0.1

12

20

12

at 250 V

24 V
42 / 48 V
120 V
230 V
240 V
400 V
415 V
500 V
690 V

[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]

10

5.5

10

5.5

10

5.5

10

5.5

5.5

5.5

10

AC-15 at rated voltage of

2.5

2.5

1.25

0.6

2.5

1.6

1.2

1.6

1.6

0.7

12

12

16

3.2

3.2

Switching of DC Loads
DC-12 L/R< 1 ms resistive loads at
6
24 VDC
[A]
4
48 VDC
[A]
0.6
110 VDC
[A]
0.2
220 VDC
[A]
0.08
440 VDC
[A]
DC-14 L/R< 15 ms inductive loads with economy resistor in series at
4
24 VDC
[A]
2.5
48 VDC
[A]
0.4
110 VDC
[A]
0.12
220 VDC
[A]
0.05
440 VDC
[A]
DC-13 switching electromagnets at
5
24 VDC
[A]
0.6
48 VDC
[A]
0.45
110 VDC
[A]
0.25
220 VDC
[A]
0.04
440 VDC
[A]
Fuse gG
Short-circuit protection with no Welding of contacts per IEC 60947-5-1
[A]
16

[A]

16

0.6

3.5

3.5

0.45

0.45

3.5

0.2

0.55

0.55

0.18

0.18

0.55

0.08

0.2

0.2

0.1

0.1

0.2

1.2

1.6

1.6

0.4

0.3

0.3

0.12

0.4

0.4

0.12

0.12

0.4

0.05

0.16

0.16

0.05

0.05

0.16

2.5

0.6

1.5

0.45

1.2

1.2

0.6

1.2

0.7

[mA]

0.1

0.6

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.25

0.3

0.15

0.15

0.15

0.12

10

20

10

10

10

16

10

20

10

10

10

16

10

max. 600
10 General
purpose
Heavy pilot
duty (A 600)
max. 600
Standard pilot
duty (P 600)

max. 250

between load
and auxiliary
circuit 320V
10

10

between load and auxiliary


circuit 440V
5

5 @ 8V

[V]

max. 600

40 C

[A]

10 General purpose

Switching capacity

AC

[A]

Heavy pilot duty (A 600)

A 600

Rated voltage

DC

[V]

max. 600

max. 600

Switching capacity

DC

[A]

Light pilot duty (Q 600)

Continuous rating

Only with 100-DS2-B11

104

(1100 mA)
at
3125 V

0.04

Protective Separation per IEC 60947-1, Annex N

Min. switching capacity 17V IEC 60947-5-4


Load Carrying Capacity per UL/CSA
Rated voltage
AC

(1100 mA)
at
3125 V

10

max. 600
10

P 600

10

10

P 300/Q 600

Q600

10

P 300/Q 600

0.1
0.1
max. 250
0.1

Bulletins 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D

Contactors
Specifications
General
100-M

100-C, 100S-C

100-D, 100S-D

0985

95420

500

690

600

600

1000
600

12

230, 240, 400, 415, 500

115, 230, 400, 500, 690

24, 48, 110, 220, 440

24, 48, 110, 220, 440

Class B per IEC 85

Class F per IEC 85

AC 50/60 Hz, DC

AC 50/60 Hz, DC

230, 240, 400, 415, 500, 690, 1000


24, 48, 110, 220, 440
Class B per VDE 0660,
Table 22
AC 50 Hz, 50/60 Hz, DC

-55+80

-55+80

-25+60

-25+60

0509

12

Rated Isolation Voltage Ui


IEC
UL, CSA
Rated Impulse Voltage Withstand Uimp
Rated Voltage Ue
AC
50/60 Hz
DC
Insulation Class of the Coil
Rated coil frequency
Ambient Temperature
Storage
Operation at rated voltage
at 70 C
Climatic Withstand
Max. Altitude of Installation Site
Protection Class
Single contactor cover
Contactor with frame terminal block
Auxiliary contact
Protection against Accidental Contact
Resistance to Shock
Resistance to Vibration
Mechanically Linked Contacts
IEC 60947-5-1, Annex L
SUVA Certified
Mirror Contacts
IEC 60947-4 Annex F
SUVA Certified
Standards

[V]
[V]
[kV]
[V]
[V]

[C]
[C]

-40+80
-25+60

15 % current reduction against 60C values

[m]

Finger and back-of-hand proof


per VDE 0106, part 100

Finger and back-of-hand proof


per VDE 0106, part 100

IEC 68-2
2000 NN, per IEC 60947-4
IP00 IEC 60529 / DIN 40 050
IP10 IEC 60529 / DIN 40 050
IP20 IEC 60529 / DIN 40 050
IP20 IEC 60529 / DIN 40 050
Finger and back-of-hand proof
per VDE 0106, part 100

IEC 68-2

IEC 68-2-27

IEC 68-2-27

IEC 68-2

IEC 68-2-6

IEC 68-2-6

IEC 68-2

IEC 68-2

2000 NN, per IEC 60947-4

2000 NN, per IEC 60947-4

IP2X

IP2X (in connected state)

100-M
700-M
700-DC-M

100-M + 195-M

100-C09C23, 100S-C09C85,
100-C + 100-FA/FB/FC
(except L11, L22),
100-C09C43 + 100-FAB/FBB/FCB,
700-CF + 100-FA/FB/FC
(except L11, L22),
700-CF + 100-FAB
100-C09C23, 100S-C09C85,
100-C + 100-FA/FB/FC + 100-SA/SB,
100-C60C85 + 100-FAB/FBB/FCB,
100S-C + 100-SA/SB

100-D + 2 x 100-DS1-11
100S-D5

IEC/EN 60947-1/-4-1/-5-1, UL 508;


CSA 22.2. No. 14

IEC/EN 60947-1/-4-1/-5-1, UL 508;


CSA 22.2. No. 14

IEC/EN 60947-1/-4-1/-5-1, UL 508;


CSA 22.2. No. 14

CE, UL, CSA

CE, UL, CSA, RINA,


Bureau Veritas, Russian Maritime Register of
Shipping, American Bureau of Shipping

CE, UL, CSA

Approvals

105

Bulletin 100-G

IEC Contactors
Specifications
Electrical Data
Cat. No.

100-G550

100-G700

100-G860

100-G1000

100-G1200

AC-1, Three-phase Switching - IEC


Ambient temperature: 40C
Ie

690V

[A]

760

1,000

1,100

1,200

1,350

230V

[kW]

303

398

438

478

538

240V

[kW]

316

416

457

499

561

400V

[kW]

527

693

762

831

935

415V

[kW]

546

719

791

863

970

500V

[kW]

658

866

953

1,039

1,169

690V

[kW]

908

1,195

1,315

1,434

1,613

Ambient temperature: 60C


Ie

690V

[A]

605

800

870

960

1,085

230V

[kW]

241

319

347

382

432

240V

[kW]

251

333

362

399

451

400V

[kW]

419

554

603

665

752

415V

[kW]

435

575

625

690

780

500V

[kW]

524

693

753

831

940

690V

[kW]

723

956

1,040

1,147

1,297

520

700

810

1215

Continuous Current - UL/CSA


General Purpose Rating 40C

[A]

Switching of 3-phase Motors - IEC


AC-2, AC-3
50Hz/60C

[A]

550

700

860

1,000

1,200

400/415V

230/240V

[A]

550

700

860

1,000

1,200

500V

[A]

550

700

860

1,000

1,200

690V

[A]

500

630

700

860

1,000

230V

[kW]

179

228

280

326

391

240V

[kW]

187

238

293

340

408

400V

[kW]

312

414

509

592

710

415V

[kW]

324

430

528

628

737

500V

[kW]

407

518

636

756

888

690V

[kW]

510

657

730

897

1,043

AC-4 at 200,000 operations


50Hz

230/240V

[A]

140

180

210

260

300

400/415V

[A]

140

180

210

260

300

230V

[kW]

45

57

67

83

97

240V

[kW]

47

60

70

87

101

400V

[kW]

78

101

118

146

170

415V

[kW]

81

105

122

151

176

(700)

AC-4, Squirrel-cage motors with reversing and


jogging at 20,000 (25,000), operations
230/240V

[A]

360

430

520

(630)

400/415V

[A]

350

420

520

(630)

(700)

230V

[kW]

116

139

170

(205)

(228)

240V

[kW]

120

151

177

(214)

(245)

400V

[kW]

198

238

295

(357)

(414)

415V

[kW]

206

247

300

(359)

(424)

At rated voltage 415V and rated current: Life span -25%

106

Bulletin 100-G

IEC Contactors
Specifications, Continued
Electrical Data, Continued
Cat. No.

100-G550

100-G700

100-G860

100-G1000

100-G1200

Switching of 3-phase Motors - UL/CSA


60Hz/60C

200V

[A]

414

552

692

1185

230V

[A]

360

602

722

1130

460V

[A]

414

590

708

1062

575V

[A]

336

472

576

864

200V

[Hp]

150

200

250

450

230V

[Hp]

150

250

300

450

460V

[Hp]

350

500

600

900

575V

[Hp]

350

500

600

900

Rated making capacity


AC-3 Ie

415V

[A]

5500

7000

8600

10000

12000

500V

[A]

5500

7000

8600

10000

12000

690V

[A]

5500

7000

8600

10000

12000

Rated breaking capacity


AC-3 Ie

240V

[A]

4400

5600

6900

8000

9600

400V

[A]

4400

5600

6900

8000

9600

415V

[A]

4400

5600

6900

8000

9600

500V

[A]

4400

5600

6900

8000

9600

690V

[A]

4000

5100

5600

6900

8000

Star-Delta Starting
50Hz

230V

[A]

953

1212

1490

1732

2078

240V

[A]

953

1212

1490

1732

2078

400V

[A]

953

1212

1490

1732

2078

415V

[A]

953

1212

1490

1732

2078

500V

[A]

953

1212

1490

1732

2078

690V

[A]

831

1091

1195

1490

1732

230V

[kW]

310

395

485

565

677

240V

[kW]

324

412

507

589

707

400V

[kW]

540

717

882

1025

1,250

415V

[kW]

561

745

915

1088

1278

500V

[kW]

705

897

1102

1309

1538

690V

[kW]

883

1138

1247

1554

2078

Wye-Delta Starting
60Hz

230V

[Hp]

250

400

500

650

750

460V

[Hp]

600

800

1000

1300

1500

575V

[Hp]

600

800

1000

1500

1500

Short-circuit Protection of Contactors


without Overload Relay
Fuse gG (aM) Type 1 coordination
(per IEC 60947-4-1) 500V
690V

[A]
[A]

(630)

800

1000

1000

1250

(630)

800

1000

1000

1000

Switching of Three-phase Capacitor


Inductivity of dispatching between parallel switched capacitors: min. 6 H
Single capacitors40C

55C

230V

[kVar]

180

220

250

290

330

240V

[kVar]

200

250

300

325

360

400V

[kVar]

320

400

450

500

575

415V

[kVar]

350

430

500

550

630

500V

[kVar]

450

520

600

660

750

690V

[kVar]

580

700

800

875

1,000

230V

[kVar]

150

180

220

275

325

240V

[kVar]

170

200

260

300

350

400V

[kVar]

280

330

400

460

550

415V

[kVar]

300

360

450

500

600

500V

[kVar]

360

420

540

600

720

690V

[kVar]

500

580

720

800

950

107

Bulletin 100-G

IEC Contactors
Specifications, Continued
Electrical Data, Continued
Cat. No.
Capacitor Banks 40C

55C

100-G550

100-G700

100-G860

100-G1000

100-G1200

230V

[kVar]

180

220

250

290

330

240V

[kVar]

200

250

300

325

360

400V

[kVar]

320

400

450

500

575

415V

[kVar]

350

430

500

550

630

500V

[kVar]

450

520

600

660

750

690V

[kVar]

580

700

800

875

1000

230V

[kVar]

150

180

220

275

325

240V

[kVar]

170

200

260

300

350

400V

[kVar]

280

330

400

460

550

415V

[kVar]

300

360

450

500

600

500V

[kVar]

360

420

540

600

720

690V

[kVar]

500

580

720

800

950

DC Switching
Switching of non- or slightly inductive loads,
resistance furnaces
DC-1 at 60C
1-Pole

24/48V

[A]

645

760

930

1020

1150

2-Poles in series

24/48V

[A]

645

760

930

1020

1150

3 Poles in series

24/48V

[A]

645

760

930

1020

1150

110V

[A]

480

560

630

800

900

220V

[A]

315

400

450

500

600

[A]

605

800

870

960

1,085

[A]

605

800

870

960

1,085

Shunt-wound Motors
Starting, plugging, reversing, plugging
DC-3 at 60C
3 Poles in series

24/48V

Series-wound Motors
Starting, plugging, reversing, plugging
DC-5 at 60C
3 Poles in series

24/48V

Lighting Loads
Elec. Discharge. Lamps - AC - 5a,
Non-Compensated

[A]

450

570

700

850

1,000

Compensated

[A]

360

460

550

660

800

[A]

315

440

500

560

630

400V AC

[A]

7440

9450

11700

13500

16200

Ie Rated transformer current 400V AC

[A]

248

315

390

450

540

400V AC

[kVA]

172

218

270

312

374

500V AC

[kVA]

215

273

338

390

468

690V AC

[kVA]

269

339

376

538

645

n = 20

400V AC

[A]

371

472

580

675

810

n = 15

400V AC

[A]

435

630

774

900

1080

1s

[A]

5500

7000

8000

10000

12000

4s

[A]

5500

7000

8000

10000

12000

10 s

[A]

4400

5600

6900

8000

9600

15 s

[A]

3800

5000

6000

7400

8500

60 s

[A]

2300

2800

3400

4000

4800

240 s

[A]

1300

1800

2000

2300

2700

900 s

[A]

850

1150

1350

1600

1900

[Min.]

60

60

60

60

60

Main circuit resistance

[m]

0.11

0.1

0.08

0.06

0.05

Total energy dissipation at Ie AC-3

[W]

99

147

177

180

216

AC Control

[W]

110

172

202

250

286

DC Control

[W]

109

169

199

240

276

Incandescent Lamps - AC - 5b,


Electrical Endurance @ 100,000 ops
Switching Power Transformers AC - 6a
Inrush = n Ie
n = 30

Rated Short-time Withstand ICW, 60C

Minimum cooling time at zero current


Resistance and Energy Dissipation

Excess energy dissipation at Ie AC-3

108

Bulletin 100-G

IEC Contactors
Specifications, Continued
Mechanical Data
Cat. No.

100-G550

100-G700

100-G860

100-G1000

100-G1200

Life Span in Millions of Operations


Mechanical

AC Control

Shipping Weights

[Mil.]

DC Control [Mil.]

AC Control

[kg]

13.8

26.4

28.4

50.3

53.4

[lb]

30.4

58.1

62.5

110.8

117.6

DC Control [kg]

13.8

26.4

28.4

50.3

53.4

[lb]

30.4

58.1

62.5

110.8

117.6

Terminals
Terminal dimensions

[mm]

6 x 40

8 x 50

8 x 50

10 x 50

10 x 60

Terminal screw hole size

[mm]

(1) x 13

(1) x 13

(1) x 15

(2) x 13

(2) x 13

Terminations - Power
Type

Hexagonal Bolt

Direct Connection
b max.

[mm]

50

60

60

60

60

c max.

[mm]

20

20

25

25

25

s max.

[mm]

2x5

2x5

2x6

2x6

2x8

min.

[mm]

12.5

13

15

2 x 13

2 x 13

Recommended Torque

[Nm]

50

60

75

60

60

[ft.-lb]

37

44

55

44

44

Conductor/Wire Terminations
Bus bar (width)

[mm]

Terminal lugs

40

50

50

50

60

100-LG5

100-LG6

100-LG6

100-LG7

100-LG7

Wire size per IEC 60947-1

[mm2]

(2) x 35300

(3) x 35300

(3) x 35300

(4) x 35300

(4) x 35300

Wire size per UL/CSA

[AWG]

(2) x #2600 MCM

(3) x #2600 MCM

(3) x #2600 MCM

(4) x #2600 MCM

(4) x #2600 MCM

Hex screw

[in]

1/2

3/8

3/8

3/8

3/8

Recommended Torque

[Nm]

42

62

62

56

56

[lb-in]

375

550

550

500

500

Auxiliary Contact

[mm2]

(2) x 2.5

(2) x 2.5

(2) x 2.5

(2) x 2.5

(2) x 2.5

Coils

[mm2]

(2) x 2.5

(2) x 2.5

(2) x 2.5

(2) x 2.5

(2) x 2.5

100-G550

100-G700

100-G860

100-G1000

100-G1200

Quantity indicated in ( ).

Coil Data
Cat. No.
Operating Limits
AC- 50 Hz
AC- 60 Hz
DC Control

Pick-up

[x Us]

Drop-out

[x Us]

Pick-up

[x Us]

Drop-out

[x Us]

Pick-up

[x Us]

Drop-out

[x Us]

0.20.5

0.20.75

0.10.6
2,400

0.851.1
0.20.5

0.20.75

0.10.6
0.851.1

0.20.5

0.20.75

0.10.6
0.851.1

Pickup and Holding Power


AC- 50 Hz
AC- 60 Hz
DC Control

Pick-up

[VA]

800950

1,3501,600

Hold-in

[VA]

911

2125

70

Pick-up

[VA]

800950

1,3501,600

2,400

Hold-in

[VA]

911

2125

70

Pick-up

[W]

700850

1,3001,550

2,100

Hold-in

[W]

810

1822

60

Operating Times: Switching Delay


AC
DC

Making delay

[ms]

50100

Breaking delay

[ms]

2050 /150200/5001,000

50100
2550

Making delay

[ms]

50100

50100

Breaking delay

[ms]

2050 /150200/5001,000

2550

Accelerates
Delays

109

Bulletin 100-G

IEC Contactors
Specifications, Continued
Auxiliary Contacts
Cat. No.

100-G550

100-G700

100-G860

100-G1000

100-G1200

AC Switching
AC-1

Ith

at 40C

[A]

16

16

at 60C

[A]

12

12

120V

[A]

230V

[A]

240V

[A]

400V

[A]

415V

[A]

500V

[A]

1.5

1.5

690V

[A]

24V DC

[A]

48V DC

[A]

110V DC

[A]

220V DC

[A]

0.5

0.5

10

16

AC-15 at rated voltage

DC Switching
DC-13 control of electromagnets

Back-up Fuse
Short-circuit protection without contact welding
per IEC 60947-5-1
Fuse gG

[A]

General Data
Cat. No.

100-G550

100-G700

100-G860

100-G1000

100-G1200

Rated Isolation Voltage Ui


IEC, AS, BS, SEV, VDE 0660
UL/CSA

[V]

1,000V
600V

690V
600V

[kV]

3,500V

2,500V

[V]

230, 240, 400, 415, 460, 500, 575, 690V

Impulse Voltage Uimp


1 minute per IEC 60947-4-1
Rated Voltage - Main Control Ue
AC

50/60 Hz

DC

[V]

Operating Frequency for AC Loads


50/60 Hz

[Hz]

Insulation Class of the Magnetic Coil


Rated Frequency of the Coil

230, 240, 400, 415, 460, 500, 575, 690V

24, 48, 110, 220, 440V


180/hr. for 0.25s start time 42/hr. for 1s start time
Class B per VDE 0660, table 22
AC 50/60 Hz, DC

Ambient Temperature
Storage
Operation at rated current
Climatic Withstand
Altitude
Type of Protection
Certifications
Approvals

Cat. No. 100-G1000 is not UL or cUL certified.

110

-40C+80C
-25C+60C
Damp alternating conditions cyclical, per DIN 50 016 and 40 046, Part 38, IEC 68
2000 m above sea level, per IEC 60947-1
IP00 IEC 529/DIN 40 050
IEC 60947
UL, cUL, CE

Bulletin 100/104-M, 100/104-C, 100/104-D, 100S/104S-C, 100S-D, 100-G

IEC Contactors
Specifications, Continued
Electrical life in Utilization Category
Bulletin 100/104 IEC contactors are designed for superior performance in
a wide variety of applications. When selecting IEC products, the user must
give consideration to the specific load, utilization category and required
electrical life of the application. The life-load curves shown here are based
on Rockwell Automation tests according to the requirements defined in IEC
60947-4-1. Since contact life in application is dependent on environmental
conditions and duty cycle, actual application contact life may vary from that
indicated by the curves shown here.

To find the contactors estimated electrical life, follow these guidelines:


1. Identify the appropriate utilization category from the table below.
2. Choose the graph for the utilization category selected.
3. Locate the intersection of the life-load curve for the appropriate contactor
with the applications operational current (le) found on the horizontal axis.
4. Read the estimated contact life along the vertical axis.

Contact Life for Mixed Utilization Categories AC-3 and AC-4:


In many applications, the utilization category cannot be defined as either purely AC-3 or AC-4. In those applications, the electrical life of the contactor can be
estimated from the following equation:
Lmixed = Lac3/ [1+Pac4*(Lac3/Lac4-1)], where:
Lmixed

Approximate contact life in operations for a mixed AC-3/AC-4 utilization category application.

Lac3

Approximate contact life in operations for a pure AC-3 utlilization category (from the AC-3 life-load curves).

Lac4

Approximate contact life in operations for a pure AC-4 utilization category (from the AC-4 life-load curves).

Pac4

Percentage of AC-4 operations.


Test Conditions

AC-1
AC-2
AC-3
AC-4
AC-15

Ie
Ue
Ur

Resistance Furnaces:
Non inductive or slightly inductive loads
Slip-ring motors:
Starting and reversing
Squirrel - cage motors:
Starting and stopping of running motors

Ie < 17 A
Ie > 17 A
Ie < 17 A
Ie > 17 A

Squirrel - cage motors:


Starting, plugging , inching
Solenoids:
Contactors, valves and lifting magnets

Rated operational current


Rated voltage
Recovery voltage

I
Ic
U

I/Ie

Making
U/Ue

cos

Ic/Ie

Breaking
Ur/Ue

cos

0.95

0.95

2.5

0.65

2.5

0.65

6
6

1
1

0.65
0.35

6
6

0.17
0.17

0.65
0.35

6
6

1
1

0.65
0.35

6
6

1
1

0.65
0.35

10

0.7

0.4

Making Current
Breaking Current
Off-load voltage

Plugging is understood as stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
Inching (jogging) is understood as energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.

111

Bulletin 100-M/104-M

IEC Contactors
Specifications
Electrical Life
100-M
Electrical Life; Ue = 400460V AC
AC-3 Switching of squirrel-cage motors while starting
AC-1 Non- or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces

Contact life [millions of operations]

10

100-M12
100-M09
0.1
100-M05

0.01
1

10

100

Rated operating current Ie AC-3 [A]


(Dashed curves - - - - AC-1 only, open)

100-M
Electrical Life; Ue = 400460V AC
AC-4 Stepping of squirrel-cage motors
10
100-M09; 100-M12

Contact life [millions of operations]

100-M05

0.1

0.01
0.1

Rated operating current Ie [A]

112

10

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

IEC Contactors
Specifications, Continued
Life-Load Curves
AC-1

Contact life [millions of operations]

10

C85

C72

C60

C43

C37

C30

C23

C16

C12

C09

40C Non- or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces; Ue = 230690V

0.1
1

10

100

Rated operating current Ie AC-1 [A]

AC-2

C85

C72

C60

C30
C37
C43

C23

C16

Switching of slip-ring motors; Ue = 230400460V

10

Contact life [millions of operations]

C12

C09

0.1
1

10

100

Rated operating current Ie AC-2 [A]

113

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

IEC Contactors
Specifications, Continued
Life-Load Curves
AC-3

C85

C72

C60

C43

C37

C30

C23

C16

C12

C09

Switching of squirrel-cage motors while starting; Ue = 230400460V

Contact life [millions of operations]

10

0.1
1

10

100

Rated operating current Ie AC-3 [A]

Contact life [millions of operations]

C72

C85

C60

C43

C37

C30

C23

C16

10

C12

C09

Switching of squirrel-cage motors while starting; Ue = 500575V

0.1
1

10

Rated operating current Ie AC-3 [A]

114

100

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

IEC Contactors
Specifications, Continued
Life-Load Curves
AC-3

C85

C72

C60

C43

C37

C30

C23

C16

C12

C09

Switching of squirrel-cage motors while starting; Ue = 690V

Contact life [millions of operations]

10

0.1
1

10

100

Rated operating current Ie AC-3 [A]

AC-4
Switching of squirrel-cage motors; Ue = 230690V

C85

C72

C60

C43

C37

C30

C23

C16

C12

C09

Contact life [millions of operations]

10

0.1
1

10

100

Rated operating current Ie AC-4 [A]

115

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

IEC Contactors
Specifications, Continued
Life-Load Curves
AC-3 & AC-4

C85

C72

C60

C43

C37

C30

C23

C16

C12

10 % AC-4 Mixed operation of squirrel-cage motors; Ue = 230400460V

10

Contact life [millions of operations]

C09

0.1
1

10

100

Rated operating current Ie AC-3/AC-4 [A]

100-C30/37

100-C43

100-C23

Bulletin 100-C Contactors

100-C60/72/85

Heavy Duty Starting and Regular Short-time Operation

max. Starting time/Loading time [s]

100

10

1
10

100

1000

Starting current/1Short-time current [A]

116

10000

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

IEC Contactors
Specifications, Continued
Maximum Operating Rates
AC-1
40C Non- or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces; Ue = 230690V

Permissible switching rate [ops/h]

3000
C09/C12/C16/C23
1

2500

C30/C37

2000

C40/43
C60/C72/C85
8

1500

C90
1000

500

0
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

P/Pn [%]

AC-2
Stepping of slip-ring motors; Ue = 230460 V

Permissible switching rate [ops/h]

10000

1000

C09/C12/C16
C23/C30/C37/C43
C60
C72
C85

100
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

P/Pn [%]

117

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

IEC Contactors
Specifications, Continued
Maximum Operating Rates
AC-3
Switching of squirrel-cage motors while starting; Ue = 230460V
Relative operating time 40 %, Starting time tA = 0.25 s

Permissible switching rate [ops/h]

10000

1000
C09/C12/C16
C23/C30/C37/C43
C60/C72/C85

100
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

P/Pn [%]

AC-4
Stepping of squirrel-cage motors; Ue = 230460V
Starting time tA = 0.25 s

Permissible switching rate [ops/h]

1000

C09
C12
C16

100

C23/C30
C37/C43/C60
C72
C85

10
0

10

20

30

40

50

P/Pn [%]

118

60

70

80

90

100

Bulletin 100-D/104-D

IEC Contactors
Specifications

Electrical Life
100-D

Contact life [millions of operations]

D420

D300

D250

D210

D180

D140

10

D110

D95

AC-3 Switching of squirrel-cage motors while starting


AC-1 Non- or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces; Ue = 400V

(AC-1)
0.1
10

100

1000

Rated operating current Ie AC-3 [A]


(Dashed curves ------ AC-1 only, open)

100-D

D420

D300

D210
D250

D140
D180

D95
D110

AC-4 Stepping of squirrel-cage motors; Ue = 400V

Contact life [millions of operations]

10

0.1

0.01
1

10

100

1000

Rated operating current Ie AC-4 [A]

119

Bulletin 100-D/104-D

IEC Contactors
Specifications
Electrical Life
100-D

Contact life [millions of operations]

D420

D300

D250

D210

D180

D140

D110

10

D95

AC-3 90 % & AC-4 10 % Mixed operation of squirrel-cage motors; Ue = 400V

0.1
10

100

Rated operating current Ie AC-3 / AC-4 [A]

120

1000

Bulletin 100-G

IEC Contactors
Specifications, Continued
Electrical Life
100-G550100-G1200
AC-3 Switching of Running Three-phase Motors, Ue = 380460V AC
AC-1 Non or Slightly Inductive Loads, Resistance Furnaces

Contact Life (millions of operations)

10

100-G550
100-G700
100-G860
100-G1000
100-G1200

0.1
100

1000

10000

Rated Operational Current Ie AC-1/AC-3 [A]


(Dashed Curves ------- AC-1 only, open)

AC-4 Jogging of Squirrel-cage Motors, Ue = 380460V AC

Contact Life (millions of operations)

10

100-G550
100-G700
100-G860
100-G1000
100-G1200

0.1

0.01

0.001
10

100

1000

10000

Rated Operational Current Ie AC-4 [A]

121

Bulletin 100-G

IEC Contactors
Specifications, Continued
Electrical Life, Continued
100-G550100-G1200
AC-3 90% Switching of Running Motors, Ue = 380460V AC
AC-4 10% Jogging

Contact Life (millions of operations)

10

100-G550
100-G700
100-G860
100-G1000
100-G1200

0.1

0.01
100

1000

10000

Rated Operational Current Ie AC-3/AC-4 [A]

Permissible Switching Rate


100-G550100-G1200
Switching of Running Squirrel-cage Motors AC-3, Ue = 380460V AC

Permissible Switching Rate (operations/hour)

1000

100-G550
100-G700
100-G860
100-G1000, 100-G120
100-G1200

100

10
100

1000

Rated Operational Current Ie [A]

122

10000

Bulletin 100-G

IEC Contactors
Specifications, Continued
Permissible Switching Rate, Continued
100-G550100-G1200
Switching of Running Squirrel-cage Motors AC-3, Ue = 380460V AC

Permissible Switching Rate (operations/hour)

1000

100-G550
100-G700
100-G860
100-G1000,100-G1200
100-G1200

100

10
100

1000

10000

Rated Operational Current Ie [A]

100-G550100-G1200
Switching of Starting Motors (AC-2 and AC-4), Ue = 380460V AC
Starting Time ted = 1 s (< ts)

Permissible Switching Rate (operations/hour)

1000
100-G550
100-G700; 100-G860
100-G1000,100-G1200
100-G860
100-G1200

100

10
100

1000

10000

Starting Current Is [A]

123

Bulletin 100-M

IEC Miniature Contactors


Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 100-M Miniature Contactors and Accessories
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.
77
(3-5/64)

45
(1-13/16)
4
(5/32)

50
(1-31/32)
56
(2-15/64)

74
(2-59/64)
48
(1-29/32)
4
(5/32)

5
(3/16)

78
(3-7/64)
48
(1-29/32)
4
(5/32)

47
(1-7/8)

Mini-Contactor or Mini-Relay With Auxiliary Contact


Adder Deck or Timer Mounted to Front.
Cat. No. 100-M or 700-M

Mini-Contactor or Mini-Relay With Surge


Suppressor Mounted to Front.
Cat. No. 100-M or 700-M

67
(2-43/64)
45
(1-13/16)
4
(5/32)

10
(25/64)

31.5
(1-1/4)

19.5
(25/32)

120
(4-51/64)

5
(3/16)
32
(1-9/32)

30
(1-13/64)
Surge Suppressor
Cat. No. 199-MSM

Mini-Contactor or Mini-Relay With Auxiliary Contact Adder Deck


Mounted to Front and Timer Mounted to Side
Cat. No. 100-M or 700-M

90
(3-39/64)
4
(5/32)

50
(1-31/32)
56
(2-15/64)

45
(1-13/16)

5
(3/16)

77
(3-5/64
)
74
(2-59/64)
48
(1-29/32)
4
(5/32)

47
(1-7/8)

Reversing Mini-Contactors With Auxiliary Contact Adder Deck


Cat. No. 104-M

11
(7/16)
11
(7/16)

45
(1-13/16)

22
(7/8)
41
(1-41/64)
Timer With DIN Rail Mounting Adapter on 35 mm DIN Rail
Cat. No. 196-MT

Mounting Position

124

23.5
(15/16)

Timer With DIN Rail Mounting Adapter on 35 mm DIN Rail


Cat. No. 196-MT

Bulletin 100-C/104-C

IEC Contactors
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 100-C Contactors and Accessories
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Mounting
Position

c2

AC Contactors

c1
c

DC Contactors

AC Contactors
Cat. No.
100-C09100-C23
100-C30, 100-C37
100-C40
100-C43
100-C60100-C85
100-C90

a
45
(1-25/32)
45
(1-25/32)
59
(2-21/64)
54
(2-1/8)
72
(2-53/64)
95
(3-3/4)

b
81
(3-3/16)
81
(3-3/16)
81
(3-3/16)
81
(3-3/16)
122
(4-51/64)
122
(4-51/64)

c
80.5
(3-11/64)
97.5
(4)
100.5
(4-7/64)
100.5
(4-7/64)
117
(4-49/64)
117
(4-49/64)

c1
75.5
(3-3/32)
92.5
(3-49/64)
95.5
(3-49/64)
95.5
(3-49/64)
111.5
(4-35/64)
111.5
(4-35/64)

c2
6
(1/4)
6.5
(17/64)
6.5
(17/64)
6.5
(17/64)
8.5
(21/64)
8.5
(21/64)

d
2 - 4.5
(2 - 3/16)
2 - 4.5
(2 - 3/16)
2 - 4.5
(2 - 3/16)
2 - 4.5
(2 - 3/16)
4 - 5.4
(4 - 7/32)
4 - 5.4
(4 - 7/32)

d1
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
100
(3-15/16)
100
(3-15/16)

d2
35
(1-25/64)
35
(1-25/64)
45
(1-25/32)
45
(1-25/32)
55
(2-11/64)
55
(2-11/64)

DC Contactors
Cat. No.
100-C09Z100-C16Z
100-C23Z
100-C30100-C37
100-C40Z
100-C43Z
100-C60D100-C85D
100-C90D

a
45
(1-25/32)
45
(1-25/32)
45
(1-25/32)
59
(2-21/64)
54
(2-1/8)
72
(2-53/64)
95
(3-3/4)

b
81
(3-3/16)
81
(3-3/16)
81
(3-3/16)
81
(3-3/16)
81
(3-3/16)
122
(4-51/64)
122
(4-51/64)

c
106.5
(4-3/16)
123.5
(4-55/64)
141.5
(5-37/64)
144.5
(5-11/16)
144.5
(5-11/16)
117
(4-49/64)
117
(4-49/64)

c1
101.5
(4)
118.5
(4-43/64)
136.5
(5-3/8)
139.5
(5-1/2)
139.5
(5-1/2)
111.5
(4-35/64)
111.5
(4-35/64)

c2
6
(1/4)
6
(1/4)
6.5
(17/64)
6.5
(17/64)
6.5
(17/64)
8.5
(21/64)
8.5
(21/64)

d
2 - 4.5
(2 -3/16)
2 - 4.5
(2 -3/16)
2 - 4.5
(2 -3/16)
2 - 4.5
(2 - 3/16)
2 - 4.5
(2 -3/16)
4 - 5.4
(4 -7/32)
4 - 5.4
(4 - 7/32)

d1
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
100
(3-15/16)
100
(3-15/16)

d2
35
(1-25/64)
35
(1-25/64)
35
(1-25/64)
45
(1-25/32)
45
(1-25/32)
55
(2-11/64)
55
(2-11/64)

Accessories
Contactors with
Auxiliary contact block for front mounting
Auxiliary contact block for side mounting
Pneumatic Timing Module
Electronic Timing Module
Mechanical Interlock
Mechanical Latch
Interface Module
Surge Suppressor
Labeling with

Terminal Lug Kit

Paralleling Links

2- or 4-pole
1- or 2-pole
on coil terminal side
on side of contactor
on coil terminal side
on coil terminal side
label sheet
marking tag sheet with clear cover
marking tag adapter for System V4 / V5
marking tag adapter for System Bul. 1492W
100-C09C23
100-C3037
100-C43
100-C60C85
100-C09C23
100-C30C37

mm
c/c1 + 39
a+9
c/c1 + 58
b + 24
a+9
c/c1 + 61
b+9
b+3
+0
+0
+ 5.5
+ 5.5
b + 53
b + 44
b + 52
b + 99
b + 78
c + 9/5
b + 85

(inches)
(c/c1 + 1-37/64)
(a + 23/64)
(c/c1 + 2-23/64)
(b + 15/16)
(a + 23/64)
(c/c1 + 2-31/64)
(b + 23/64)
(b + 1/8)
(+ 0)
(+ 0)
(+ 7/32)
(+ 7/32)
(b + 2-3/32)
(b + 1-47/64)
(b+ 2-3/64)
(b + 3-7/8)
(b + 3-1/16)
(c + 3/8)
(b + 3-11/32)

125

Bulletin 100S/104S

Safety Contactors
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 100S/104S Contactors and Accessories
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Mounting
Position

AC Contactors and Control Relays

c1
c

DC Contactors and Control Relays

AC Contactors
Cat. No.

a
45
(1-25/32)
45
(1-25/32)
54
(2-1/8)
72
(2-53/64)

100S-C09100S-C23
100S-C30, 100S-C37
100S-C43
100S-C60100S-C85

b
81
(3-3/16)
81
(3-3/16)
81
(3-3/16)
122
(4-51/64)

c
119.5
(4-3/4)
136.5
(5-37/64)
139.5
(5-11/16)
156
(6-11/32)

c1
114.5
(4-43/64)
131.5
(5-11/64)
134.5
(5-19/64)
150.5
(6-1/8)

d
2 - 4.5
(2 - 3/16)
2 - 4.5
(2 - 3/16)
2 - 4.5
(2 - 3/16)
4 - 5.4
(4 - 7/32)

d1
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
100
(3-15/16)

d2
35
(1-25/64)
35
(1-25/64)
45
(1-25/32)
55
(2-11/64)

DC Contactors
Cat. No.
100S-C09Z100S-C16Z
100S-C23Z
100S-C30100S-C37
100S-C43Z
100S-C60D100S-C85D

a
45
(1-25/32)
45
(1-25/32)
45
(1-25/32)
54
(2-1/8)
72
(2-53/64)

b
81
(3-3/16)
81
(3-3/16)
81
(3-3/16)
81
(3-3/16)
122
(4-51/64)

c
145.5
(5-49/64)
162.5
(6-7/16)
180.5
(7-5/32)
183.5
(7-17/64)
156
(6-11/32)

c1
140.5
(5-37/64)
158
(6-1/4)
175.5
(6-61/64)
178.5
(7-1/32)
150.5
(6-1/8)

d
2 - 4.5
(2 -3/16)
2 - 4.5
(2 -3/16)
2 - 4.5
(2 -3/16)
2 - 4.5
(2 -3/16)
4 - 5.4
(4 -7/32)

d1
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
100
(3-15/16)

d2
35
(1-25/64)
35
(1-25/64)
35
(1-25/64)
45
(1-25/32)
55
(2-11/64)

Accessories
Contactors with
Auxiliary contact block for side mounting
Electronic Timing Module
Mechanical Interlock
Interface Module
Surge Suppressor
Labeling with

126

1- or 2-pole
on coil terminal side
on side of contactor
on coil terminal side
on coil terminal side
label sheet
marking tag sheet with clear cover
marking tag adapter for System V4 / V5
marking tag adapter for System Bul. 1492W

mm
a+9
b + 24
a+9
b+9
b+3

(inches)
(a + 23/64)
(b + 15/16)
(a + 23/64)
(b + 23/64)
(b + 1/8)

+0
+0
+ 5.5
+ 5.5

(+ 0)
(+ 0)
(+ 7/32)
(+ 7/32)

Bulletin 100-D

IEC Contactors
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 100-D Contactors and Accessories
Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Mounting Position
e2

c1

e3

d1

90

90

11

25

e4

e1

d
d2
c

a
Cat. No.

c1

d1

d2

e1

e2

e3

100-D95, 100-D110

120

170

156

110.5

5.2

145

100

M6

16

38.5

147

100-D95E100-D180E, 100-D140,
100-D180

120

170

156

110.5

5.2

145

100

M8

20

39

160

10

100-D210E100-D420E

155

205

180

110.5

6.5

180

130

M10

25

48

193

12.5

100-D630E100D-860E

255

310

265

110.5

10

230

225

M12

40

70

291

22

Contactor with
Auxiliary contact block

100-DS1
100-DS2

Mechanical interlock

100-DM

Frame terminal block

Label holder

100-DTB110
100-DTB180
100-DTB420

e4

[mm]

a
a + 13.5 each
a+a
b + 7 each
b + 7 each
b + 8.5 each
c+ 5

Conventional DC coil contactors will only accept 100-DS2 auxiliary contacts.

127

Bulletin 100S-D

IEC Contactors
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 100S-D Contactors and Accessories
Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Mounting Position
e2

c1

e3

d1

90

90

11

25

e4

e1

d
d2
c

a
Cat. No.

c1

d1

d2

e1

e2

e3

100S-D95, 100S-D110

120

170

156

110.5

5.2

145

100

M6

16

38.5

147

100S-D95E100S-D180E, 100S-D140,
100S-D180

120

170

156

110.5

5.2

145

100

M8

20

39

160

10

100S-D210E100S-D420E

155

205

180

110.5

6.5

180

130

M10

25

48

193

12.5

100S-D630E100S-D860E

255

310

265

110.5

10

230

225

M12

40

70

291

22

Contactor with
Auxiliary contact block

100-DS1
100-DS2

Mechanical interlock

100-DM

Frame terminal block

Label holder

100-DTB110
100-DTB180
100-DTB420

[mm]

a
a + 13.5 each
a+a
b + 7 each
b + 7 each
b + 8.5 each
c+ 5

Conventional DC coil contactors will have an additionial auxiliary contact block that will add 13.5 mm to the a dimension on the right-hand side.

128

e4

Bulletin 100-G

IEC Contactors
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 100-G Contactors and Accessories
Dimensions are in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Mounting Position
25

c1

e2

25

25

25

e1
e

d1
b1
b

d2
a

Cat. No.

b1

c1

d1

d2

e1

e2

100-G550

220

258

228

225

164

220

110

12.5

40

79

100-G700

280

307

277

291

203

11

280

175

13

50

101

100-G860

280

361

325

291

203

11

280

175

15

50

101

100-G1000

334

490

434

345

231

13.5

380

120

2x13

60

100

100-G1200

334

490

434

345

231

13.5

380

120

2x13

60

100

Contactor with:

[mm]

Auxiliary contact block

a
side-by-side

Mechanical interlock

stacked vertically

4th add-on neutral switching pole

Mechanical latch

100-G550/100-G550

a+42+a

100-G700, -860/100-G700, -860

a+32+a

100-G1000, -1200/100-G1000, -1200

a+46+a

100-G550/100-G700, -860

a+37+a

100-G700, -860/100-G1000, -1200

a+73+a

100-G550/100-G550

b+56 + b

100-G700, -860/100-G700, -860

b/2+380480+b/2

100-G1000, -1200/100-G1000, -1200

b+120170+b

100-G550/100-G700, -860

b/2+400+b/2

100-G700, -860/100-G1000, -1200

b/2+570+b/2

100-G550

a+74

100-G700, -860

a+68

100-G1000, -1200

a+76

100-G550

b+59

100-G700

b+64

100-G860

b+37

129

Bulletin 100Q

Capacitor-Switching Contactors
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 100Q Capacitor Switching Contactors
Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

1 05

8 1.5

60

4.5

35

h2

45
9

Cat. No.
100Q-C16
100Q-C37

130

h1

AC-Operated
h1
120
(4-23/32)
137
(5-3/8)

DC-Operated
h2
115
(4-17/32)
132
(5-3/16)

h1
146
(5-3/4)
181
(7-1/8)

h2
141
(5-9/16)
176
(6-15/16)

Bulletin 100L

Electrically Held Lighting Contactors


Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 100L Lighting Contactors and Accessories
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Open Type
4 Pole
45
(1-49/64)
35
(1-23/64)

6
(1/4)

45.5
(1-25/64)

45.5
(1-25/64)

81
(3-3/16)
60
(2-23/64)

80.5
(3-11/64)

4.5 (3/16) Dia.


Mtg. Holes
45.5
(1-25/64)

45.5
(1-25/64)

91
(3-19/32)
8 Pole
136
(5-11/32)
12 Pole

IP42 (Type 1)
Cat. No.
100L-C20A4
100L-C20A8
100L-C20A12

A
Wide
140
(5-1/2)
235
(9-1/4)
270
(10-5/8)

B
High
220
(8-21/32)
220
(8-21/32)
290
(11-7/16)

C
Deep
152
(5-31/32)
152
(5-31/32)
152
(5-31/32)

175
(6-7/8)
175
(6-7/8)
245
(9-21/32)

95
(3-3/4)
190
(7-1/2)
225
(8-7/8)

22.5
(7/8)
22.5
(7/8)
22.5
(7/8)

23.4
(15/16)

7.1 (1/4) DIA.


for 1/4,or M6 Screw
3 Mtg. Holes

IP66 (Type 3/4/12)


A
G

100L-C20F4
100L-C20F8
100L-C20F12

4 5.5 (7/32) X
7.1 (1/4) Mtg. Holes

6
(15/64)

Cat. No.

A
Wide
200
(7-7/8)
250
(9-27/32)
300
(11-13/16)

7.1
(1/4)

K
B
High
300
(11-13/16)
250
(9-27/32)
300
(11-13/16)

4 5.5 (7/32)
DIA. Mtg. Holes

J
C
Deep
160
(6-5/16)
160
(6-5/16)
160
(6-5/16)

236
(9-9/32)
186
(7-5/16)
236
(9-9/32)

76
(3)
76
(3)
178
(7)

62
(2-7/8)
87
(3-7/16)
61
(2-13/32)

17.5
(11/16)
17.5
(11/16)
17.5
(11/16)

313
(12-5/16)
263
(10-3/8)
313
(12-5/16)

105
(4-1/8)
105
(4-1/8)
206
(8-1/8)

47.5
(1-7/8)
72.5
(2-7/8)
47
(1-27/32)

131

Bulletin 100 Line

Overload Relay Code Selection


Overload Relay Selection
MCS-E1 Overload Relay for 3 Applications: Phase Loss Protection, Class 10 or 20
Full Load
Current Adjustment
Range (A)

For Use with Bulletin


105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120E, 132 and 133

C23

C12

C16

C09

C30,C37
C30,C37
C43
C85

C72

C60

3 Overload
Relay Code
Manual Reset

3 Overload
Relay Code
Auto/Manual Reset

0.10.32

A1A

A4A

0.321.0

A1C

A4C

1.02.9

A1D

A4D

1.65.0

A1E

A4E

3.712

A1F

A4F

1232

A1G

A4G

1237

A1H

A4H

1445

A1J

A4J

2685

A1K

A4K

XXX

XXX

All Sizes No overload relay

Starter Cat. Nos. listed have Class 10 overload relays. To order Class 20 overload relays, change the overload relay from A1_ to A2_. Example: Cat. No. 105C09ABA1A becomes Cat. No. 105-C09ABA2A.

Starter Cat. Nos. listed have Class 10 overload relays. To order Class 20 overload relays, change the overload relay from A4_ to A5_. Example: Cat. No. 105C09ABA4A becomes Cat. No. 105-C09ABA5A.

MCS-E1 Overload Relay for 1 Applications: Class 10 or 20


For Use with Bulletin
105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120E, 132 and 133

C23

C16

C12

Full Load
Current Adjustment Range
(A)

1 Overload
Relay Code
Manual Reset

1 Overload
Relay Code
Auto/Manual Reset
S4A

C09

C30,C37
C43
C85

C72

C60

2.7

S1A

515

S1B

S4B

1232

S1C

S4C
S4D

1237

S1D

1445

S1F

S4F

2685

S1H

S4H

XXX

XXX

All Sizes - No overload relay

Starter Cat. Nos. listed have Class 10 overload relays. To order Class 20 overload relays, change the overload relay from S 1_ to S2_. Example: Cat. No. 105C09ABS1A becomes Cat. No. 105-C09ABS2A.

Starter Cat. Nos. listed have Class 10 overload relays. To order Class 20 overload relays, change the overload relay from S 4_ to S5_. Example: Cat. No. 105C09ABS4A becomes Cat. No. 105-C09ABS5A.

MCS-E2 Overload Relay: Auto/Manual Reset, Selectable Trip Class 10, 15, 20 or 30, Phase Loss, Ground Fault, and Jam
Protection
For Use with Bulletin
105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120E, 132
and 133

C23

C16

C12

C09

Full Load
Current
Range (A)

Overload
Relay
Code

0.1.32

B1A

0.321.0

B1C

1.02.9

B1D

1.65.0

B1E

All Sizes No overload relay

3.712

B1F

1232

B1G

For Use with Cat. No.


105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120, 132 and 133
C43

C85

XXX

Not available on Bulletin 109 Molded Plastic Enclosed Starters.

MCS E3 Overload Relay


Consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor for price, availability, and dimensions.

132

C72

C60

C30,
C37

Full Load
Current Range
(A)

Overload
Relay
Code

515

B1S

1445

B1J

2375

B1M

6085

B1N

Bulletin 100 Line

Overload Relay Code Selection


Overload Relay Code Selection, Continued
Bimetallic Overload Relay: Auto/Manual Reset, Class 10

For Use With Bulletin


105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120E, 132 and 133

Full Load
Current
Range (A)

Overload
Relay
Code

0.100.16

TA16

0.160.24

TA24

0.240.40

TA40

0.400.60

TA60

0.601.0

TB10

1.01.6

TB16

1.62.4

TB24

2.44.0

TB40

46

TB60

610

TC10

1016

TC16

1624

TC24

1830

TC30

For Use With Cat. No.


105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120, 132 and 133
C43

C37

Full Load
Current
Range (A)

Overload
Relay
Code

3045

TC45

4560

TC60

6075

TC75

7090

TC90

C60
C72
C85

C09
C16

C12

C23
C37

C60

C30

C43
All Sizes No Overload Relay

XXX

Not available on Bulletin 109 Molded Plastic Enclosed Starters.

133

Bulletin 193-EA/-EB/-ES

E1 and E2 Solid-State Overload Relays


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 193-EA/-EB/-ES E1 and E2 Solid-State Overload Relays Table of Contents

Product Selection ..............134


Accessories .......................135
Specifications ....................136
Approximate
Dimensions ........................138

193-EA/-ES

Self-Powered
Phase Loss Protection
Wide Adjustment Range (3.2:1)
1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Isolated Auxiliary Contact
Choice of Tripping Classes Class 10 or 20
Compact Size
Low Energy Consumption (150 mW)
Ambient Temperature Compensation

Conformity to Standards
EN 60947-4-1
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 508

Approvals
CE
CSA Certified
UL Listed
CCC (193-EA only)

193-EB also includes:

Selectable Trip Class 10, 15 or 20


Ground Fault Tripping
Jam/Stall Protection

The Bulletin 193-EA/EB/ES is a self-powered, solid-state overload relay that provides


advanced motor protection when compared to traditional bimetallic overload relays. It
provides improved protection against the damage caused to motors under phase loss
conditions. It also offers, as standard, a manually operated trip function, visible trip indicator,
and isolated N.O. alarm contacts.

Your order must include 1) the Cat. No. of overload relay selected and 2) if required, Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product Selection
Bulletin 193-EA/193-ES Electronic Motor Protection Relays
Mounts to Contactor

100-M05100-C25

100-C09100-C23
100-C30100-C37
100-C43
100-C60100-C85
100-M05100-C23
100-C09100-C23
100-C30100-C37
100-C43
100-C60100-C85

Adjustment Range (A)


0.10.32
0.321.0
1.02.9
1.65.0
3.712
1232
3.712
1237
1445
2685
2.07.0
5.015
1232
1237
1445
2685

Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Manual Reset for 3 Applications
193-EA1AB
193-EA2AB
193-EA1CB
193-EA2CB
193-EA1DB
193-EA2DB
193-EA1EB
193-EA2EB
193-EA1FB
193-EA2FB
193-EA1GB
193-EA2GB
193-EA1FC
193-EA2FC
193-EA1HC
193-EA2HC
193-EA1JD
193-EA2JD
193-EA1KE
193-EA2KE
Manual Reset for 1 Applications
193-ES1AB
193-ES2AB
193-ES1BB
193-ES2BB
193-ES1CB
193-ES2CB
193-ES1DC
193-ES2DC
193-ES1FD
193-ES2FD
193-ES1HE
193-ES2HE

Trip Class 10
Trip Class 20
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Automatic/Manual Reset for 3 Applications
193-EA4AB
193-EA5AB
193-EA4CB
193-EA5CB
193-EA4DB
193-EA5DB
193-EA4EB
193-EA5EB
193-EA4FB
193-EA5FB
193-EA4GB
193-EA5GB
193-EA4FC
193-EA5FC
193-EA4HC
193-EA5HC
193-EA4JD
193-EA5JD
193-EA4KE
193-EA5KE
Automatic/Manual Reset for 1 Applications
193-ES4AB
193-ES5AB
193-ES4BB
193-ES5BB
193-ES4CB
193-ES5CB
193-ES4DC
193-ES5DC
193-ES4FD
193-ES5FD
193-ES4HE
193-ES5HE

Bulletin 193-EB Electronic Motor Protection Relays


Automatic/Manual Reset, Adjustable Trip Class 10, 15 or 20, Jam/Stall and Ground Fault Tripping.
Mounts to Contactor

100-C09100-C23

100-C30100-C37
100-C43
100-C60100-C85

Adjustment Range (A)


0.10.32
0.321.0
1.02.9
1.65.0
3.712
1232
1445
5.015
1445
2375
6085

Cat. No.
193-EB1AB
193-EB1CB
193-EB1DB
193-EB1EB
193-EB1FB
193-EB1GB
193-EB1JC
193-EB1SD
193-EB1JD
193-EB1ME
193-EB1NE

Ground Fault Tripping and Jam/Stall are inhibited for approximately 30 seconds to eliminate the possibility of nuisance tripping during motor starting.

134

Bulletin 193-EA/-EB/-ES

E1 and E2 Solid-State Overload Relays


Accessories
Add-On Accessories
Description

For Use With

Pkg. Qty.

193-EA_ _ B,
-ES__B, -EA__C,
-ES__C
DIN Rail/Panel Adapter
For separate mounting of the electronic motor protection relay,
can be mounted to top-hat rail EN 50 02-35

Cat. No.
193-EPM1

193-EB__B,
-EB__C, -E___D

193-E___E

193-EPM2

193-EPM3

Anti-Tamper Shield
Provides protection against inadvertent adjustment of mode
selector and full load current settings.

193-E all

193-BC4

Current Adjustment Shield


Provides protection against inadvertent adjustment of the current
setting.

193-E all

193-BC5

Anti-Tamper Shield for DIP Switches

193-EB_ _ B
193-EB_ _ C
193-EB_ _D

40

193-BC7

Anti-Tamper Shield for DIP Switches

193-EB_ _ E

40

193-BC6

Remote Reset Solenoid


For remote reset of electronic overload relays

193-E all

193-ER1

External Reset Button for Enclosed Devices


Metal construction IP66, non-illuminated with rod
(Length: 142 mm, adjustment range 141159 mm). Please
consult Bulletin 800E push button selection guide for additional
types.

193-E all

800ESR611WTR08

Labelling Material
Uniform labelling material for contactors, motor protection devices, timing relays and circuit breakers.

See page 82

Voltage Suffix Code


Voltage
50 Hz
60 Hz
DC

24V
J
J
Z24

48V

Z48

110V
D

115V

Z01

120V

220V
A

240V

135

Bulletin 193-EA/-EB/-ES

E1 and E2 Solid-State Overload Relays


Specifications
Main Circuits
193-E1
193-E2
[V]
[kV]
[V]

Rated Insulation Voltage Ui


Rated Impulse Strength Uimp
Rated Operating Voltage Ue

Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _B

Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _C


Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _D
Cat. No. 193-EB _ _B, 193-EB _ _C, 193-EB _ _D
690
6
690

Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _E


Cat. No. 193-EB _ _E

M4

M5

M8

Terminal Cross-Sections
Terminal Type
Terminal Screws
Flexible with Wire

[mm2]

1 x (2.54)
2 x (2.54)

1 x (2.510)
2 x (2.56)

1 x (2.516)
2 x (2.510)

1 x (435)
2 x (425)

[mm2]

1 x (2.56)
2 x (2.56)

1 x (2.516)
2 x (2.56)

1 x (2.525)
2 x (2.510)

1 x (450)
2 x (435)

[AWG]
[Nm]
[lb-in.]
Size
mm
[mm]

148
1.8
(16)

148
1.4
(12)
2
1x6

146
1.6
(14)

122
4
(35)
2

Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _B

Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _C

Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _D

Cat. No. 193-E_ _ _E

End Ferrule
Solid Conductor
Stranded
Solid/Stranded Conductor
Recommended Torque
Pozidriv Screwdriver
Slotted Screwdriver

Hexagon Socket Size

Control Circuits
Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Rated Impulse Strength Uimp
Rated Operating Voltage Ue

[V]
[kV]
[V]
N.O.

Rated Operating Current Ie


AC-15

600
6
600
/

N.C.

12120V
220240V
380480V
500600V

[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]

3/2
1.5/1.5
0.75/0.75
0.6/0.6

24V

[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]

1.1/1.1
0.4/0.4
0.2/0.2
0.08/0.08

[A]

DC-13, at L/R 15ms

110V
220V
440V

Conventional Thermal Current Ith


Terminals
Terminal Type
Terminal Screws

M3.5

Flexible with Wire End

[mm2]

2 x (0.752.5)

[mm2]

2 x (0.754)

[AWG]
[Nm]
[lb-in.]
Size
mm

1812
1.4
(12)
2
1x6

Ferrule
Solid Conductor
Solid/Stranded Conductor
Recommended Torque
Pozidriv Screwdriver
Slotted Screwdriver

General
Cat. No.
Weight
Standards
Approvals
Corrosion Resistance
Ambient Temperature
Temperature Compensation
Shock Resistance
(10 ms sinusodial shock)
Type of Protection
(in connected state)

136

[kg (lb)]

193-E_ _ _B
0.14 (0.31)

193-E_ _ _C
193-E_ _ _D
0.17 (0.37)
0.21 (0.46)
IEC 947, EN 60 947, DIN VDE 0660
CCC, CE, UL, CSA

95% relative humidity, without condensation, 3060C


open
enclosed

20+60C (4122F)
20+40C (4104F)
Continuous
[G]

30
IP20

193-E_ _ _E
0.36 (0.84)

Bulletin 193-EA/-EB/-ES

E1 and E2 Solid-State Overload Relays


Specifications, Continued
Trip Curves for 1 Applications (Bulletin 193-ES)
Class 10

Class 20
1000
800
600
400

200

200

100
80
60
40

100
80
60
40

Approximate Trip Time (seconds)

Approximate Trip Time (seconds)

1000
800
600
400

20
10
8
6
4
2
1
.8
.6
.4

10
8
6
4
2
1
.8
.6
.4
.2

.1

.1
2

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Approximate trip time for


3-phase balanced condition
from hot start.

20

.2

Approximate trip time for


3-phase balanced condition
from cold start.

Multiple of Rated Current

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Multiple of Rated Current

Trip Curves for 3 Applications (Bulletin 193-EA/EB)


Class 10

1000

1000
800
600
400

400

Approximate Trip Time (seconds)

200

100
80
60
40
20

10
8
6
4
2

800
600

200
100
80
60
40
20
10
8
6
4
2

200

100

1
.8
.6
.4

.8
.6
.4

Multiple of Rated Current

10

40
20

10
8
6
4
2

1
.4
.2

.1

.1

Approximate trip time for


3-phase balanced condition
from hot start.

80
60

.8
.6

.2

.2

Approximate trip time for


3-phase balanced condition
from cold start.

400

Approximate Trip Time (seconds)

800
600

Approximate Trip Time (seconds)

Class 20

Class 15 (MCS-E2 only)

1000

.1

8 10

Multiple of Rated Current

10

Multiple of Rated Current

Wiring Schematic
95

96

97

A1

A2

K1

L1/1

L2/3

L3/5
95

97

96

98

T1 T2 T3

98
2

T1/2

Typical IEC Wiring Schematic

Typical Wiring for 1-Phase Applications

T2/4

T3/6

Typical NEMA Wiring Schematic

137

Bulletin 193-EA/-EB/-ES

E1 and E2 Solid-State Overload Relays


Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Mounts to Bulletin 100-C Contactor


a
d2

d1

b
e2 b1

e1

Contactor Cat. No.

a Width
45
(1-25/32)
100-C09, -C12 -C16, -C23 with
45
193-EA or -ES
(1-25/32)
100-C09, -C12 -C16, -C23 with
54
193-EB
(2-1/8)
100-C30, -C37 with
45
193-EA or -ES
(1-25/32)
54
100-C30, -C37 with 193-EB
(2-1/8)
54
100-C43 with 193-EA, -ES or -EB (2-1/8)
100-C60, -C72, -C85 with
72
193-EA, -ES or -EB
(2-53/64)
100-M05 with 193-EA or -ES

b Height
107
(4-13/64)
131
(5-11/64)
136.5
(5-3/8)
136.5
(5-3/8)
136.5
(5-3/8)
136.5
(5-3/8)
188.5
(7-27/64)

b1
77.4
(3-3/64)
87.8
(3-29/64)
93.4
(3-43/64)
93.4
(3-43/64)
93.4
(3-43/64)
93.4
(3-43/64)
125.5
(4-15/16)

c Depth
67.2
(2-41/64)
88.5
(3-1/2)
90.7
(3-37/64)
92.1
(3-5/8)
92.1
(3-5/8)
92.1
(3-5/8)
120.4
(4-3/4)

e1
18.2
(23/32)
18.2
(23/32)
22.6
(57-64)
18.2
(23/32)
22.6
(57/64)
22.6
(57/64)
18.2
(23/32)

e2
48.5
(1-29/32)
59
(2-21/64)
59
(2-21/64)
59
(2-21/64)
59
(2-21/64)
59
(2-21/64)
83.5
(3-9/32)

d1
50
(1-61/64)
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
100
(3-15/16)

d2

35
(1-3/8)
35
(1-3/8)
35
(1-3/8)
35
(1-3/8)
45
(1-49/64)
55
(2-11/64)

h
48.3
(1-29/32)
85.1
(3-23/64)
85.1
(3-23/64)
104.7
(4-1/8)
104.7
(4-1/8)
104.7
(4-1/8)
123.9
(4-7/8)

j
2
(5/64)
2
(5/64)
2
(5/64)
2
(5/64)
2
(5/64)
2
(5/64)
2
(5/64)

d
Two 4.2
(Two 11/64 )
Two 4.2
(Two 11/64 )
Two 4.2
(Two 11/64 )
Two 4.2
(Two 11/64 )
Two 4.2
(Two 11/64 )
Two 4.2
(Two 11/64 )
Four 5.5
(Four 7/32 )

Individual Mounting with DIN Rail/Panel Adapter


a
c

b
e

d
Cat. No.
193-EPM1
193-EPM2
193-EPM3

138

a Width
45 (1-25/32)
55 (2-11/64)
70 (2-49/64)

b Height
90 (3-35/64)
90 (3-35/64)
120 (4-23/32)

c Depth
75 (2-61/64)
96.5 (4-29/32)
110 (4-11/32)

d
30 (1-3/16)
40 (1-37/64)
55 (2-11/64)

e
75 (2-61/64)
75 (2-61/64)
110 (4-21/64)

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 193-EC E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays

Table of Contents

193-EC1
0.45000 A Current Range
DeviceNet Ready (ODVA Conformance Tested)
LED Indicators
Test/Reset Button
Adjustable Trip Class 530
Ambient Temperature Compensation
True RMS Current Sensing (20250 Hz)
Protection for Single- and Three-Phase motors
Integrated I/O (2 In/1 Out)
Programmable Trip and Warning Settings
Diagnostic Functions (History of Last 5 Trips)

Product Overview.............. 139


Product Selection.............. 141
Accessories ....................... 142
Specifications.................... 144
Approximate
Dimensions ....................... 151

193-EC2 also includes:


Integrated I/O (4 In/2 Out)
Low-Level (15 A) Ground Fault Protection
PTC Thermistor Monitoring

Conformity to Standards
EN 60947-4-1
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 508

Approvals
ABS
CE
cUL
C-tick

Your order must include 1) the Cat. No. of overload relay selected, and 2) if required, Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product Overview
The E3 Overload Relay is available in two configurations: the E3 and E3 Plus.
The following table illustrates the functional differences between the two:
Feature
Inputs
Outputs
Thermistor Input
Ground Fault Protection

E3
2
1
No
No

E3 Plus
4
2
Yes
Yes

Inputs are rated 24V DC.

Thermal Overload
Thermal Utilization
The E3 Overload Relay provides overload protection through true RMS
current measurement of the individual phase currents of the connected
motor. Based on this information, a thermal model that simulates the actual
heating of the motor is calculated. Percent of thermal capacity utilization
(%TCU) reports this calculated value and can be read via the DeviceNet
network. An overload trip occurs when the value reaches 100%.

Adjustable Settings
Thermal overload protection setup is accomplished simply by programming
the motors full load current rating (FLA) and the desired trip class (530).
Programming of the actual values through software programming ensures
the accuracy of the protection.

Thermal Memory
The E3 Overload Relay includes a thermal memory circuit designed to
approximate the thermal decay for a trip class 30 setting. This means that
the thermal model of the connected motor is maintained at all times, even if
the supply power is removed.

Reset Modes
Flexibility is afforded the end-user in the ability to select between manual and
automatic reset for an overload trip, allowing for broad application. The point
of reset is user adjustable from 1100% TCU.

Thermal Warning
The E3 Overload Relay provides the capability to alert in the event of an
impending overload trip. A thermal warning bit is set in the Warning Status
word when the calculated percentage of thermal capacity utilization exceeds
the programmed thermal warning level, which has a setting range of
0100% TCU.

Phase Loss
The E3 Overload Relay offers configurable phase loss protection in allowing
the installer to enable or disable the function plus set a time delay setting,
adjustable from 0.125.0 seconds. The trip level is factory-set at a current
imbalance measurement of 100%.

Ground (Earth) Fault


The E3 Plus Overload Relay incorporates zero sequence (core balance)
sensing into its design through the 90 A rating for low level (arcing) ground
fault detection. Class 1 ground fault protection is provided per UL1053. Trip
and warning settings are adjustable from 1.05.0 A. Devices rated greater
than 90 A require the external core balance current transformer accessory.
Note: The E3 Plus Overload Relay is not a Ground Fault Circuit-Interrupter
for personnel protection as defined in article 100 of the U.S. National Electric
Code.

Stall
Stall is defined as a condition where the motor is not able to reach full-speed
operation in the appropriate amount of time required by the application. This
can result in motor overheating as current draw is in excess of the motors
full load current rating.
The E3 Overload Relay provides user-adjustable stall protection. The trip
setting has a range of 100600% FLA, and the enable time is adjustable
up to 250 seconds.

Jam (Overcurrent)

During an overload condition, the E3 Overload Relay provides an estimated


time to trip that is accessible via the DeviceNet network. This allows corrective
action to be taken so that production may continue uninterrupted.

The E3 Overload Relay can respond quickly to take a motor off-line in the
event of a mechanical jam, thereby reducing the potential for damage to the
motor and the power transmission components.
Trip adjustments include a trip setting adjustable from 50600% FLA and a
trip delay time with a range of 0.125.0 seconds. A seperate warning setting
is adjustable from 50600% FLA.

Time to Reset

Underload (Undercurrent)

Following an overload trip, the E3 Overload Relay will not reset until the
calculated percentage of thermal capacity utilization falls below the reset
level. As this value decays, the time to reset, which is accessible via the
DeviceNet network, is reported.

A sudden drop in motor current can signal conditions such as


Pump cavitation
Tool breakage
Belt breakage
For these instances, rapid fault detection can help minimize damage and aid
in reducing production downtime.

Time to Trip

139

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Product Overview, Continued
Underload (Undercurrent), Continued
Additionally, monitoring for an underload event can provide enhanced
protection for motors that are cooled by the medium handled (e.g.,
submersible pump that pumps water). Such motors can become overheated
despite being underloaded. This can result from an absence or an insufficient
amount of the medium (due to clogged filters, closed valves, etc.).

Relay contact outputs can be controlled via the network for performing such
tasks as contactor operation.

Test/Reset Button
The Test/Reset button located on the front of the E3 Overload Relay allows
the user to perform the following:

The E3 Overload Relay offers underload trip and warning settings adjustable
from 10100% FLA. The trip function also includes a trip delay time with a
range of 0.125.0 seconds.

Test: The trip relay contact will open if the E3 Overload Relay is in an untripped condition and the Test/Reset button is pressed for 2 seconds or
longer.

Over-temperature Protection

Reset: The trip relay contact will close if the E3 Overload Relay is in a tripped
condition, supply voltage is present, and the Test/Reset button is pressed.

The E3 Plus Overload Relay provides motor over-temperature protection


with the added provisions for terminating and monitoring of stator windingembedded positive temperature coefficient (PTC) thermistors. PTC
thermistors are semiconductors that exhibit a large increase in resistance
when the rated response temperature is exceeded. When the monitored PTC
thermistor resistance exceeds the response level of the E3 Plus Overload
Relay (3400 ), it can be set to trip immediately or programmed to set the
PTC bit of the Warning Status word.

Current Imbalance (Asymmetry)


The E3 Plus Overload Relay offers current imbalance trip and warning
settings adjustable from 10100%. The trip function also includes a trip
delay time with a range of 0.125.0 seconds.

Current Monitoring Functions


The E3 Overload Relay allows the user to monitor the following operational
data over the DeviceNet network:
Individual phase currents (in amperes)
Individual phase currents (as a percentage of motor full load current)
Average current (in amperes)
Average current (as a percentage of motor full load current)
Percentage of thermal capacity utilized
Current imbalance percentage
Ground fault current (E3 Plus)

Diagnostic Functions
The E3 Overload Relay allows the user to monitor the following diagnostic
information over the DeviceNet network:
Device status
Trip status
Warning status
Time to an overload trip
Time to reset after an overload trip
History of past five trips

Status Indicators
The E3 Overload Relay provides the following LED indicators:
Network Status: This green/red LED indicates the status of the network
connection.

Single/Three-Phase Operation
The E3 Overload Relay can be applied to three-phase as well as singlephase applications. A programming parameter is provided for selection
between single- and three-phase operation. Straight-through wiring is
afforded in both cases.

DeviceNet Communications
The E3 Overload Relay is a Group 2 slave only device and supports the
following:
Polled I/O messaging
Change-of-state/cyclic messaging
Explicit messaging
Group 4 - Off-line node recovery messaging
Full parameter object support
Auto-baud network rate identification
Configuration consistency value
Programming and Control Terminal (PCT) accessory
For more information on operation and maintenance of this product, please
reference the user manual, publication 193-UM001_-EN-P.

Programming and Control Terminal (PCT) Accessory


The PCT is a convenient tool optimized for the commissioning, programming
and monitoring of E3 overload relays. It can be used where E3 overload
relays are installed on a DeviceNet network or in stand-alone applications.
In addition, the PCT can be used to commission other DeviceNet products.

Easy Navigation/Programming
The PCTs top row of keys provides the five familiar navigation keys (ESC,
SEL, , , and ) found on other Allen-Bradley motor control products.
The PCT menu structure is straightforward and intuitive so that programming
time can be minimized. Numerical keys increase ease of use.

Control
The green and red control keys allow the PCT to operate the output relays
of an E3 overload relay operating in a stand-alone application. The reset
key is provided to clear E3 overload relay trips.

Password Protection

TRIP/WARN: This LED flashes an amber code under a warning


condition and a red code when tripped.

The PCT allows the installer to set password protection to control access to
the programming menus. When logged out, the PCT will allow the monitoring
of parameter values through the Display mode.

OUT A and B: These amber LEDs illuminate when the output contacts
are commanded closed.

EEPROM Mode

IN 1 4: These amber LEDs illuminate when the user-connected device


contact is closed.
Note: IN 3 and 4 and OUT B are available only on the E3 Plus Overload Relay.

Inputs/Outputs
Inputs allow for the connection of such devices as contactor and disconnect
auxiliary contacts, pilot devices, limit switches and float switches. Input status
can be monitored via the network and mapped to a controllers input image
table. Inputs are rated 24V DC and are current sinking. Power for the inputs
is sourced from the DeviceNet network connection with convenient customer
terminations at control terminals 5 and 6.

140

Through the EEPROM mode, the PCT allows for the uploading, downloading
and file storage of device configurations. This feature can reduce
programming time in installations with multiple E3 overload relays requiring
similar configuration.

Auto Connect Mode


The Auto Connect mode provides an automatic method for the PCT to
establish a communication connection with a target device on power up.
Additionally, the PCT is factory set to auto connect to a target device set at
node address 63 - typical factory default setting. This allows for establishing
an easy out-of-the-box communication connection.

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Product Overview. Continued/Product Selection
AC Input Interface Module Accessory
The AC Input Interface Module conveniently allows the E3 overload relay to
be retrofitted or applied in new applications that require 110/120V AC control
circuitry. This new accessory simply plugs into the E3 overload relays

existing input terminals, optimizing panel space utilization. The module


accepts termination of up to four external devices, making it compatible with
the E3 and E3 Plus versions of the E3 overload relay. Optical isolation is
provided between the AC input wiring and the E3s internal 24V circuitry.

Catalog Number Explanation

- EC1

193

Type
EC1
EC2

Bulletin
Number

E3
E3 Plus

Current Rating (Amps)


P
0.42.0
A
15
B
315
C
525
D
945
E
1890
F
28140
G
42210
H
60302
J
84420
K
125630
L
172860
Z
95000

Bulletin 100
Contactor Size
B
C09C23
D
C30C43
E
C60C85
F
D95D180
G
D210D420
H
D630D860
Z
Panel Mount

Product Selection
Bulletin 193-EC1 Electronic Motor Protection Relays
Direct Contactor Mount

Bulletin 193-EC2 Electronic Motor Protection Relay


Direct Contactor Mount

2 Inputs

4 Inputs

1 Output

2 Outputs

Built-in Ground Fault Sensor

PTC Thermistor Input

Mounts to Contactor

100-C09100-C23

100-C30100-C43

100-C60100-C85
100-D95100-D180

100-D210100-D420

100-D630100-D860

Adjustment Range
[A]

Cat. No.

0.42.0

193-EC1PB

15

193-EC1AB

315

193-EC1BB

525

193-EC1CB

15

193-EC1AD

315

193-EC1BD

525

193-EC1CD

945

193-EC1DD

945

193-EC1DE

1890

193-EC1EE

28140

193-EC1FF

42210

193-EC1GF

42210

193-EC1GG

60302

193-EC1HG

84420

193-EC1JG

125630

193-EC1KH

172860

193-EC1LH

Mounts to Contactor

100-C09100-C23

100-C30100-C43

100-C60100-C85
100-D95100-D180

100-D210100-D420

100-D630100-D860

Adjustment Range [A]

Cat. No.

0.42.0

193-EC2PB

15

193-EC2AB

315

193-EC2BB

525

193-EC2CB

15

193-EC2AD

315

193-EC2BD

525

193-EC2CD

945

193-EC2DD

945

193-EC2DE

1890

193-EC2EE

28140

193-EC2FF

42210

193-EC2GF

42210

193-EC2GG

60302

193-EC2HG

84420

193-EC2JG

125630

193-EC2KH

172860

193-EC2LH

Does not include terminal lugs. See Accessories, page 142.


Does not include terminal lugs. See Accessories, page 142.

141

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Product Selection, Continued/Accessories
Panel Mount Devices for use with External Current Transformers
Description

Adjustment Range [A]

Cat. No.

95000

193-EC1ZZ

CT Ratio to FLA setting range correlation


CT Ratio

2 Inputs
1 Output

4 Inputs
2 Output
193-EC2ZZ
95000
Ground Fault Sensor input
PTC Thermistor Input
Current transformers supplied by customer. Refer to Specifications, page 144
for proper current transformer selection.
Order panel adapter, Cat. No. 193-ECPM2, separately.

50:5
100:5
150:5
200:5

FLA Setting
Range (A)
945
1890
28140
42210

CT Ratio
300:5
500:5
600:5
800:5

FLA Setting
FLA Setting
CT Ratio
Range (A)
Range (A)
60302
1200:5
2401215
84420
2500:5
4502250
125630
5000:5
10005000
172860

Add-on Accessories
Description

For Use With

Package Qty.

193-EC__B

DIN Rail/Panel Adapter

193-EC__D, 193-EC__Z

193-ECPM1

193-EC all
592-EC all

193-PCT

193-C30

193-C100

2707-MVMNT

193-EC all
592-EC all

193-EIMD

193-EC2_F, 193-EC2_G,
193-EC2_H, 193-EC2_Z

825-CBCT

193-EC all
592-EC all

1485P-P1J5-UU5

3 m communication cable with bare leads

10 m communication cable with bare leads

193-PCT

Door Mount Bezel Kit

AC Input Interface Module


rated 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz

Core Balance Ground Fault Sensor

DeviceNet Tee Interface

The electronic motor protection relay can be mounted separately to top-hat rail EN 50 02-35.
Cat. No. 193-PCT ships complete with a 1 m communication cable.
Intended only for point-to-point configurations.

142

193-ECPM2

193-ECPM3

193-EC__E

Programming and Control Terminal

Cat. No.

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Accessories, Continued
Add-on Accessories, Continued
Description

For Use With

Cat. No.

Package Qty.

193-EC_F
3-Pole Terminal Blocks
IP20 protection class

100-DTB180
1

193-EC_G

100-DTB420
100-DL110

193-EC_F
193-EC_G

Terminal Lug Kits (UL/CSA)

100-DL180
100-DL420

100-DL630

193-EC_H

100-DL860

193-EC_F
Terminal Covers
IP20 protection class

193-EC_G

100-DTC180
100-DTC420

193-EC_H

Phase Barriers

193-EC_H

100-DTC860

100-DPB860

Marking Systems
Uniform labeling materials for contactors, motor starting equipment, timing relays and circuit breakers
Description
Label Sheet
10 sheets with 105 self-adhesive paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
Marking Tag Sheet
10 sheets with 160 perforated paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
To be used with a transparent cover
Transparent Cover
100 each
To be used with marking tag sheets
Marking Tag Adapters
100 each
To be used with System Bulletin 1492W marking tag

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

10

100-FMS

10

100-FMP

100

100-FMC

100

100-FMA2

Must be ordered in multiples of package quantities.

143

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Specifications
Main Circuits
Cat. No. 193-EC_B, 193-EC_D,
193-EC_Z

Cat. No. 193-EC_E Cat. No. 193-EC_F Cat. No. 193-EC_G Cat. No. 193-EC_E

Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)

690V AC

Rated Impulse Strength (Uimp)

6 kV AC

6 kV AC

690V AC / 600V AC

1000V AC / 600V AC

20250 Hz

50/60 Hz

Rated Operating Voltage (Ue) IEC/UL


Rated Frequency

1000V AC

Terminal Cross-Sections

Terminal Type
Terminal Screws

.M5

M8

Flexible-Stranded
with Ferrule
Single Conductor
Torque

2.516 mm2
2.5 Nm

435 mm2
4 Nm

Flexible-Stranded
with Ferrule
Multiple Conductor
Torque

610 mm2
3.4 Nm

425 mm2
4 Nm

Coarse-Stranded/Solid
Single Conductor
Torque

2.525 mm2
2.5 Nm

450 mm2
4 Nm

Coarse-Stranded/Solid
Multiple Conductor
Torque

616 mm2
3.4 Nm

435 mm2
4 Nm

Stranded/Solid
Single Conductor
Torque

146 AWG
22 lb-in

121 AWG
35 lb-in

Stranded/Solid
Multiple Conductor
Torque

106 AWG
30 lb-in

62 AWG
35 lb-in

Pozidriv Screwdriver Size

Slotted Screwdriver (mm)

1x6

Hexagon Socket Size SW (mm)

3-Pole Terminal Blocks


Cat. No. 100-DTB180

Cat. No. 100-DTB420

(A) 61/0 AWG, 1650 mm2


(B) 6 AWG250 MCM, 16120 mm2
90110 lb.-in., 1012 Nm

(2) 4 AWG600 MCM, 25240 mm2


180220 lb.-in., 2025 Nm

Terminal Lug Kits


Cat. No. 100-DL110

Cat. No. 100-DL180


mm2

Lug: 62/0 AWG, 1670


90110 lb.-in., 1012 Nm
Terminal: 13/32 in, 10 mm
150 lb.-in., 17 Nm

Lug: 6 AWG250 MCM,


16120 mm2
90110 lb.-in., 1012 Nm
Terminal: 1/2 in, 13 mm
275 lb.-in., 16 Nm

Cat. No. 100-DL420

Cat. No. 100-DL630

Cat. No. 100-DL860

Lug: 2 AWG350 MCM,


375 lb.-in., 42 Nm
Terminal: 11/16 in, 17 mm
140 lb.-in., 16 Nm

Lug: 2/0 AWG500 MCM,


70240 mm2
400 lb.-in., 45 Nm
Terminal: 3/4 in, 19 mm
600 lb.-in., 68 Nm

Lug: 2/0 AWG500 MCM,


70240 mm2
400 lb.-in., 45 Nm
Terminal: 3/4 in, 19 mm
600 lb.-in., 68 Nm

Maximum Heat Dissipation (Watts)

144

Cat. No. 193-EC_B, 193-EC_D

Cat. No. 193-EC_E

Cat. No. 193-EC_F

Cat. No. 193-EC_G

Cat. No. 193-EC_H

E3

3.83

4.43

10.67

22.52

35.36

E3 Plus

4.53

5.13

11.37

23.22

36.06

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Specifications, Continued
Control Circuits

Control Circuits, Continued


Power Supply Ratings

Thermistor/PTC Input Ratings, Continued


7.5V DC

1125V DC

Max. Voltage @
PTC Terminals
(RPTC = 4 k)

3.2 W
3.9 W

Max. Voltage @
PTC Terminals
(RPTC = open)

30V DC

Response Time

500 ms

24V DC (supply via DeviceNet


connection)

Rated Supply Voltage (Us)


Operating Range
Power Consumption
E3
E3 Plus
Output Relay Ratings

Form A
SPDTNO

Type of Contacts
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)

300V AC

Rated Operating Voltage (Ue)

250V AC

Rated Operating Current (Ie)

5A

Minimum Operating Current

10 mA @ 5V DC

1330
550

B300
AC-15

Switching Capacity

4000

Resistive Load Rating


(p.f. = 1.0)

5 A, 250V AC/5 A, 30V DC

Inductive Load Rating


(p.f. = 0.4)
(L/R = 7 ms)

2 A, 250V AC/2 A, 30V DC

250

Sensor Characteristic

100

20
10
-20C
0C

Input Ratings
Input Type

Current Sinking

Thermistor/PTC Input Ratings


Type of Control Unit

Mark A

Max. No. of Sensors in Series

Max. Cold Resistance of PTC Sensor Chain

1500

Trip Resistance

3400 150

Reset Resistance

1600 100
25 10

Short-Circuit Trip Resistance

UL Short-Circuit Ratings
Cat. No.

Maximum Available
Fault Current [A]

Maximum Voltage
[V]

193-EC_B

5,000

600

193-EC_D

5,000

600

193-EC_E

10,000

600

193-EC_F

10,000

600

193-EC_G

18,000

600

193-EC_H

42,000

600

193-EC_Z

5,000

600

Per IEC 34-11-2


Control and DeviceNet Terminal Cross-Sections
Terminal Screws

M3

Flexible-Stranded with
Ferrule
Single Conductor
Torque

0.252.5 mm2
0.55 Nm

Flexible-Stranded with
Ferrule
Multiple Conductor
Torque

0.50.75 mm2
0.55 Nm

Coarse-Stranded/Solid
Single Conductor
Torque

0.24.0 mm2
0.55 Nm

Coarse-Stranded/Solid
Multiple Conductor
Torque

0.21.5 mm2
0.55 Nm

Stranded/Solid
Single Conductor
Torque

2412 AWG
5 lb-in

Stranded/Solid
Multiple Conductor
Torque

2416 AWG
5 lb-in

Slotted Screwdriver (mm)

0.6 x 3.5

Electromagnetic Compatibility Ratings

IEC Short-Circuit Ratings


Cat. No.

TNF+15K
TNF+ 5K
TNF

24V DC 10% (provided by E3)

Supply Voltage

TNF-20K
TNF- 5K

Maximum Available
Maximum Voltage [V]
High Fault Current [A]

193-EC_B

100,000

690

193-EC_D

100,000

690

Electrostatic Discharge Immunity


Test Level
Performance Criteria
RF Immunity Test Level
Performance Criteria
Electrical Fast Transient/Burst Immunity
Test Level

8kV Air Discharge, 6kV


Contact Discharge
A
10V/m
A

193-EC_E

100,000

690

193-EC_F

100,000

1000

193-EC_G

100,000

1000

193-EC_H

100,000

1000

Surge Immunity Test Level


Performance Criteria

193-EC_Z

100,000

690

Radiated Emissions

Class A

Conducted Emissions

Class A

Performance Criteria

4kV (Power), 2kV (Control &


Comm)
A
2kV (L-E), 1kV (L-L)
A

Performance Criteria A requires the device under test (DUT) to experience no


degradation or loss of performance.

145

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Specifications, Continued
Environmental Ratings

External Current Transformers


(for use with cat. nos. 193-EC1ZZ and 193-EC2ZZ

Ambient Temperature
Storage
Operating

-40+85C (-40+185F)
-20+55C (-4+131F)

Humidity
Operating
Damp Heat SteadyState (per IEC 68-2-3)
Damp Heat Cyclic
(per IEC 68-2-30)

595% Non-condensing
92% r.h., 40C(104F), 56 days
93% r.h., 25C/40C(77F/104F), 21 cycles

Vibration (per IEC 68-2-6)

3G

Shock (per IEC 68-2-27)

30G

Pollution Environment

Degree 2

Degree of Protection
193-ECxxx
592-ECxxx

1P1X
1P0

The user shall provide one current transformer (CT) for each motor phase,
and shall connect the CTs secondary leads to the appropriate E3 overload
relay power terminals, as shown in current transformers wiring diagrams.
The CT shall have the appropriate ratio (refer to the product nameplate or
product description). Additionally, the CT shall be selected to be capable of
providing the required VA to the secondary load, which includes the E3
overload relay burden of 0.1 VA at the rated secondary current and the wiring
burden. Finally, the CT shall be rated for protective relaying to accomodate
the high inrush currents associated with motor startup, and shall have an
accuracy of 2% over its normal operating range. Typical CT ratings include
(Instrument Transformers, Inc. Model #23 or equivalent):
ANSI (USA)
CSA (Canada)
IEC (Europe)

Current Reporting Accuracy


Phase Currents:
100% min. FLA Setting Value720% max. FLA Setting
Value
50%100% min FLA Setting Value

Class C5B0.1
Class 10L5
5 VA Class 5P10

+/- 5%
+/- 10%

Ground Current (0.59.0 A)

+/- 10%

General
Cat. No. 193-EC_B, 193-EC_D, 193-EC_Z

Cat. No. 193-EC_E

Cat. No. 193-EC_F

Cat. No. 193-EC_G

Cat. No. 193-EC_H

0.80 kg
(1.77 lb)

1.23 kg
(2.71 lb)

2.95 kg
(6.5 lb.)

4.43 kg
(9.75 lb.)

8.63 kg
(19.0 lb.)

Approximate
Weights
Standards

CSA C22.2 No.14, DIN VDE 0660, EN 60 947, UL 508, UL 1053

Approvals

CE, C-tick, cUL, ATEX (pending)

Protection and Warning Summary


Protective
Function

Thermal Overload

Trip Enable

Warning
Enable

Factory
Default

Factory
Default

Range

Default

Range
(s)

Default
(s)

Range

Default

Range
(s)

Default
(s)

Enabled

Disabled

0.45000 A

Trip Class
530

Trip Class
10

0100
%TCU

85%

Trip Level Settings

Trip Delay Settings

Warning Level Settings

Inhibit Time
Settings

Phase Loss

Enabled

0.125.0

1.0

0250

Ground (Earth)
Fault

Disabled

Disabled

1.05.0 A

2.5 A

0.125.0

0.5

1.05.0 A

2.0 A

0250

10

Stall
(High Overload
During Start)

Disabled

100600
% FLA

600
% FLA

0250

10

Jam
(High Overload
During Run)

Disabled

Disabled

50600
% FLA

250 % FLA

0.125.0

5.0

50600 %
FLA

150 % FLA

0250

10

Underload

Disabled

Disabled

10100
% FLA

50 % FLA

0.125.0

5.0

10100 %
FLA

70 % FLA

0250

10

PTC

Disabled

Disabled

Current
Imbalance
(Asymmetry)

Disabled

Disabled

10100%

35%

0.125.0

5.0

10100%

20%

0250

10

Comm Fault

Enabled

Disabled

Comm Idle

Disabled

Disabled

Inhibit Time settings are used for both trip and warning functions.
Phase loss trip level is set at a current imbalance greater than or equal to 100% and is not user-adjustable.
Stall Protection is only applicable to the motor starting sequence.

146

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Specifications, Continued
Programming and Control Terminal
Display type
Column and character
Character size
Viewing area
Viewing angle

Keypad type
Operation Force
Operational life
Communication protocol
Input voltage range
Input power, typical
Input current
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Humidity
Shock:
Operating
Non-operating
Height
Width
Depth
Weight

AC Input Interface Module

Display
LCD with yellow-green backlighting
2 lines x 16 characters
5.56 x 2.96 mm (0.22 x 0.12 in.)
15 x 60 mm (0.58 x 2.35 in.)
Horizontal: 30
Vertical: -20+30
Keypad
Tactile embossed, domed keys, sealed
membrane
453 g (16 oz.)
1 million operations
Communication
DeviceNet (selectable 125, 250, 500 kbits/s)
Electrical
1125 V DC
1.8 W
164 mA @ 11V, 72 mA @ 25V
Environmental
055C (32131F)
-20+70C (-4+158F)
595%, non-condensing
30 g
50 g
Dimensions
129.5 mm (5.1 in.)
90.2 mm (3.55 in.)
24.8 mm (0.975 in.)
0.2 kg (0.44 lb.)
Agency Approvals
UL, cUL

Electrical
Number of inputs
Voltage category
Operating voltage range
Frequency range
Off-state voltage (max.)
On-state voltage (min.)
On-state current
Inrush current (max.)
Off-state current (max.)
Heat dissipation (max.)
IEC input compatibility

4
110/120V AC
79132V AC
4763 Hz
20V AC
79V AC
2.0 mA @ 79V AC (min.), 10.0 mA @
132V A (max.)
150 mA
1.0 mA
0.10 W/input
Type 1
Environmental

Operating temperature
Open
Enclosed
Storage temperature
Humidity
Vibration (IEC 68-2-6)
Shock (IEC 68-2-27)

-20+55C (-4+131F)
-20+40C (-4+104F)
-40+85C (-40+185F)
595%, non-condensing
3G
30 G
Environmental
Maximum altitude
2,000 m
Pollution environment
Pollution degree 2
Terminal marking
EN50012
Degree of protection
IP2LX
Electromagnetic Compatibility
ESD Immunity (IEC 10000-4-2)
6 kV contact, 8 kV air
Radiated Immunity (IEC 10000-4-3)
10V/m
Fast transient burst (IEC 10000-4-4)
4 kV (Power), 2 kV (Control)
2 kV common mode, 1 kV differential
Surge immunity (IEC 10000-4-5)
mode
Radiated and conducted emissions
Class A
Physical
Weight
60 g (2.1 oz.)
Agency Approvals
UR, cUR, CE

147

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Specifications, Continued
Trip Curves

E3 & E3 Plus Overload Relay


Trip Class 5

E3 & E3 Plus Overload Relay


Trip Class 10
1000

Cold Trip

Cold Trip

Hot Trip

Hot Trip

100

Time (seconds)

Time (seconds)

1000

10

1
100%

100

10

1
100%

1000%

Current (% FLA)

Current (% FLA)

E3 & E3 Plus Overload Relay


Trip Class 30

E3 & E3 Plus Overload Relay


Trip Class 20
10000

10000

Cold Trip

Cold Trip
Hot Trip

1000
Time (seconds)

Time (seconds)

1000

100

10

Hot Trip

100

10

1
100%

1000%
Current (% FLA)

148

1000%

1
100%

1000%
Current (% FLA)

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Specifications, Continued
Typical Wiring Schematics NEMA
Single-Phase

Three-Phase

S.C.P.D.

S.C.P.D.

L1

L2

L1

L2

L3

E3
Out A
13

E3 / E3 Plus
2/T1

4/T2

T1

E3
Trip Relay (1)

14

A1

A2

95

96

E3 / E3 Plus
6/T3

2/T1

T2

4/T2

T1

6/T3

T2

T3

(1) Contact shown with supply voltage applied.


M

Typical Wiring Schematics IEC


Single-Phase

Three-Phase
L1

A1

K1
A2

A1

E3
Out A

K1
A2

13

14

E3
Trip Relay (1)

95

96

T1

T2

T3

T1

T2

T3
A1
K

A2

N
(1) Contact shown with supply voltage applied.

149

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Specifications, Continued
Typical Wiring Schematics IEC
Reversing Starter Application

150

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Approximate Dimensions
Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 109 Starter Approximate Dimensions


H

D2

D1

E2

B1

E1

Overload
Cat. No.

Contactor
Cat. No.

193-EC_ _B

100-C09, -C12
-C16, -C23

193-EC_ _D

100-C30, -C37

193-EC_ _D

100-C43

193-EC_ _E

100-C60, -C72,
-C85

Width A
45
(1-25/32)
45
(1-25/32)
54
(2-1/8)
72
(2-53/64)

Overload
Cat. No.

Contactor
Cat. No.

193-EC_ _B

100-C09, -C12 -C16, -C23

193-EC_ _D

100-C30, -C37

193-EC_ _D

100-C43

193-EC_ _E

100-C60, -C72, -C85

Height B
without
with 193-EIMD
193-EIMD
188.3
207.7
(7-13/32)
(8-11/64)
188.3
207.7
(7-13/32)
(8-11/64)
188.3
207.7
(7-13/32)
(8-11/64)
236.1
255.5
(9-19/64)
(10-1/16)

B1

Depth C

E1

E2

145.1
(5-23/32)
145.1
(5-23/32)
145.1
(5-23/32)
173.2
(6-13/16)

107
(4-7/32)
107
(4-7/32)
107
(4-7/32)
124.6
(4-29/32)

11.4
(29/64)
11.4
(29/64)
11.4
(29/64)
11.4
(29/64)

67.9
(2-43/64)
67.9
(2-43/64)
67.9
(2-43/64)
89.8
(3-17/32)

D1

D2

60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
60
(2-23/64)
100
(3-15/16)

35
(1-3/8)
35
(1-3/8)
45
(1-25/32)
55
(2-11/64)

85.1
(3-23/64)
104
(4-3/32)
107
(4-7/32)
125.5
(4-15/16)

2
(5/64)
2
(5/64)
2
(5/64)
2
(5/64)

4.2
(11/64)
4.2
(11/64)
4.2
(11/64)
5.5
(7/32)

151

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Approximate Dimensions
Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 109 Starter Approximate Dimensions, Continued


A
G

D
E1

CL

H
E2

B1

C
L

Overload
Cat. No.

193-EC_ _F

193-EC_ _G
193-EC_ _H
Overload
Cat. No.
193-EC_ _F

193-EC_ _G
193-EC_ _H

152

Contactor
Cat. No.
100-D95
100-D110
100-D140
100-D182
100-D210
100-D250
100-D300
100-D420
100-D630
100-D850
Contactor
Cat. No.
100-D95
100-D110
100-D140
100-D182
100-D210
100-D250
100-D300
100-D420
100-D630
100-D850

A
120
(4.72)
120
(4.72)

Height B
without
with Terminal
Terminal
Covers
Covers
336.3
418
(13.24)
(16.45)
339.8
418
(13.38)
(16.45)

B1

Depth C

E1

E2

311.8
(12.27)
317.8
(12.50)

175.1
(6.89)
175.1
(6.89)

156
(5.14)
156
(5.14)

11.4
(0.45)
11.4
(0.45)

216.1
(8.51)
216.1
(8.51)

155
(6.10)

385.8
(15.19)

487.4
(19.19)

360.8
(14.2)

198.9
(7.83)

180
(7.09)

11.4
(0.45)

255
(10.04)

255
(10.04)

552
(21.73)

915
(36.02)

508
(20)

291.7
(11.49)

270.7
(10.66)

11.4
(0.45)

373.9
(14.72)

12.5
(0.49)
16
(0.63)

100
(3.94)
100
(3.94)

145
(5.71)
145
(5.71)

135
(5.31)
135
(5.31)

22.3
(0.88)
22.3
(0.88)

180.9
(7.12)
180.9
(7.12)

8 - 5.6
(8 - 0.22)
8 - 5.6
(8 - 0.22)

21
(0.83)

130
(5.12)

180
(7.09)

140
(5.51)

23.5
(0.93)

204.7
(8.06)

8 - 6.5
(8 - 0.26)

52.5
(2.07)

226
(8.90)

230
(9.06)

108
(4.25)

109
(4.29)

297.5
(11.71)

8 - 13
(8 - 0.51)

Bulletin 193-EC

E3 and E3 Plus Solid-State Overload Relays


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Panel Mount Adapters


(For Use With Cat. No. 193-EC_ _B)
45
(1-25/32)

7.3
(9/32)

135
(5-5/16)

159.3
(6-17/64)

100.5
(3-31/32)

4.4
(11/64 )
11.4
(29/64)

6.1
(1/4)

115
(4-17/32)

30
(1-3/16)

(For Use With Cat. No. 193-EC_ _D, 193-EC_ZZ)


45
(1-25/32)

7.3
(9-32)

135
(5-5/16)

154.2
(6-5/64)

100.5
(3-31/32)

4.4
(11/64 )

11.4
(29/64)

6.1
(1/4)

115
(4-17/32)

30
(1-3/16)

(For Use With Cat. No. 193-EC_ _E)


71.7
(2-53/64)
60
(2-23/64)
11.4
(29/64)

150.5
(5-15/16)
155.1
(6-7/64) w/
193-EIMD

15
(19/32)
130
(5-1/8)
77
(3 - 1/32)

5
(13/64)

5.5
(7/32 )

77
(3-1/32)

131.2
(5-11/64)

153

Bulletin 193-EF

Solid-State Overload Relays


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 193-EF

Table of Contents
Product Overview ............. 154
Cat. No. Explanation ......... 154
Product Selection ............. 155
Accessories....................... 155
Specifications.................... 157
Approximate
Dimensions........................ 158

193-EF1
0.5400 A Current Range
Phase Loss/Current Imbalance Protection
LED Indicators
Digital (DIP Switch) Adjustments
Adjustable Trip Class (230)

Cat. No.
193-EF2B

Conformity to Standards

193-EF2 also includes:


0.5630 A Current Range
Overcurrent Indication
PTC Thermistor Monitoring

Cat. No.
193-EF2A

Cat. No.
193-EF2C

IEC 947-4
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 508

Approvals

CE
CSA Certified
Bulletin 193-EF overload relays offer precise and reliable ambient compensated overload
protection for the protection of three-phase squirrel cage motors. DIP switch settings allow UL Listed
the Bulletin 193-EF overload relays to be closely matched to the motor characteristics to
safely obtain full utilization of the motor. The wide adjustment range of the trip class setting
allows the Bulletin 193-EF overload relays to be applied in a wide variety of applications.
The 193-EF2 version offers enhanced motor protection with additional circuitry for
monitoring motor winding embedded thermistors.

Features
DIP switch for full-load current adjustment

DIP switch for trip class adjustment


Thermistor overtemperature
indication
Phase loss and phase
imbalance indication
Thermal overload (steady) and
overcurrent (blinking) indication

Stand-by display
Reset button

Connections for thermistor


overtemperature protection

Test button for thermal overload protection

Output relay contact connections


Control Voltage

Catalog Number Explanation

193 EF
Bulletin
Number

MCS PLUS
Model 193-EF

1
Version
Basic
Advanced

A
1
2

Factory Modifications
Automatic Reset
R
Remote Reset
F
External Indication L

Adj. Range
20180
A
160400
B
160630
C
Voltage
24V AC
36V AC
48V AC
110V AC
120V AC
230V AC
240V AC
400V AC
415V AC
440V AC
24V DC
48V DC

154

KP

KJ
KV
KY
KD
KP
KF
KA
KN
KG
KB
ZJ
ZY

Bulletin 193-EF

Solid-State Overload Relays


Product Selection/Accessories
Electronic Motor Protection Relays
Mounts to Contactor
100-D95D180

Adjustment Range (A)


20180
160400
160630

Cat. No.
193-EF1A
193-EF1B

Cat. No.
193-EF2A
193-EF2B
193-EF2C

Voltage Suffix Code

The catalog number as listed is incomplete. Select a Voltage Suffix Code from the table below for completion. Example: Cat. No. 193-EF1A becomes
Cat. No. 193-EF1AKP.
Voltage
50/60 Hz

24
KJ

36
KV

48
KY

110
KD

Suffix Code
V AC
120
230
KP
KF

240
KA

400
KN

415
KG

Suffix Code
V DC
24
48

ZJ
ZY

440
KB

Contactor mounting requires the use of a bus bar mounting kit (Cat. No. 825-MVS or 825-MVS2).
0.520A can be achieved by looping the motor supply cables. (Refer to the Specifications section.)

Factory Modification Options


Suffix Code
-R
-F
-L

Description
Automatic Reset of overload and thermistor overtemperature protection
Remote Reset
External Indication

Refer to the Catalog Number Identification section for the proper suffix code sequence.
Device ships with the Remote Reset Module accessory (Cat. No. 193-RB1) included.
Device ships with the External Indication Module accessory (Cat. No. 193-LB1) included.

Add-On Modules
Description

Version

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

193-LB1

193-RB1

10

196-MTM

External Indication Module


For front mounting on a control panel or MCC
3 m connection cable with plug
Function status indication
Trips and alarms can be reset
IP54 protection
Remote Reset Module
Trip reset from any location
(-) (+)
A2 A1 98 97 96 95

Operating voltage
2448V AC/DC

r1 r2 r3

with external burden resistor


-8.2 k, 4 W
110230V AD/DC
-22 k, 10 W
240440V AD/DC

S1R

Us

Rv (+)
(-)

rt

r1 r2 r3

bl

Adapter for Remote Reset Module


For easy mounting of remote reset module on standard DIN Rail
(EN 50 022-35) and G-Rail

Mounting Materials
Description

Version

Transparent Front Cover

Pkg. Qty.
10

Cat. No.
193-PA

Main Terminal Cover


Set (2 pieces) Includes mounting materials
IP 10 Protection Class

for 825-MVM/825-MVS
for 825-MVS2
for 193-EF2C

100-DTS110
100-DTS180
100-DTS420

Terminal Lug
Set (6 pieces) Includes terminal and fixing screws

for 193-EF1A
for 193-EF2A

193-HD

Terminal Blocks
Set (2 pieces)
IP 10 Protection Class

for 825-MVM, 825-MVS


for 825-MVM2, 825-MVS2
for 193-EF2C

100-DTB110
100-DTB180
100-DTB420

Only Motor connection side, on supply side use 100-DTC420

155

Bulletin 193-EF

Solid-State Overload Relays


Accessories, Continued/Specifications
Connecting Components
Cat. No.

Description
Terminal Lugs (UL/CSA)
Set of 3
See page XREF for conductor capacities

For 193-EF_A
For 193-EF_A
For 193-EF_B

100-DL110
100-DL180
100-DL420

Mounting Materials Bus Bars


Set of 3 busbars, includes terminal and fixing screws. Suitable for use with 193-EF1A and 193-EF2A overland relays.
Description
M8 connections
4 x 16 x 100 mm (0125 A)
Universally applicable
M8 connections
4 x 20 x 117 mm (0180 A)
Universally applicable

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

825-MVM

825-MVM2

M6 lower connections
For mounting on 100-D95 and 100-D110 contactors

825-MVS

M8 lower connections
For mounting on 100-D140 and 100-D180 contactors

825-MVS2

Labeling Materials
Uniform labeling materials for contactors, motor starting equipment, timing relays and circuit breakers
Description
Label Sheet
10 sheets with 105 self-adhesive paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
Marking Tag Sheet
10 sheets with 160 perforated paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
To be used with a transparent cover
Transparent Cover
100 each
To be used with marking tag sheets
Marking Tag Adapters
100 each
To be used with System Bulletin 1492W marking tag

Must be ordered in multiples of package quantities.

156

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

10

100-FMS

10

100-FMP

100

100-FMC

100

100-FMA2

Bulletin 193-EF

Solid-State Overload Relays


Specifications
Supply Voltage Failure

Test Button for Thermal Overload Protection

In the event of a supply voltage failure, the output relay resets and the
stand-by indicator goes out. The actual status is stored for 30 minutes. When
the supply voltage is restored, the output relay reverts to its original state.

Pressing the test button will verify thermal tripping operation time at 6x/e
without the motor being connected. The test button must be held for longer
than the set trip time t6x/e.

Reset Manual

Device Installation and Commissioning

The reset button resets all protection functions. Resetting from any location
is possible with the 193-RB1 remote reset module.

The operating instructions enclosed with the device provide all of the
information necessary to set and commission it.

Reset Automatic

Surface Mounting

Automatic resetting of thermal overload and thermistor overtemperature


functions is an optional feature. All other protection functions must be reset
manually.

193-EF_A
Snap-on fixing to standard DIN Rail or screw fixing
193-EF_B
Screw fixing
193-EF_C
Screw fixing
Mounting position: optional

Setting the Rated Current (0.520 A) (193-EF1A and 193-EF2A Requires 193-HD)
The motor supply cables are looped through the current transformer twice, thereby doubling the rated motor current. The setting on the
Bulletin 193-EF overload relay is the product of:

193-EF
Motor supply wire looped twice

Cable Cross Section (Flexible Strand)


CSA, UL (AWG No.)
IEC [mm2]

Recommended for Ie [A]

Motor Supply Cables

20180

fed straight through

495

1010 000

1020

looped twice

2.525

1410

193-EF

Ie [A] xnumber of loops

Motor supply wire looped 4 times

510

looped 4 times

16

14

2.55

looped 8 times

0.752.5

14

0.52.5

looped 40 times

0.50.75

CSA, UL: for Ie = 0.52.5 A, only factory-assembled wound devices should be installed
Rated Voltage
Motor Circuit
(primary circuit of current
measuring device)
IEC 947, EN 60947
CSA, UL
Control Circuit
IEC 947, EN 60947
CSA, UL
Rated Control Voltage US

[V]
[V]

1 000
600

[V]
[V]

440
240

AC 50/60 Hz

[V]

DC
[V]
Special Control Voltage US
AC 50/60 Hz
[V]
Terminal Cross-section
Control circuit
[mm2]
Device Protection Fuse
Output Relay Contact Information
Contact assembly
Rated operating voltage
per UL/CSA: pilot duty
[V]
240V
Continuous Thermal current [A]
Rated AC operating current
AC-15
[A]
Max. permissible switching
current (cos = 0.3)
AC-15
[A]
Rated DC operating current
(L/R = 300 ms), no
protective circuit needed
DC-13
[A]
Max. rated back-up fuse current
Ambient temperature
Operation
Storage
Transport

24, 36, 48, 110, 120, 230, 240, 400, 415, 440,
(0.81.1US)
24, 48 (0.91.2 US)
24440
2 x 2.5
10 A Type gG or 16 A Type gG
1 N.O. and 1 N.C., galvanically separated
24

1101125 220250

380440

4
3

1.2

30

30

12

Sensor Measurement Circuit


Measurement circuit
0.5
1.5
Cross section
[mm2]
Max. lead length
[m]
200
600
Max. cold resistance of PTC sensor k
1.5
chain
Max. number of PTC sensors per IEC
6
34-11-2
Weights
Overload Relay
193-EF1A
[g]
1 070
193-EF2A
[g]
1 090
193-EF1B
[g]
2 510
193-EF2B
[g]
2 530
193-EF2C
[g]
5 550
193-LB1 indication module
[g]
160
193-RB1 Remote reset module
[g]
160
196-MTM Adapter
[g]
5
193-PA Front cover
[g]
3
193-HD Terminal lug
[g]
40
Bus bars
825-MVM
[g]
230
825-MVM2
[g]
290
825-MVS
[g]
280
825-MVS2
[g]
350
Approvals
CE, UL Listed, CSA, Bureau Veritas, Lloyds Register of Shipping, Maritime
Register of Shipping, RINA, PTB

Type of wiring: insulated control leads, screened > 200 m (shield connected
2

0.3
0.2
10 A, 500V AC Type gG

with 1T1)

-5+60C
-50+60C
-50+85C

157

Bulletin 193-EF

Solid-State Overload Relays


Dimensions
Dimensions in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

Dimensions

Cat. Nos. 193-EF1A, 193-EF2A


a

c2
c1

a1

c3

e
d
d1

e4

b1

e3
e2

e2
d2

a
a1
b
b
b
b1
d
d1
d2
e
e1
e2
e3
e3
e4
e4
e4
c
c1
c2
c3

193-EF1A
193-EF2A
120
105
100
100
117
73
5.4
5560
100
M8 x 12

38.5
16
20
82
82
97
143
72
93.5
53.5

193-EF1B
193-EF2B
140

142

5.8
75
125
M10 x 25
M10 x 35
48
25
25
117

148
117

Cat. Nos. 193-EF1B, 193-EF2B


a

c1
e

d1

e4

e1
e3
e2

c
e2

d2

Cat. No. 193-EF2C


a

c1

e4

d1

e1
e3
e2

c
e2

d2

36

32

Cat. No. 193-LB1

68
72

158

14

56.5

Terminal Cover
Universally applicable busbars (825-MVM)
Feed-through openings 19 x 19 mm
With 193-LB1 indication module: c = c + 29 mm
Can be mounted to DIN Rail EN 50 022-35
Universally applicable busbars (825-MVM2)

193-EF2C
155

143

6.5
9093
135
M10 x 25
M10 x 25
48
25
25
118

178
118

Bulletin 193-T

Bimetallic Overload Relays


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 193-T Bimetallic Overload Relays
Phase Failure Sensitivity
Temperature Compensation
Auxiliary Switch (1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Contact)
Test/Stop Button
Manual/Auto Reset Button
Individual Mounting
Protection of EEX Electric Motors (PTB)
Trip Free Construction
Trip Indicator
Bulletin 193-T thermal overload relays are designed for use with Bulletin 100-C contactors
and Bulletin 104-C reversing contactors. These class 10 ambient compensated thermal
overload relays use integral heater elements; therefore, additional heater elements are not
required. Further, the design includes a differential mechanism for sensitivity to single-phase
conditions.
The trip setting is adjustable over the listed motor full load current range. The overload relay
can be operated in a manual or automatic reset mode. An isolated normally open contact is
standard. An anti-tamper shield is available and snaps on the front of the overload relay to
discourage field adjustments of the trip setting and reset mode.

Table of Contents
Product Selection..............159
Accessories .......................160
Specifications....................161
Approximate Dimensions .163

Conformity to Standards
IEC 60947-4
BS 5424
VDE 0660
IEC 60947-4 Type 2
Coordination

Approvals
UL Listed
CSA Certified
CE

Product Selection
Thermal Overload Relays
Mounts on Contactor

100-C09100-C37

Setting Range [A]

Cat. No.

0.10.16

193-TAA16

0.160.24

193-TAA24

0.240.4

193-TAA40

0.40.6

193-TAA60

0.61.0

193-TAB10

1.01.6

193-TAB16

1.62.4

193-TAB24

2.44

193-TAB40

46

193-TAB60

610

193-TAC10

100-C12100-C37

1016

193-TAC16

100-C23100-C37

1624

193-TAC24

100-C30100-C43

1830

193-TBC30

100-C37100-C43

3045

193-TBC45

1830

193-TCC30

3045

193-TCC45

4560

193-TCC60

100-C72100-C85

6075

193-TCC75

Separate Mounting

7090

193-TDC90

100-C60100-C85

Bulletin 193-T overload relays should not be used with DC contactors.


To select the setting range for use in Y- Starters, multiply the rated operating current of the motor by a factor of 0.58.
For motors with service factor of 1.15 or greater, use motor nameplate full load current. For motors with service factor of 1.0, use 90% of the motor nameplate full
load current.

159

Bulletin 193-T

Bimetallic Overload Relays


Accessories
Add-On Modules
Description

For Use With

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

193-TA

193-TAPM

193-TC

193-TCPM

Anti-tamper Shield
Protects against unauthorized or unintentional modification of reset mode and
full-load current settings

193-T all

193-BC1

Current Adjustment Shield


Protects against unauthorized or unintentional adjustment of the full-load
current setting

193-T all

193-BC3

Remote Reset
For remote resetting of overload relays
Mounts on front of overload relay
Can be operated by remote push button or PLC control

193-T all

193-ER1

External Reset Button for Enclosed Devices


Metal type
IP66 protection
Non-illuminated
Extender included (Length: 142 mm, selectable from 141159 mm)
For additional product selection, see Bulletin 800E selection information

193-T all

800EPR611WTR08

DIN Rail/Panel Mounting Adapter


For separate mounting of overload relays
Snaps on to DIN Rail EN 50 022-35

Voltage Suffix Codes


The catalog number as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V, 60Hz:
Cat. No. 193-ER1 becomes Cat. No. 193-ER1D.
Standard Control Voltages
Voltage

24

48

110

115

120

220

240

50 Hz

60 Hz

DC

Z24

Z48

Z01

Labels

Uniform labeling materials for contactors, motor starting equipment, timing relays and circuit breakers
Description
Label Sheet
10 sheets with 105 self-adhesive paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
Marking Tag Sheet
10 sheets with 160 perforated paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
To be used with a transparent cover
Transparent Cover
100 each
To be used with marking tag sheets
Marking Tag Adapters
100 each
To be used with marking tag:
System Bul. 1492W

160

System V4 / V5

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

10

100-FMS

10

100-FMP

100

100-FMC

100
100

100-FMA1
100-FMA2

Bulletin 193-T

Bimetallic Overload Relays


Specifications
Thermal Overload Relays
Circuit Diagrams

A1

A2

K1

T1 T2 T3
M
1-phase

2-phase

3-phase

Trip Characteristics

Minutes

Minutes

These trip characteristics refer to IEC 947 and are average values from cold start at an ambient temperature of 20 C. Trip time is pictured as a function of
operating current. With the device at normal operating temperature, the trip time decreases to approximately 25% of the shown value.

3-phase

2-phase

Rated Current
Cat. Nos. 193-TA, 193-TB, 193-TC

Seconds

Seconds

3-phase

2-phase

Rated Current
Cat. No. 193-TDC90

161

Bulletin 193-T

Bimetallic Overload Relays


Specifications, Continued
Thermal Overload Relays, Continued
Main Circuits

Control Circuits
193TA

Cat. Nos.

193TB

193TC

193TDC90

193TA

Cat. Nos.

193TB

193TC

Rated isolation voltage Ui

[V]

690

1 000

Rated isolation voltage Ui

[V]

Rated surge withstand Uimp

[kV]

Rated surge withstand Uimp

[kV]

Rated operating voltage Ue

[V]

690

1 000

Rated operating voltage Ue

[V]

500

Overvoltage category/pollution degree

III/3

Safe isolation (between main circuit and


auxiliary contacts per
[V]
DIN, VDE 106, Part 101 and Part 101 A1

440

Overvoltage category/pollution degree

Direct load loss (for 3 current paths)


min. value of adjustment range
max. value of adjustment range

[W]
[W]

2.5
6

3 (7)

<16

7.5

7.5
(10)

<28

Wiring cross section


Type of clamp
Terminal screws

III/3

Rated operating current Ie


1860
0.124 1845
7090
(75)

Current setting range

500

M4

M6

M8

/
AC-15

220240V
380415V
500V

[A]
[A]
[A]

1.5/1.5
0.5/0.9
0.5/0.8

DC-13

24V
60V
110V
220V

[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]

0.9/0.9
0.75/0.75
0.4/0.4
0.2/0.2

Safe isolation (between auxiliary


contacts) per DIN, VDE 106,
and Part 101 A1

[V]

240

multi-strand conductor
with ferrule

Conventional thermal current Ith

[A]

[mm2]

2x
(14)

1 x 25 / 2 x
(110)

50

Short circuit withstand


without welding, fuse gL

[A]

solid conductor
multi-strand conductor
solid or multi-strand

[mm2]
[mm2]
[AWG]

2x
(16)

148

2 x (116)

142

16
50
2

Wiring cross section


Type of clamp

6x9x
0.8

Flexible bus[mm]
Recommended tightening
torque
Pozidrive screwdriver

[Nm][lb-in]

Terminal screw

1.8 (16)

3.5 (31)

6 (54)

Size

Slotted screwdriver

[mm]

1x6

Hex-head screw

[mm]

M 3.5

multi-strand conductor
with ferrule

[mm2]

solid conductor
solid or multi-strand

[mm2]
[AWG]

Recommended tightening
torque
Pozi-driv screwdriver
Slotted screwdriver

[Nm(lb-in)]
Size
[mm]

2 x (0.752.5)
2 x (0.754)
1814
1.2 (11)
2
1x6

General
Cat. Nos.
Weight

[kg (lbs)]

Standards

Contact protection

162

193-TDC90
1.300 (2.86)

CE, UL Listed, CSA, PTB, RINA

open
enclosed

Temperature compensation

Protection class

193-TC
0.210 (0.46)

humid/warm, constant, per DIN, IEC 68, Part 2-3


humid/warm, cyclic, per DIN, IEC 68, Part 2-30

Climatic withstand

Shock withstand
(Sin impact 10 ms)

193-TB
0.210 (0.46)

IEC 947, EN 60 947, DIN VDE 0660

Approvals

Ambient temperature

193-TA
0.130 (0.29)

25+50C (13122F)
25+40C (13104F)
continual

[G]

10
IP00
IP2LX when attached
Finger- and back of hand proof (VDE 0106, Part 100)

193TDC90

Bulletin 193-T

Bimetallic Overload Relays


Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Mounted on Bulletin 100-C Contactor

193-TA, 193-TB, 193-TC

Cat. No.
193-TA

With Contactor

c2

c5

e1

e2

45
100-C09100-C23
(1-25/32)

127
(5)

83
96
91
(3-17/64) (3-25/32) (3-37/64)

15
(19/32)

5
(13/64)

2 @ 4.5
60
35

(2 @ 3/16) (2-23/64) (1-25/64)

16.5
(21/32)

51
(2)

100-C30100-C37

45
(1-25/32)

127
(5)

83
(3-17/64)

105
(4-9/64)

99
(3-37/64)

6.5
(17/64)

9.5
(3/8)

2 @ 4.5
60
35

(2 @ 3/16) (2-23/64) (1-25/64)

16.5
(21/32)

51
(2)

100-C3100-C37

60
140
97
(2-23/64) (5-33/64) (3-13/16)

105
(4-9/64)

99
(3-37/64)

6.5
(17/64)

6.5
(17/64)

2 @ 4.5
60
35

(2 @ 3/16) (2-23/64) (1-25/64)

16.5
(21/32)

57
(2-1/4)

100-C43

60
140
97
(2-23/64) (5-33/64) (3-13/16)

107
(4-7/32)

103
(4-3/32)

6.5
(17/64)

8.5
(21/64)

2 @ 4.5
60
45

(2 @ 3/16) (2-23/64) (1-25/32)

16.5
(21/32)

57
(2-1/4)

120
125
120
(4-23/32) (4-15/16) (4-23/32)

8.5
(21/64)

28.5
(1-1/8)

4 @ 5.4
100
55

(4 @ 7/32) (3-15/16) (2-11/64)

16.5
(21/32)

82
(3-15/64)

193-TB

72
(2-53/64)

193-TC 100-C60100-C85

b1

185
(7-9/32)

c1

Separately Mounted with DIN/Panel Adapter

d1

d2

Separately Mounted

193-TA, 193-TC

Cat. No.

193-TDC90

b1

c1

c2

d1

d2

e1

e2

193-TA

45
(1-25/32)

85
(3-11/32)

44
(1-47/64)

95
(3-47/64)

90
(3-35/64)

5
(13/64)

2 @ 4.5
(2 @ 3/16)

6075
(2-23/642-61/64)

35
(1-25/64)

16
(5/8)

3
(1/8)

193-TC

60
(2-23/64)

90
(3-35/64)

44
(1-47/64)

117
(4-49/64)

112
(4-13/32)

15
(19/32)

2 @ 5.4
(2 @ 7/32)

75
(2-61/64)

50
(1-31/32)

16
(5/8)

0
(0)

193-TDC90

100
(3-15/16)

120
(4-23/32)

135
(5-5/16)

5
(13/64)

4 @ 6.2
(4 @ 1/4)

74
(2-29/32)

80
(3-5/32)

16
(5/8)

7
(9/32)

Can be mounted on 35 mm DIN Rail EN 50 022-35


With reset rod, the max. action radius is 9 mm from the center of the reset knob.
c3 With remote reset: 51 mm (2)
c4 With auxiliary contact block: 39 mm (1-17/32)

163

Bulletin 193-M

Bimetallic Overload Relays


Overview/Product Selection/Specifications
Bulletin 193-M Bimetallic Overload Relays

Table of Contents

Phase Failure Sensitivity


Temperature Compensation
Optional Auxiliary Contact (1 N.O. Contact)
Manual Reset/Stop Button
Built-in Connection Between N.C. Trip Contact (95) and Contactor Coil Terminal (A2)
Trip Free Construction
Trip Indicator
Bulletin 193-M thermal overload relays are designed for use with Bulletin 100-M contactors
and Bulletin 104-M reversing contactors. These class 10 ambient compensated thermal
overload relays use integral heater elements; therefore, additional heater elements are not
required.
The trip setting is adjustable over the listed motor full load current range. The overload relay
can be operated in a manual reset mode only. An isolated normally open contact is optional.

Product Selection ............. 164


Specifications ................... 165
Approximate Dimensions 165

Conformity to Standards
IEC 60947-1
IEC 60947-4 Type 2
Coordination

Approvals
UL Listed
CSA Certified
CE

Product Selection

Mounts on

M05M12
100-M Contactor

M09M12
M12
193-M Overload Relay
(Optional N.O. Auxiliary Contact)

Setting Range [A]

Cat. No.

0.100.15
0.150.23
0.230.35
0.350.55
0.550.8
0.81.2
1.21.8
1.82.7
2.74
46
67.7
7.59
8.810.5
10.412.5

193-M-A15
193-M-A23
193-M-A35
193-M-A55
193-M-A80
193-M-B12
193-M-B18
193-M-B27
193-M-B40
193-M-B60
193-M-B77
193-M-B90
193-M-C10
193-M-C12

193-M-F10

Max. current rating of backup gL fuse [A]


IEC Coordination Type
Type 1
Type 2
25
1
25
1
25
2
25
2
25
2
25
4
25
4
25
6
25
10
25
16
25
20
25
20
25

25

Specifications
Thermal Overload Relays
Circuit Diagrams

A1

A2

K1

K1

K1
4

T1 T2 T3
M
1-phase

164

2-phase

3-phase

Bulletin 193-M

Bimetallic Overload Relays


Specifications, Continued
Trip Characteristics

Time/current characteristics of thermal overload relay


Mean value of tolerance bands 3-phase heated. Full line curves relate to cold relay. Dashed curves relate to relay at operating temperature (at set
current load).
Tolerance trip time 20%, 10% for current.
Function limits and temperature compensation from 25oC+75oC.
Tripping limit specified in IEC 60947-4 for 5oC+40oC are included in the 20oC60oC range.
Specified points relative to operating temperature condition; in compliance with IEC 60947-4.
Single phasing (phase failure):
Trip limits 1.051.25 of set current IeF (1.051.32 IeF is permissible according to IEC 60947-4).
For motors up to 10 kW, the 2-phase trip at 1.25 IeF max. guarantees heat buildup limitation to the value that occurs in the event of a 3-phase trip at
1.2 IeF.
12.5 A

Specifications

Approximate Dimensions 193-M on 100-M Contactor


Dimensions are in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

Main Circuit
Rated Insulation Voltage
IEC
cULus
Max. Wire Size
IEC
Fine Stranded w/ Ferrule
Coarse Stranded or Solid
cULus Stranded or Solid
Recommended Torque

[V]
[V]

[mm2]
[mm2]
[AWG]
[Nm]
[lb-in]
Control Circuit

Rated Insulation Voltage


IEC
cULus
Rated Operating Current
AC-12
AC-15
220240V
380415
Max. Wire Size
IEC
Fine Stranded w/ Ferrule
Coarse Stranded or Solid
cULus Stranded or Solid
Recommended Torque

Standards Compliance
Approvals
Ambient Temperature
Open
Enclosed

[V]
[V]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[mm2]
[mm2]
[AWG]
[Nm]
[lb-in]
General

500
600
2 x (12.5)
2 x (1.54)
2 x (1410)
1.42.0
1220

500
600

2 x (0.752.5)
2 x (0.754)
2 x (1814)
1.2
11
IEC60947, DIN VDE 0660,
UL508, CSA22.2, No. 14
CE, cULus
-20+60C (-4+140F)
-20+40C (-4+104F)

165

Bulletin 190/191

Eco and Compact Combination Starters


Overview/Product Selection
Table of Contents

Bulletin 190 Eco and Compact Combination Starters

Power Range 0.145 A


Bulletin 190E/191E Modular Eco Starters
Bulletin 190S/191S Pre-wired Compact Starters
Uses Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCBs) and Bulletin 100-C or
100-M Contactors
140M is UL/CSA Approved as Manual Self-Protected (Type E) Combination Starters
Type 2 Coordination
Mounts to DIN Rail(s) or Screw Mounts

Product Selection ............ 167


Accessories...................... 174
Specifications
140M............................... 19
100-C .............................. 96
Factory Options ............... 174

Conformity to Standards
IEC 947-1/2/4/5
IEC 204-1

Approvals
CE
CSA Certified
UL Listed

Your order must include: cat. no. of the starter selected and, if required, cat. no. of any accessories.

Product Line Overview

AC Coils
DC Coils
Standards Compliance
UL Listed/
CSA Certified
CE
IEC 60947
Type 2
Coordination
Components
MPCB
Contactor

166

Reversing Eco Reversing Eco


Eco Starter with Eco Starter with
Starter with
Starter with
100-M Miniature
100-C IEC
100-M Miniature
100-C IEC
Contactor
Contactor
Contactor
Contactor

Reversing
Compact
Combination
Starter (25 A)

Reversing
Compact
Combination
Starter (45 A)

140M-C, -D
100-C

140M-F
100-C

140M-C, -D
104-C

140M-F
104-C

Compact
Combination
Starter (25 A)

Compact
Combination
Starter (45 A)

See page 173

See page 173

140M-C
100-M

140M-C, -D
100-C

140M-C
104-M

140M-C, -D
104-C

Bulletin 190E

Eco Starters
Product Selection

190E Modular Eco Starter using Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breaker and Bulletin 100-M Mini Contactor
Mounting Options:
Snap Fixing on (1) 35 mm DIN Rail

AC or DC Control Coils
Index

Motor Current
Adjustment Range
[A]

Magnetic Trip
Current
[A]

200V

230V

460V

0.100.16

2.1

190E-MN2-CA16X

0.160.25

3.3

190E-MN2-CA25X

0.250.40

5.2

190E-MN2-CA40X

0.400.63

8.2

190E-MN2-CA63X

0.631.00

13

1/2

3/4

190E-MN2-CB10X

1.001.60

21

190E-MN2-CB16X

1.602.50

33

1/2

3/4

1-1/2

190E-MN2-CB25X

2.504.00

52

190E-MN2-CB40X

4.006.30

82

1-1/2

190E-NN2-CB63X

6.3010.0

130

190E-NN2-CC10X

Max. Hp, 3-phase

Max. kW, 3-phase


575V

230V

400/415V

500V

690V

Non-Reversing Starter
Cat. No.

C-Frame

1 N.O. auxiliary contact on contactor is standard. See Factory Options on page 174 for additional auxiliary contact configurations.
UL Pending.

167

Bulletin 190E

Eco Starters
Product Selection, Continued

190E Modular Eco Starter using Bulletin 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breaker and Bulletin 100-C MCS Contactor
Mounting Options:
-Snap Fixing on (1) 35 mm DIN Rail

AC Control Coils
Index

Motor Current
Magnetic Trip Current
Adjustment Range
[A]
[A]

Max. Hp, 3-phase


200V

230V

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.00
1.001.60
1.602.50
2.504.00
4.006.30
6.3010.0
10.016.0
14.520.0
18.525.0

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5

3/4
1
2
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

1.602.50
2.504.00
4.006.30
6.3010.0
10.016.0
14.520.0
18.525.0

33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5

3/4
1
2
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

460V
C-Frame

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
15
D-Frame
1-1/2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
15

575V

230V

Max. kW, 3-phase


400/
500V
415V

690V

3/4
1
2
3
5
10
10
15
15

190E-AN2-CA16X
190E-AN2-CA25X
190E-AN2-CA40X
190E-AN2-CA63X
190E-AN2-CB10X
190E-AN2-CB16X
190E-AN2-CB25X
190E-AN2-CB40X
190E-AN2-CB63X
190E-BN2-CC10X
190E-CN2-CC16X
190E-DN2-CC20X
190E-DN2-CC25X

2
3
5
10
10
15
15

190E-AN2-DB25X
190E-AN2-DB40X
190E-AN2-DB63X
190E-BN2-DC10X
190E-CN2-DC16X
190E-DN2-DC20X
190E-DN2-DC25X

1 N.O. auxiliary contact on contactor is standard. See Factory Options on page 174 for additional auxiliary contact configurations.
UL Pending.

168

Non-Reversing Starter
Cat. No.

Bulletin 191S

Reversing Compact Starters


Product Selection, Continued

191S Compact Combination Starter using 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breaker and 104-C Reversing MCS Contactor
Auxiliary Contacts Wired to Terminal Block at Bottom of Starter Assembly
Mounting Options:
-Screw Fixing
-Snap Fixing on (1) or (2) 35 mm DIN Rails
-Snap Fixing on (1) 75 mm DIN Rail

AC Control Coils
Motor Current
Index Adjustment Range
[A]

Magnetic Trip
Current
[A]

200V

Max. Hp, 3-phase


230V

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.00
1.001.60
1.602.50
2.504.00
4.006.30
6.3010.0
10.016.0
14.520.0
18.525.0

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5

3/4
1
2
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

14
16
18
20
22
24
26

1.602.50
2.504.00
4.006.30
6.3010.0
10.016.0
14.520.0
18.525.0

33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5

3/4
1
2
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

460V

Max. kW, 3-phase


575V

C-Frame

1/2
3/4
1
1
1-1/2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
D-Frame
1-1/2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
10
10
15
15
15
15
15

230V

400/415V

500V

690V

Reversing Starter
Cat. No.
191S-AN3-CA16C
191S-AN3-CA25C
191S-AN3-CA40C
191S-AN3-CA63C
191S-AN3-CB10C
191S-AN3-CB16C
191S-AN3-CB25C
191S-AN3-CB40C
191S-AN3-CB63C
191S-BN3-CC10C
191S-CN3-CC16C
191S-DN3-CC20C
191S-DN3-CC25C
191S-AN3-DB25C
191S-AN3-DB40C
191S-AN3-DB63C
191S-BN3-DC10C
191S-CN3-DC16C
191S-DN3-DC20C
191S-DN3-DC25C

1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts on 140M is standard. 1 N.O. auxiliary contact on 100C contactor is standard. See Factory Options on page 174 for additional
auxiliary contact configurations.

169

Bulletin 190S

Compact Starters
Product Selection, Continued
190S Compact Combination Starter using 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breaker and 100-C Contactor
Auxiliary Contacts Wired to Terminal Block at Bottom of Starter Assembly
Mounting Options:
-Screw Fixing
-Snap Fixing on (1) or (2) 35 mm DIN Rails
-Snap Fixing on (1) 75 mm DIN Rail

AC or DC Control Coils
Motor Current
Magnetic Trip Current
Index Adjustment Range
[A]
[A]

Max. Hp, 3-phase


200V

230V

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.00
1.001.60
1.602.50
2.504.00
4.006.30
6.3010.0
10.016.0
14.520.0
18.525.0

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5

3/4
1
2
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

14
16
18
20
22
24
26

1.602.50
2.504.00
4.006.30
6.3010.0
10.016.0
14.520.0
18.525.0

33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5

3/4
1
2
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

28
29
30
31
32
33

6.3010.0
10.016.0
14.520.0
18.525.0
23.032.0
32.045.0

130
208
260
325
416
585

3
3
5
5
10
10

3
5
7-1/2
10
10
15

460V
C-Frame

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
15
D-Frame
1-1/2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
15
F-Frame
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30

575V

230V

Max. kW, 3-phase


400/
500V
415V

690V

3/4
1
2
3
5
10
15
15
15

190S-AN2-CA16C
190S-AN2-CA25C
190S-AN2-CA40C
190S-AN2-CA63C
190S-AN2-CB10C
190S-AN2-CB16C
190S-AN2-CB25C
190S-AN2-CB40C
190S-AN2-CB63C
190S-BN2-CC10C
190S-CN2-CC16C
190S-DN2-CC20C
190S-DN2-CC25C

2
3
5
10
15
15
15

190S-AN2-DB25C
190S-AN2-DB40C
190S-AN2-DB63C
190S-BN2-DC10C
190S-CN2-DC16C
190S-DN2-DC20C
190S-DN2-DC25C

10
15
20
25
30
30

190S-EN3-FC10C
190S-EN3-FC16C
190S-EN3-FC20C
190S-EN3-FC25C
190S-FN3-FC32C
190S-GN3-FC45C

1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts on 140M is standard. 1 N.O. auxiliary contact on 100C contactor is standard. See Factory Options on
page 174 for additional auxiliary contact configurations.

170

Non-Reversing Starter
Cat. No.

Bulletin 191E

Reversing Eco Starters


Product Selection, Continued

191E Modular Eco Starter using 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breaker and 104-M Reversing Mini Contactor
Mounting Options:
-Snap Fixing on (1) 35 mm DIN Rail

AC Control Coils
Max. Hp, 3-phase

Max. kW, 3-phase

Index

Motor Current
Adjustment Range
[A]

Magnetic Trip
Current
[A]

200V

230V

460V

0.100.16

2.1

191E-MN3-CA16X

0.160.25

3.3

191E-MN3-CA25X

0.250.40

5.2

191E-MN3-CA40X

0.400.63

8.2

191E-MN3-CA63X

0.631.00

13

1/2

3/4

191E-MN3-CB10X

1.001.60

21

191E-MN3-CB16X

1.602.50

33

1/2

3/4

1-1/2

191E-MN3-CB25X

2.504.00

52

191E-MN3-CB40X

4.006.30

82

1-1/2

191E-NN3-CB63X

6.3010.0

130

191E-NN3-CC10X

575V

230V

400/
415V

500V

690V

Reversing Starter
Cat. No.

C-Frame

1 N.O. auxiliary contact on contactor is standard. See Factory Options on page 174 for additional auxiliary contact configurations.
UL Pending.

171

Bulletin 191E

Reversing Eco Starters


Product Selection, Continued

191E Modular Eco Starter using 140M Motor Protection Circuit Breaker and 104-C Reversing MCS Contactor
Mounting Options:
-Snap Fixing on (1) 35 mm DIN Rail

AC Control Coils
Index

Motor Current
Adjustment Range
[A]

Magnetic Trip
Current
[A]

200V

230V

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.00
1.001.60
1.602.50
2.504.00
4.006.30
6.3010.0
10.016.0
14.520.0
18.525.0

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5

3/4
1
2
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

1.602.50
2.504.00
4.006.30
6.3010.0
10.016.0
14.520.0
18.525.0

33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5

3/4
1
2
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

Max. Hp, 3-phase


460V

Max. kW, 3-phase


575V

230V

400/415V

500V

690V

C-Frame

1/2
3/4
1
1
1-1/2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
D-Frame
1-1/2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
10
10
10
15
15
15
15

1 N.O. auxiliary contact on contactor is standard. See Factory Options on page 174 for additional auxiliary contact configurations.
UL Pending.

172

Reversing Starter
Cat. No.
191E-AN3-CA16X
191E-AN3-CA25X
191E-AN3-CA40X
191E-AN3-CA63X
191E-AN3-CB10X
191E-AN3-CB16X
191E-AN3-CB25X
191E-AN3-CB40X
191E-AN3-CB63X
191E-BN3-CC10X
191E-CN3-CC16X
191E-DN3-CC20X
191E-DN3-CC25X
191E-AN3-DB25X
191E-AN3-DB40X
191E-AN3-DB63X
191E-BN3-DC10X
191E-CN3-DC16X
191E-DN3-DC20X
191E-DN3-DC25X

Bulletin 190/191

ECO and Compact Combination Starters


Specifications
UL Listed Application Ratings
Motor Current
Adjustment
Range (A)

Magnetic
Release
Operating
Current (A)

200V

230V

460V

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.0
1.01.6
1.62.5
2.54.0
4.06.3
6.310
1016
14.520
1825

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
3
5
5

3/4
1
2
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
15

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

1.62.5
1.62.5
2.54.0
2.54.0
4.06.3
4.06.3
6.310
6.310
1016
1016
14.520
14.520
1825
1825

33
33
52
52
82
82
130
130
208
208
260
260
325
325

1/2
1/2
1
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
7-1/2

3/4
3/4
1
1
2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
7-1/2
7-1/2

1-1/2
1-1/2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
15
15
15
15

28
29
30
31
32
33

6.310
1016
14.520
1825
2532
3245

130
208
260
325
416
585

3
3
5
7-1/2
10
10

3
5
7-1/2
10
10
15

7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30

Index

Max. Hp, 60 Hz
575V
C Frame

3/4
1
2
3
5
10
15
15
15
D Frame
2
2
3
3
5
5
10
10
15
15
15
20
15
20
F Frame
10
15
20
25
30
30

Max. Fault Current


480Y/277V
Type 1
Type 2
Type E
Iq [kA]
Iq [kA]
Iq [kA]

Max. Fault Current


600Y/347V
Type 1
Type 2
Type E
Iq [kA]
Iq [kA]
Iq [kA]

65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
10
10
10

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

47
47
47
47
47
47
10
10

47
47
47
47
47
47
10

47
47
47
47
47
47

65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

65
65

65

65

65

65

65

65

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

65
65
65
65
65
65

65
65
65
65
65
65

65
65
65
65
65
65

30
30
30
30
30
30

30
30
30
30
30
30

30
30
30
30
30

173

Bulletin 190

Eco and Compact Combination Starters


Specifications
0

Bulletin 190E/191E/190S/191S Factory Installed Modifications


Note: For modifications change (option code ) and add (option code ) for desired features to cat. no.
Change option code X to desired auxiliary contact: 190E-MND2-CA16X
Bulletin 140M Auxiliary and Trip Contacts
X
A
B
C
D
E
R
S

Without Auxiliary and Trip Contacts


Auxiliary Contact 1 N.C.
Auxiliary Contact 1 N.O.
Auxiliary Contact 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
Auxiliary Contact 2 N.O.
Auxiliary Contact 2 N.C.
1 N.O. Trip + 1 N.C. Auxiliary Contact
1 N.O. Trip + 1 N.O. Auxiliary Contact

190E
Standard

191E
Standard

190S
NA
NA
NA
Standard
Available
Available

191S
NA
NA
NA
Standard
Available
Available

190S

191S

NA
NA
NA

NA
NA
NA

Add desired option codes AFTER auxiliary contact option code: 190S-AND2-CA16X-KY
Modifications, Accessories
JE
R
V
D
KN
KY
TE
S01
S10
S11
S20
F11
F20
F22
A02
A20
A11
R00
R01
R10
R11
M11

190E
191E
Electronic Interfaces (100-C)
Surge Suppressor RC (100-C)
Surge Suppressor Varistor (100-C)
Surge Suppressor Diode (100-C)
Lockable Twist Knob (140M) - Black
Lockable Twist Knob (140M) - Red/Yellow
Spacing Adapter for UL508 Type E
Additional Contactor Auxiliaries (Side Mount)
1 N.C.
1 N.O.
1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
2 N.O.
Additional Contactor Auxiliaries (Front Mount)
1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
2 N.O.
2 N.O. + 2 N.C.
Additional Bulletin 140M Auxiliaries (Side Mount)
2 N.C.
2 N.O.
1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
Additional Bulletin 140M Trip Contacts (Side Mount)
1 N.O. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.O. Mag Only
1 N.O. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.C. Mag Only
1 N.C. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.O. Mag Only
1 N.C. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.C. Mag Only
1 N.O. Mag Only + 1 N.C. Mag Only

191E and 191S Reversing Eco Starters will have two of these accessories installed (one on each contactor).

174

Bulletin 190

Eco and Compact Combination Starters


Wiring Diagrams
IEC Wiring Diagram Cat. No. 190S-AD

190S-_ _ _ 2- _ _ _ _ C

190S-_ _ _ 2- _ _ _ _ S

IEC Wiring Diagram Cat. No. 190S-EG

190S-_ _ _ 3- _ _ _ _ C

190S-_ _ _ 3- _ _ _ _ S

175

Bulletin 190

Eco and Compact Combination Starters


Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

190E/191E

b1

3 (3/32)

b2

b2

b1

c1

Cat. No.

a1

190E-MN190E-NN
190E-AN190E-DN

45 (1-25/32)

191E-MN191E-NN
191E-AN191E-DN

45 (1-25/32)

a1

b
b1
190E Eco Starters
164 (6-15/32)
45 (1-25/32)
178 (7)
191E Reversing Eco Starters
164 (6-15/32)
45 (1-25/32)
178 (7)

b2

c1

45 (1-25/32)
83.5 (3-19/64)

70 (2-49/64)

45 (1-25/32)
83.5 (3-19/64)

70 (2-49/64)

190S-AD
A
5.5

9
45

4
5.4

215

178

18

5.4
5.5

34

B
C

5.5

A
[mm]

190S-AN
190S-BN
190S-CN
190S-DN
190S-ANZ
190S-BNZ
190S-CNZ
190S-DNZ

176

140M-C

B
[mm]

112

140M-D

122

140M-C

134.5

140M-D
140M-C
140M-D

144.5
157
167

C
[mm]

107

100-FA, 100-FC
100-FPT
100-FL

138
157
160

132.5

100-FA, 100-FC

163.5

150

100-FA, 100-FC

181

Bulletin 190

;;
;;

Eco and Compact Combination Starters

Dimensions are shown in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

25

Safety Clearance

11

25

90

90

25

190S-AD

;;
;;

Approximate Dimensions, Continued

;;;
; ;;
;;;;
yy
; ;;
;yy
;
3.5

21

135

101.5

35

46.2

11

15

75

35

1251

7.5

25

177

Bulletin 190

Eco and Compact Combination Starters


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are shown in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

190S-E and 190S-F Approximate Dimensions


190S-G Approximate Dimensions
8

5.5

238
5.4
B
C

C
[mm]

135

124

100-FB
100-FPT
100-FL

154.5
173.5
176.5

179

168

100-FB

198.5

140M-F

190S-ENZ
190S-FNZ

;;

190-EG Approximate Dimensions

;;;

25

25

90

DC

;
;
3.5

1251

AC

90

25

A
[mm]

B
[mm]

C
[mm]

135

118.5

100-FB
100-FPT
100-FL

157
176
179

179

162.5

100-FB

201

140M-F
190S-GNZ

25

Safety Clearance

190S-GN

56

B
[mm]

5.5

35

A
[mm]

190S-EN
190S-FN

B
C

43
5.5

7.5

;
;y
;y
;
21

145.5

5.5

75

43
5.5

5.4

90

5.4

200

238
9

178

54

18

200

18

5.5

5.4

4
54

25

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Overview
Bulletin 141A MCS Mounting System

Table of Contents

Product Selection
ISO Busbar Module ....... 180
Standard Busbar
Module ........................... 181
Mounting Module ........... 183
Accessories....................... 187
Specifications
Panel Mounting System . 189

Modularity makes Planning Easy


Simple Prefabrication of Starters
Easy Starter Exchange
Flexible in-line Assembly
DOL Starters
Reversing Starters
Star-Delta Starters
Soft Starters
Inverter
Complete Range of Accessories
3 Mounting Methods
On Busbars
On Standard DIN Rails
Screw Fixing

Conformity to Standards
UL 508
CSA 22.2 No. 14
EN 60947

Approvals
CE
UL Recognized

ISO Busbar Modules

Standard Busbar Modules


with Wires

Standard Busbar Modules


with Terminals

Mounting Modules

179

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Product Selection
ISO Busbar Modules

2-part construction
- Device adapter plate (carrying the starter) snaps onto the base of the module
- Base of module remains on busbar when exchanging starters, providing isolation from live parts
Test position with load circuit isolated
Designed for use with control plug (order separately)
Modules with current ratings supply the load current by means of wire connections matched to MCS motor protection circuit breakers
Modules can form bigger platforms using the connection clips (see accessories)
For plugging on 5 mm or 10 mm thick busbars
Description

Rated Thermal
Current Ith

Width
[mm]

Pkg.
Qty

Cat. No.

141A-SS45RR25

141A-SS54RR25

54

141A-SS54RR45

63

141A-SS63RR45

141A-SS45R

141A-SS54R

Rails

45
25 A
54
2R
ISOTM Busbar Modules
200 mm high
Top hat rails:
R = MCS-specific top hat rail

45 A

45
Without electrical
connections

1R
54

141A-SM45RS25

45
25 A
54

141A-SM54RS25
1R + 1S

ISO Busbar Modules


260 mm high
Top hat rails:
R = MCS-specific top hat rail
S = Standard top hat rail

54

141A-SM54RS45

63

141A-SM63RS45

45

141A-SM45S

45 A

Without electrical
connections

54
63

180

1S

141A-SM54S
141A-SM63S

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Product Selection, Continued
Standard Busbar Modules

Modules plug directly onto the busbar


Suitable for use with control plug
Modules with current ratings supply the load current by means of wire
connections matched to MCS motor protection circuit breakers
Modules can form bigger platforms using the connection clips (see accessories)
For plugging on 5 mm or 10 mm thick busbars
Description

Rated Thermal
Current Ith

Width
[mm]

Top Hat
Rails

Pkg.
Qty.

Cat. No.

141A-GS45RR25

141A-GS54RR25

54

141A-GS54RR45

63

141A-GS63RR45

45
25
54
2R
45
Standard Busbar Module
200 mm high
Top hat rails:
R = MCS-specific top hat rail
M = Metal top hat rail
S = Standard top hat rail

90
90

162

141A-GS90M125
1M

141A-GS180M125
141A-GS270M125

243
45

141A-GS45R

141A-GS54R

1R
Without electrical
connections

54

141A-GS72S

72
1S

81

141A-GS81S

45

141A-GM45RS25

25
141A-GM54RS25

54
1R + 1S
Standard Busbar Module
260 mm high
Top hat rails:
R = MCS-specific top hat rail

54

141A-GM54RS45

63

141A-GM63RS45

45

141A-GM45S

45

Without electrical
connections

54

1S

141A-GM63S

63
25
Standard Busbar Module with terminals
200 mm high
With terminals for mounting various components
Top hat rails:
R = MCS-specific top hat rail

45

141A-FS45S25

54

141A-FS54S63

63

141A-FS63S63

1S

63
1

72

25
Standard Busbar Module with terminals
260 mm high
With terminals for mounting various components
Top hat rails:
R = MCS-specific top hat rail

141A-GM54S

141A-FS72S63

81

141A-FS81S63

45

141A-FM45SS25

54

141A-FM54SS63

63

2S

141A-FM63SS63

63
72

141A-FM72SS63

81

141A-FM81SS63

181

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Product Selection, Continued
Standard Busbar Modules >100 A

Modules plug directly onto the busbar


For plugging on 5 mm or 10 mm thick busbars

Description

For Use With

Rated Thermal
Current Ith

Width
[mm]

125 A

90

Pkg.
Qty.

140U H-Frame
(Top feed)

Standard Busbar Module for Mounting


Bulletin 140U Circuit Breakers
Designed specifically for use with
Bulletin 140U Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Standard Busbar Module Universal Mounting


222 mm high
With box terminals on top
Wire size 70 mm2

Cat. No.
141A-CUH125T

140U H-Frame
(Bottom feed)

141A-CUH125B
1

140U J-Frame
(Top or Bottom Feed)

250 A

105

141A-CUJ250

140U K-Frame and


190U L-Frame
(Top or Bottom Feed)

630 A

140

141A-CUL600

200 A

108

141A-FS108V200T

1
Standard Busbar Module
320 mm high
With box terminals on top
Wire size 120 mm2

250 A

110

141A-FL110V250T

Standard Busbar Module Universal Adapters


222 mm high
With box terminals on bottom
Wire size 70 mm2

200 A

108

141A-FS108V200B

1
Standard Busbar Module Universal Adapters
320 mm high
With box terminals on bottom
Wire size 120 mm2

182

250 A

110

141A-FL110V250B

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Product Selection
Mounting Modules

Mounts to (2) 35 mm DIN Rails, (1) 70 mm DIN Rail, or screw mounts


Suitable for use with control plug

Description

Width
[mm]

Top Hat
Rails

Pkg.
Qty.

Cat. No.
(Standard Module)

Cat. No.
(Module with PE Terminal)

141A-WS45RR

141A-WS45RRP

54

141A-WS54RR

141A-WS54RRP

45

141A-WM45RR

141A-WM45RRP

141A-WM54RR

141A-WM54RRP

141A-WL45RR

141A-WL45RRP

141A-WL54RR

141A-WL54RRP

45
Mounting Module
228 mm high
Top hat rails:
R = MCS-specific top hat rail
For 2-component starters

2R

Mounting Module
283 mm high
Top hat rails:
R = MCS-specific top hat rail
For 3-component starters using 193-EA or -EB
overload relays

2R

54

45
Mounting Module
333 mm high
Top hat rails:
R = MCS-specific top hat rail
For 3-component starters using 193-EC overload
relays

2R

54

183

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Product Selection, Continued
Busbar Components
Description

Ampere Rating
per IEC

Height (mm) x Width (mm)

Cat. No.

100

12 x 5

141A-B125A

175

20 x 5

141A-B205A

230

30 x 5

141A-B305A

285

20 x 10

141A-B2010A

400

30 x 10

141A-B3010A

100

12 x 5

141A-B125B

175

20 x 5

141A-B205B

230

30 x 5

141A-B305B

285

20 x 10

141A-B2010B

400

30 x 10

141A-B3010B

100

12 x 5

141A-B125N

175

20 x 5

141A-B205N

230

30 x 5

141A-B305N

285

20 x 10

141A-B2010N

400

30 x 10

Busbar
800 mm in length
Tinned copper busbar

1600 mm in length
Tinned copper busbar

2400 mm in length
Tinned copper busbar

141A-B3010N
Busbar
[mm]

Pkg.
Qty.

Cat. No.

10

141A-TR3

10

141A-TR4

1-pole

10

141A-TR1

3-pole

10

141A-TR3E

4-pole

10

141A-TR4E

10

141A-TR3F16

Description
3-pole
with inside mounting holes
Busbar Support
60 mm pole center spacing
The busbar support can easily be adjusted to the busbar size
via the integral slide rail.

4-pole
with inside mounting holes

1230 x 5
or
1230 x 10

Busbar End Cover


Prevents contact with the busbar ends and prevents busbars
from sliding.
The end cover can easily be clipped on the busbar support.

Feeder Busbar Support


For 3-pole
60 mm pole centre spacing

184

16 mm2 (#6 AWG)

1230 x 5
or
1230 x 10

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Product Selection, Continued
Busbar Components, Continued
Busbar
[mm]

Description

Supply Module
For 3-pole

Pkg.
Qty.

70 mm2 (AWG 00)


54 mm wide

Cat. No.

141A-VN370

1230 x 5
or
1230 x 10

Supply Module
For 3-pole

120 mm2 (AWG 250 MCM)


81 mm wide

Supply Module
For 3-pole

185 mm2 (AWG 350 MCM)


135 mm wide

141A-VN3185

Supply Module
For 3-pole
For round conductors

300 mm2 (AWG 600 MCM)


135 mm wide

141A-VN3300R

300 mm2
135 mm wide

141A-VN3300F

Supply Module
For 3-pole
For flat conductors

2.516 mm2
AWG 146
Single Terminals
Single terminals for supplying busbars

435 mm2
AWG 122
1670 mm2
AWG 600

Terminal Cover
Finger protection when busbars supplied with contact terminals.
Fixable on busbar with plastic lock.
(Height: 180 mm)

Distance of systems
510 mm

1230 x 5
1230 x 10
1230 x 5
1230 x 10
1230 x 5
1230 x 10

25
25
25
25
25
25

141A-VS116
141A-VS216
141A-VS135
141A-VS235
141A-VS170
141A-VS270

1230 x 5
or
1230 x 10

141A-BK1

1220 x 5
1220 x 10

12

141A-VC3A

141A-VC3B

141A-VC3C

141A-VC3D

1320 mm
Busbar Connector
5060 mm

2030 x 5
2030 x 10

100110 mm
Busbar Shroud (Cat. No. 141A-BCF1) and Busbar Shroud Holder (Cat. No. 141A-BCF1H)
200 x 1100 mm
Covers all 3 busbars
Busbar Cover
Hollow profile of grey PVC for contact protection.
Length: 1 m, can be extended.

141A-VN3120

1230 x 5

141A-BCF1

1230 x 10

10

141A-BCF1H
141A-BS5

1230 x 5
10
1230 x 10

141A-BS10

185

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Product Selection, Continued
Circuit Breaker Kits
Description

Circuit Breaker Module Cat. No.

Consists of
Mounting Module Cat. No.

Circuit Breaker Cat. No.

H-Frame Top Feed


65 kA, 15 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C15-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-C15

65 kA, 20 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C20-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-C20

65 kA, 65 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C25-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-C25

65 kA, 30 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C30-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-C30

65 kA, 35 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C35-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-C35

65 kA, 40 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C40-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-C40

65 kA, 45 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C45-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-C45

65 kA, 50 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C50-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-C50

65 kA, 60 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C60-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-C60

65 kA, 70 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C70-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-C70

65 kA, 80 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C80-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-C80

65 kA, 90 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C90-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-C90

65 kA, 100 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-D10-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-D10

65 kA, 110 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-D11-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-D11

65 kA, 125 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-D12-BT

141A-CUH125T

140U-H6C3-D12

H-Frame Bottom Feed


65 kA, 15 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C15-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-C15

65 kA, 20 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C20-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-C20

65 kA, 65 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C25-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-C25

65 kA, 30 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C30-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-C30

65 kA, 35 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C35-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-C35

65 kA, 40 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C40-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-C40

65 kA, 45 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C45-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-C45

65 kA, 50 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C50-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-C50

65 kA, 60 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C60-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-C60

65 kA, 70 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C70-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-C70

65 kA, 80 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C80-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-C80

65 kA, 90 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-C90-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-C90

65 kA, 100 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-D10-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-D10

65 kA, 110 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-D11-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-D11

65 kA, 125 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-H6C3-D12-BB

141A-CUH125B

140U-H6C3-D12

J-Frame Top or Bottom Feed


65 kA, 90 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-J6D3-C90-BB

141A-CUJ250

140U-J6D3-C90

65 kA, 100 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-J6D3-D10-BB

141A-CUJ250

140U-J6D3-D10

65 kA, 125 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-J6D3-D12-BB

141A-CUJ250

140U-J6D3-D12

65 kA, 150 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-J6D3-D15-BB

141A-CUJ250

140U-J6D3-D15

65 kA, 175 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-J6D3-D17-BB

141A-CUJ250

140U-J6D3-D17

65 kA, 200 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-J6D3-D20-BB

141A-CUJ250

140U-J6D3-D20

65 kA, 225 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-J6D3-D22-BB

141A-CUJ250

140U-J6D3-D22

65 kA, 250 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-J6D3-D25-BB

141A-CUJ250

140U-J6D3-D25

K-Frame Top or Bottom Feed

186

65 kA, 100 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-K6D3-D10-BB

141A-CUK400

140U-K6D3-D10

65 kA, 125 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-K6D3-D12-BB

141A-CUK400

140U-K6D3-D12

65 kA, 150 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-K6D3-D15-BB

141A-CUK400

140U-K6D3-D15

65 kA, 175 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-K6D3-D17-BB

141A-CUK400

140U-K6D3-D17

65 kA, 200 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-K6D3-D20-BB

141A-CUK400

140U-K6D3-D20

65 kA, 225 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-K6D3-D22-BB

141A-CUK400

140U-K6D3-D22

65 kA, 250 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-K6D3-D25-BB

141A-CUK400

140U-K6D3-D25

65 kA, 300 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-K6D3-D30-BB

141A-CUK400

140U-K6D3-D30

65 kA, 350 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-K6D3-D35-BB

141A-CUK400

140U-K6D3-D35

65 kA, 400 A 3P T/M Circuit Breaker

140U-K6D3-D40-BB

141A-CUK400

140U-K6D3-D40

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Product Selection, Continued/Accessories
Accessories
Size
[mm]

Description

Pkg.
Qty.

141A-AHR45

45
Hat (DIN) Rails
Slides onto mounting modules and is then fixed
with screws
MCS top hat rail (plastic)
Has notches for MCS components (prevents
movement of components when used with vertical
busbar)

Hat (DIN) Rails


Slides onto mounting modules and is then fixed
with screws

Standard top hat rail (plastic)

54

141A-AHR54
10

63

141A-AHR63

72

141A-AHR72

45

141A-AHS45

54

141A-AHS54

63

10

Top hat rail (metal)

141A-AHS72

81

141A-AHS81

171

141A-AHM90
10

252
Carrier for Top Hat Rail
Carrier for metal rail inclusive screws
Control Plug
Pull-apart terminal block allows fast and simple
disconnection of control wiring.

Spacer module
For 9 mm spacing of mounting modules.
Connection clips (141A-AK) are included for
attaching the spacer module to the mounting
modules.

141A-AHS63

72

90
Hat (DIN) Rails
Screws directly onto mounting modules

Cat. No.

141A-AHM171
141A-AHM252

10

141A-AHH45

8-pole control plug

141A-APC8

10-pole control plug

141A-APC10

12-pole control plug

141A-APC12

45

For ISO busbar modules

200

For standard busbar modules

200

For mounting modules

228

Connection Clip
For joining base of mounting modules

141A-AS9S
10

141A-AS9B
141A-AS9W

50

141A-AK

10

141A-AS

Micro Switch
Contact
Only for ISO Modules. Automatically drops out the contactor when the device adapter plate (carrying the
starter) is unplugged from the base of the ISO busbar module.

187

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Specifications
Module Data
Standard Modules
with Wire Connections

IsoTM Modules
141A-S
Rated current at 60C Ith

141A-G

[A]

25

45

25

45

stranded

[mm2]
[AWG]

6
10

10
8

6
10

solid

[mm2]
[AWG]

6
10

10
8

Laminated copper [mm]

Insulation rating of conductors

[C]

Standard Modules
with Box Terminals
141A-F

125

25

63

200

250

10
8

4
12

16
6

670
1000

35120
24/0

6
10

10
8

4
12

16
6

670
1000

35120
24/0

43
1/0

105

105

The admissible load of a complete system depends on the system topography and the application parameters. Factors of influence are ambient temperature, air
circulation, busbar load, distribution of busbar load, mix of modules and switchgear components.

Supply Modules
Supply Modules
141A-TR3F16

141A-V70

141A-V120

141A-V185

141A-V300R

141A-V300F

stranded

[mm2]
[AWG]

1.516
166

670
102/0

35120
24/0

95185
No. 3/0MCM 350

150300
MCM 300600

solid

[mm2]

1.516
166

670
102/0

35120
24/0

95185
No. 3/0MCM 350

150300
MCM 300600

3 x 20 x 1
10 x 32 x 1

[AWG]

Laminated copper [mm]

Single Terminals
Single terminals
141A-VS116, 141A-VS216

141A-VS135, 141A-VS235

180

270

400

[A]

Rated current at 60C Ith

141A-VS170, 141A-VS270

stranded

[mm2]
[AWG]

2.516
146

435
122

1670
600

solid

[mm2]
[AWG]

2.516
146

435
122

1670
600

1. Conductor
2. Conductor

[mm]
[mm]

5 x 9 x 0.8

5 x 9 x 0.8
5 x 9 x 0.8

Width x Height

[mm]

7.5 x 7.5

10.5 x 11

14 x 14

4 / 35

6 / 53

10 / 120

Laminated copper

Clamping area
Tightening torque

[Nm] / [lb-in]

Busbar System
Short circuit withstand

Support Spacing for 60 mm Busbar System


80

Short-circuit Current Ipk [kA]

70

60

According to IEC 60439 no proof of the short circuit withstand strength is required for
systems with peak short circuit levels less than 17 kA.
The 140M and 140-CMN MCS circuit breakers limit the peak short circuit currents
well below this level, so that the busbar support spacing does not need factor in the
prospective short circuit current when using MCS starters, but may be chosen based
on mechanical considerations.
The diagram for busbar support spacing gives recommendations accordingly.

50

40

700

800

Busbar Support Spacing [mm]

188

30 x 10

30 x 5

600

25 x 5

500

20 x 5

400

20 x 10

300

15 x 5

20
200

12 x 5

30

900

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Specifications
Busbar System, Continued
Current carrying capacity of the busbars
Bar
Dimensions

Recommended max. busbar


load at 50 / 60 Hz
tamb = 35C
tamb = 55C

[mm]
5 x 12
5 x 15
5 x 20
10 x 12
5 x 25
5 x 30
10 x 20
10 x 30

[A]
145
175
220
230
250
290
350
480

[A]
100
130
175
185
205
235
285
400

The current carrying capacities of the busbars highly depend on the application (air circulation, utilization with
adapters, current distribution along the rails etc.). It is not only limited by the admissible temperatures of the plastic
parts, which are in contact with the busbars, but by the admissible operating temperatures of the components
mounted on top of the modules.
In mounting system applications the busbars act as a heatsink for the heat produced inside the starter components.
The heat is flowing from the component terminals (e.g. motor protection circuit breaker) via the short wire links to
the busbars. For this reason it is good practice to run busbars, which are connected to component terminals, at
65C maximum. The recommended ampacities for copper busbar as of the table are based on this fact and taken
from amendment 1 of IEC 60890, which is referred to by IEC 60439-1 for Partially Type Tested Assemblies.

Busbars (required quality)


Material
Busbar widths 5 or 10 mm thick
Tolerance of thickness
Corner radius
Tolerance of center spacing
Standard

E-CU blank or tinned


12, 15, 20, 25, 30
+0.1 / -0.3
0.5
60 +0.5 / -0.5
DIN 46433

[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]

General Data
Main Circuits
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Acc. to IEC, EN
Acc. to UL, NEMA, CSA, EEMAC

[V]
[V]

690
600

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp

[kV]

Rated frequency [Hz]

5060

Pollution degree
Ambient temperature
Operation
Transport and storage

3
[C]
[C]

-25+60
-50+80

Protection class
- Modules and busbars

IP00

-Modules and busbars mounted on plate, connected


conductors and usage of busbar covers
-Iso-Modules with device adapter plate removed, from
front
Standards and Norms
Conformity and Approvals

IP20
IP20 B (finger proof)
IEC/EN 60439-1
CE, UL recognized, CSA

Control Circuits
Control plugs

For details see Wago catalog

Micro switch

Rated insulation voltage Ui


Acc. to IEC, EN
Acc. to UL, NEMA, CSA, EEMAC

[V]
[V]

250
300

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp

[kV]

Rated current

Rated current at 40C ambient temperature Ith

[A]

12

Micro switch

Rated insulation voltage Ui


Acc. to IEC, EN
Acc. to UL, NEMA, CSA, EEMAC

[V]
[V]

250
300
Suitable for switching
100-C contactors
AC-coil-voltage 250 V
DC-coil-voltage 120 V

189

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Specifications
Weight [g]
MCS IsoTM
Busbar Module
141A-SS45RR25
141A-SS54RR25
141A-SS54RR45
141A-SS63RR45
141A-SS45R
141A-SS54R
141A-SM45RS25
141A-SM54RS25
141A-SM54RS45
141A-SM63RS45
141A-SM45S
141A-SM54S
141A-SM63S

190

[g]
381
396
472
480
279
305
402
418
494
502
300
327
405

MCS Standard
Busbar Module

141A-GS45RR25
141A-GS54RR25
141A-GS54RR45
141A-GS63RR45
141A-GS90M125
141A-GS171M125
141A-GS252M125
141A-GS45R
141A-GS54R
141A-GS72S
141A-GS81S
141A-GM45RS25
141A-GM54RS25
141A-GM54RS45
141A-GM63RS45
141A-GM45S
141A-GM54S
141A-GM63S
141A-FS45S25
141A-FS54S63
141A-FS63S63
141A-FS72S63
141A-FS81S63
141A-FM45SS25
141A-FM54SS63
141A-FM63SS63
141A-FM72SS63
141A-FM81SS63

[g]
302
347
358
379
781
1021
1271
200
226
268
289
313
368
379
400
211
277
298
272
328
349
387
408
293
349
370
408
429

MCS Standard
Busbar Module >100 A
141A-FS108V200T
141A-FL110V250T
141A-FS108V200B
141A-FL110V250B
MCS
Mounting Module
141A-WS45RR
141A-WS54RR
141A-WM45RR
141A-WM54RR
141A-WL45RR
141A-WL54RR
141A-WS45RRP
141A-WS54RRP
141A-WM45RRP
141A-WM54RRP
141A-WL45RRP
141A-WL54RRP

[g]
1000
1200
1000
1200

[g]
163
204
189
211
211
222
180
221
212
234
240
251

Busbar
Components
141A-TR3
141A-TR4
141A-TR1
141A-TR3E
141A-TR4E
141A-TR3F16
141A-VN370
141A-VN3120
141A-VN3185
141A-VN3300R
141A-VN3300F
141A-VS116
141A-VS216
141A-VS135
141A-VS235
141A-VS170
141A-VS270
141A-BK1
141A-VC3A
141A-VC3B
141A-VC3C
141A-VC3D
141A-BCF1
141A-BCF1H
141A-BS5
141A-BS10

[g]
203
256
59
21
28
285
360
485
1140
1540
1619
21
23
46
47
71
74
144
185
251
565
870
750
40
87
101

Accessories
141A-AHR45
141A-AHR54
141A-AHR63
141A-AHS45
141A-AHS54
141A-AHS63
141A-AHS72
141A-AHS81
141A-AHM90
141A-AHM171
141A-AHM252
141A-AHH54
141A-APC8
141A-APC10
141A-APC12
141A-APH
141A-AS9B
141A-AS9W
141A-AS9S
141A-AK
141A-AS

[g]
15
16
16
15
16
16
17
18
65
122
180
19
29
35
40
5
20
20
38
1
75

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 141A-SISO Busbar Modules

Cat. No. 141A-GS, -GM Standard Busbar Modules with


Wires
12

34

34
C

60

60
D
D
200

200

60

60

10

10

B
47

35

75

63

Free space required to get the device adapter plate in parking position.
Cat. No.
141A-SS45RR25
141A-SS54RR25
141A-SS54RR45
141A-SS63RR45
141A-SS45R
141A-SS54R
141A-SM45RS25
141A-SM54RS25
141A-SM54RS45
141A-SM63RS45
141A-SM45S
141A-SM54S
141A-SM63S

A
200
200
200
200
200
200
260
260
260
260
260
260
260

B
45
54
54
63
45
54
45
54
54
63
45
54
63

C
65
65
65
65

65
65
65
65

D
162.5
162.5
170
170
162.5
170
170
170
170
170
170
170
170

E
73
73
95
95

73
73
95
95

Free space required to plug/unplug module into the busbars.


Cat. No.
141A-GS45RR25
141A-GS54RR25
141A-GS54RR45
141A-GS63RR45
141A-GS45R
141A-GS54R
141A-GS72S
141A-GS81S
141A-GM45RS25
141A-GM54RS25
141A-GM54RS45
141A-GM63RS45
141A-GM45S
141A-GM54S
141A-GM63S
141A-GS90M125
141A-GS171M125
141A-GS252M125

Per
Detail
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
C
D

200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
260
260
260
260
260
260
260

45
54
54
63
45
54
72
81
45
54
54
63
45
54
63

65
65
65
65

105
105
65
65
65
65

162.5
162.5
170
170
162.5
170

170
170
170
170
170
170
170

73
73
95
95

73
73
95
95

191

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 141A-F Standard Busbar Modules with


Terminals

Panel Mounting Modules

12

25

oben/top

34
C

64

60
152.5
D

D
200
A
E

60

125

10

B
35
63

Free space required to plug/unplug module into the busbars.


Cat. No.
141A-FS45S25
141A-FS54S63
141A-FS63S63
141A-FS72S63
141A-FS81S63
141A-FM45SS25
141A-FM54SS63
141A-FM63SS63
141A-FM72SS63
141A-FM81SS63

192

A
200
200
200
200
200
260
260
260
260
260

B
45
54
63
72
81
45
54
63
72
81

C
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

170
170
170
170
170

Wire Sizes
6mm AWG 10
16mm AWG 6
16mm AWG 6
16mm AWG 6
16mm AWG 6
6mm AWG 10
16mm AWG 6
16mm AWG 6
16mm AWG 6
16mm AWG 6

Cat. No.
141A-WS45RR(P)
141A-WS54RR(P)
141A-WM45RR(P)
141A-WM54RR(P)
141A-WL45RR(P)
141A-WL54RR(P)

A
228
228
283
283
333
333

B
45
54
45
54
45
54

C
69
69
69
69
69
69

D
166.5
174
166.5
174
166.5
174

E
210
210
265
265
315
315

F
35
40
35
40
35
40

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 141A-W Panel Mount Modules


F

25

oben/top
C

64

152.5
D

A
E
125

Cat. No.
141A-WS45RR(P)
141A-WS54RR(P)
141A-WM45RR(P)
141A-WM54RR(P)
141A-WL45RR(P)
141A-WL54RR(P)

A
228
228
283
283
333
333

B
45
54
45
54
45
54

C
69
69
69
69
69
69

D
166.5
174
166.5
174
166.5
174

E
210
210
265
265
315
315

F
35
40
35
40
35
40

193

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Supply Modules
Cat. No. 141A-VN370

Cat. No. 141A-VN3120

194

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Supply Modules, Continued


Cat. Nos. 141A-VN3185, -VN3300R, and -VN3300F

L11

L11

94
82
60

L22

194

200

184,5

60

L33

L33

20
255
30

27,5

32

90
135

195

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Standard Busbar Modules Universal Adapters


16

16

Cat. No. 141A-FS108V200B

44

44

Cat. No. 141A-FS108V200T

101

38,5

108

108

35

160

80

30

20

20

6-70

30

73

35

L1

L22

oben
e

130

50

1
120

40

L1-60

110

160

109

30

1
100

10

80

70

10
8Nm
Nm

60

L
L2

20

30

50

L1-40

60
45

222

20

120

40

110

30

100

20
8Nm
Nm

90

L
L2

30

80

40

40

70

10

60

20

60

50

20

20

20

L3-60

50

20

60

10

70
20

60

60

40

30

30

oben
e

222

30

40

70

30

L3-40

50

60

L3-40

10

60

10

50

30

73

oben

20

L1-40

90

45

80
20

20

60

30

8Nm
L1

L2

L33

30
MAX.

30
MAX.

38,5

101
21
21

41

41

Cat. No. 141A-FL110V250B

Cat. No. 141A-FL110V250T

101
50,5

73
36

108

L1
30

20

60
50
40
30

14

152
152

10
0

210
200
190

L1

110

320

60
50
40
30
20
10
0

30
40
50
60

170
160
150
140
130330

60

60

23

30
MAX.

10Nm
L2

20Nm
40

30

20

60

320

30

60

90
80

80
90

L3
3

80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10

110

60

0
10

L3
3

60

30

40
30
20
10
0

50
60
70
80
40

30

20

30

60

30
MAX.

L
L3

110

36
73

36

101

196

L3
10Nm

190
180
170
160
150
140
130

L
L1

L2
2

20

60

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Busbars
"C"

"B"

"A"

Cat. No.
141A-B3010A
141A-B2010A
141A-B1210A
141A-B305A
141A-B255A
141A-B205A
141A-B155A
141A-B125A
141A-B3010B
141A-B2010B
141A-B1210B
141A-B305B

A
30
20
12
30
25
20
15
12
30
20
12
30

B
10
10
10
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
5

C
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
1600
1600
1600
1600

Cat. No.
141A-B255B
141A-B205B
141A-B155B
141A-B125B
141A-B3010N
141A-B2010N
141A-B1210N
141A-B305N
141A-B255N
141A-B205N
141A-B155N
141A-B125N

A
25
20
15
12
30
20
12
30
25
20
15
12

B
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
5
5
5
5
5

C
1600
1600
1600
1600
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400
2400

Cat. Nos. 141A-BCF1, 141A-BCF1H Busbar Cover and Cover Holder


32

60

60

195,4

60
Cat. No. 141A-BCF1

60
Cat. No. 141A-BCF1H

197

Bulletin 141A

MCS Mounting System


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are in millimeters. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 141A-TRBusbar Supports and End Covers


51
20

26

28

20
36,5
L1

60
12

50

63

75

185

6,5
60
51
6,5
L3

Cat. No. 141A-TR1

Cat. No. 141A-TR3


51

77
20

28

20

28

12

L1

6,5
51
20

31
60

28
2

60
125

60 245

L1

202

75

L1

185

L3

60

60

12

75

60
166

185
PE

60

6,5

Cat. No. 141A-TR3F16

L3

Cat. No. 141A-TR4

L3

Cat. No. 141A-TR3E


Cat. No. 141A-TR3
51
5

20

28

31

L1

12

L1

6,5

31

L1

60
2

L
2

125

226

60 245
166

L3

L3

60
L3

Cat. No. 141A-TR3E

198

PE

PE

Cat. No. 141A-TR4E

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters, Standard Busbar Mount


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 103S/107S IEC Starters

Table of Contents

Product Selection ..............200


Factory-Installed Options .208
UL Listed
Application Ratings...........211
Accessories
140M...............................212
100-C ..............................212
Specifications ......................96
Approximate Dimensions .125

Current Range 0.190 A


UL Listed Combination Motor Comtrollers
Type 1 Coordination
Type 2 Coordination
UL Listed Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers
Assemblies consist of Bulletin 140M MPCBs and Bulletin 100-C contactors mounted on
Bulletin 141A Standard Busbar Modules
Factory installed options include:
Installation and wiring of Control Plug for auxiliary contacts.
Installation of Lockable Twist Knob.
Installation of Spacing Adapter for Self-Protected Starters.
Electronic Interface and Surge Suppressors for coil on 100-C.
Additional auxiliary contacts for 100-C.
Additional auxiliary or trip contacts on 140M.

Conformity to Standards
UL 508
CSA 22.2 No. 14
IEC 60947 -2, -4

Approvals
UL Listed
CSA Certified
CE

2-Component Starters, Type 1 Coordination


Index

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37

Motor
Magnetic
Max. Fault Current Iq [kA]
Max. Hp, 3-phase
Max. kW, 3-phase
Current
Release
400/
480Y/
600Y/
Adjustment Operating 230V
500V 690V 200V 230V 460V 575V 400V
415V
277V
347V
Range (A) Current (A)
C Frame
0.100.16
2.1

65
47
0.160.25
3.3

65
47
0.250.40
5.2

65
47
0.400.63
8.2

65
47
0.631.0
13

1/2 3/4
65
47
1.01.6
21

1
1
65
47
1.62.5
33
1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2
65
10
2.54.0
52
1
1
3
3
65
10
4.06.3
82
1-1/2 2
5
5
65

6.310
130
3
3 7-1/2 10
65

D Frame
1.62.5
33
1/2 3/4 1-1/2 2
65
30
2.54.0
52
1
1
3
3
65
30
4.06.3
82
1-1/2 2
5
5
65
30
6.310
130
3
3 7-1/2 10
65
30
1016
208
3
5
10
15
65
30
14.520
260
5 7-1/2 15
15
65

1825
325
5 7-1/2 15
15
65

F Frame
14.520
260
5 7-1/2 15
20
65
30
1825
325
7-1/2 10
20
25
65
30
2532
416
10
10
25
30
65
30
3245
585
10
15
30
30
65
30
CMN Frame
4063
882
15
20
40
50
42
18
4063
882
20
20
50
60
42
18
6390
1260
20
25
50
60
35
10
6390
1260
25
30
60
60
35
10

Standard Busbar Mount


Non-Reversing
Starter Cat. No.

Reversing Starter
Cat. No.

103S-AT2-CA16C
103S-AT2-CA25C
103S-AT2-CA40C
103S-AT2-CA63C
103S-AT2-CB10C
103S-AT2-CB16C
103S-AT2-CB25C
103S-AT2-CB40C
103S-AT2-CB63C
103S-BT2-CC10C

107S-AT3-CA16C
107S-AT3-CA25C
107S-AT3-CA40C
107S-AT3-CA63C
107S-AT3-CB10C
107S-AT3-CB16C
107S-AT3-CB25C
107S-AT3-CB40C
107S-AT3-CB63C
107S-BT3-CC10C

103S-AT2-DB25C
103S-AT2-DB40C
103S-AT2-DB63C
103S-BT2-DC10C
103S-CT2-DC16C
103S-DT2-DC20C
103S-DT2-DC25C

107S-AT3-DB25C
107S-AT3-DB40C
107S-AT3-DB63C
107S-BT3-DC10C
107S-CT3-DC16C
107S-DT3-DC20C
107S-DT3-DC25C

103S-ET2-FC20C 107S-ET3-FC20C
103S-ET2-FC25C 107S-ET3-FC25C
103S-FT2-FC32C 107S-FT3-FC32C
103S-GT2-FC45C 107S-GT3-FC45C
103S-HT2-GC63C
103S-JT2-GC63C
103S-JT2-GC90C
103S-KT2-GC90C

107S-HT3-GC63C
107S-JT3-GC63C
107S-JT3-GC90C
107S-KT3-GC90C

Hp and kW ratings shown in the table are maximum values. The final selection of the combination starter depends on the actual motor full load current and service factor.
These starters are UL Listed as Manual Motor Controllers and must be applied in Group Installations per NEC Article 430-53 with a max. 1000 A back-up fuse or
Circuit Breaker. See page 211 for details.

Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control see page 210


Modifications see page 208

199

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters, Standard Busbar Mount


Product Selection, Continued
2-Component Starters, Type 2 Coordination
Magnetic
Max. kW, 3-phase
Motor
Release
Current
Index
Operating
400/
Adjustment
Current 230V 415V 500V 690V
Range (A)
(A)

Max. Hp, 3-phase


200V

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.0
1.01.6
1.62.5

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33

1/2

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

1.62.5
2.54.0
2.54.0
4.06.3
4.06.3
6.310
6.310
1016
1016
14.520
14.520
1825
1825

33
52
52
82
82
130
130
208
208
260
260
325
325

1/2
1
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
7-1/2

28
29
30
31
32
33

6.310
1016
14.520
1825
2532
3245

130
208
260
325
416
585

3
3
5
7-1/2
10
10

34
35
36
37

4063
4063
6390
6390

882
882
1260
1260

15
20
20
25

230V

460V

575V

C Frame

1/2
3/4
1
1
1-1/2
2
D Frame
3/4
1-1/2
2
1
3
3
1
3
3
2
5
5
2
5
5
3
7-1/2
10
3
7-1/2
10
5
10
15
5
10
15
7-1/2
15
15
7-1/2
15
20
7-1/2
15
15
7-1/2
15
20
F Frame
3
7-1/2
10
5
10
15
7-1/2
15
20
10
20
25
10
25
30
15
30
30
CMN Frame
20
40
50
20
50
60
25
50
60
30
60
60

3/4

Max. Fault Current Iq [kA]


400V

Standard Busbar Mount

480Y/
277V

600Y/
347V

DOL Non-reversing
Starter Cat. No.

Reversing Starter
Cat. No.

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

47
47
47
47
47
47
10

103S-AT2-CA16C
103S-AT2-CA25C
103S-AT2-CA40C
103S-AT2-CA63C
103S-AT2-CB10C
103S-AT2-CB16C
103S-AT2-CB25C

107S-AT3-CA16C
107S-AT3-CA25C
107S-AT3-CA40C
107S-AT3-CA63C
107S-AT3-CB10C
107S-AT3-CB16C
107S-AT3-CB25C

65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

30

30

30

30

30

103S-DT2-DB25C
103S-AT2-DB40C
103S-DT2-DB40C
103S-AT2-DB63C
103S-ET2-DB63C
103S-BT2-DC10C
103S-ET2-DC10C
103S-CT2-DC16C
103S-ET2-DC16C
103S-DT2-DC20C
103S-ET2-DC20C
103S-DT2-DC25C
103S-ET2-DC25C

107S-DT3-DB25C
107S-AT3-DB40C
107S-DT3-DB40C
107S-AT3-DB63C
107S-ET3-DB63C
107S-BT3-DC10C
107S-ET3-DC10C
107S-CT3-DC16C
107S-ET3-DC16C
107S-DT3-DC20C
107S-ET3-DC20C
107S-DT3-DC25C
107S-ET3-DC25C

65
65
65
65
65
65

30
30
30
30
30
30

103S-ET2-FC10C
103S-ET2-FC16C
103S-ET2-FC20C
103S-ET2-FC25C
103S-FT2-FC32C
103S-GT2-FC45C

107S-ET3-FC10C
107S-ET3-FC16C
107S-ET3-FC20C
107S-ET3-FC25C
107S-FT3-FC32C
107S-GT3-FC45C

42
42
35
35

18
18
10
10

103S-HT2-GC63C
103S-JT2-GC63C
103S-JT2-GC90C
103S-KT2-GC90C

107S-HT3-GC63C
107S-JT3-GC63C
107S-JT3-GC90C
107S-KT3-GC90C

Hp and kW ratings shown in the table are maximum values. The final selection of the combination starter depends on the actual motor full load current and service factor.
These starters are UL Listed as Manual Motor Controllers and must be applied in Group Installations per NEC Article 430-53 with a max. 1000 A back-up fuse or
Circuit Breaker. See page 211 for details.

Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control see page 210

200

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters, Standard Busbar Mount


Product Selection, Continued
2-Component Starters, Self-Protected (Type E)
Magnetic
Max. kW, 3-phase
Motor
Release
Current
Index
Operating
400/
Adjustment
Current 230V 415V 500V 690V
Range (A)
(A)

Max. Hp, 3-phase


200V

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.0
1.01.6
1.62.5

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33

1/2

15
17
19
21
23
25
27

1.62.5
2.54.0
4.06.3
6.310
1016
14.520
1825

33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
3
5
7-1/2

30
31
32
33

14.520
1825
2532
3245

260
325
416
585

5
7-1/2
10
10

230V

460V

Standard Busbar Mount

480Y/
277V

600Y/
347V

DOL Non-reversing
Starter Cat. No.

Reversing Starter
Cat. No.

3/4
1
2

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

47
47
47
47
47
47

103S-AT2-CA16C
103S-AT2-CA25C
103S-AT2-CA40C
103S-AT2-CA63C
103S-AT2-CB10C
103S-AT2-CB16C
103S-AT2-CB25C

107S-AT3-CA16C
107S-AT3-CA25C
107S-AT3-CA40C
107S-AT3-CA63C
107S-AT3-CB10C
107S-AT3-CB16C
107S-AT3-CB25C

2
3
5
10
15
20
20

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

30
30
30
30
30

103S-DT2-DB25C
103S-DT2-DB40C
103S-ET2-DB63C
103S-ET2-DC10C
103S-ET2-DC16C
103S-ET2-DC20C
103S-ET2-DC25C

107S-DT3-DB25C
107S-DT3-DB40C
107S-ET3-DB63C
107S-ET3-DC10C
107S-ET3-DC16C
107S-ET3-DC20C
107S-ET3-DC25C

20
25
30
30

65
65
65
65

30
30
30

103S-ET2-FC20C
103S-ET2-FC25C
103S-FT2-FC32C
103S-GT2-FC45C

107S-ET3-FC20C
107S-ET3-FC25C
107S-FT3-FC32C
107S-GT3-FC45C

575V

C Frame

1/2
1
1-1/2
D Frame
3/4
1-1/2
1
3
2
5
3
7-1/2
5
10
7-1/2
15
7-1/2
15
F Frame
7-1/2
15
10
20
10
25
15
30

3/4

Max. Fault Current Iq [kA]


400V

Hp and kW ratings shown in the table are maximum values. The final selection of the combination starter depends on the actual motor full load current and service factor.
Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control see page 210

201

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters, ISO Busbar Mount


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 103S/107S IEC Starters

Table of Contents

Product Selection ............. 202


Factory-Installed Options. 208
UL Listed
Application Ratings .......... 211
Accessories....................... 212
Specifications...................... 96
Approximate Dimensions. 125

Current Range 0.145 A


UL Listed Combination Motor Comtrollers
Type 1 Coordination
Type 2 Coordination
UL Listed Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers
Assemblies consist of Bulletin 140M MPCBs and Bulletin 100-C contactors mounted on
Bulletin 141A ISO Busbar Modules
Installation and wiring of Control Plug for auxiliary contacts is standard on ISO Busbar
Mount starters.
Factory installed options include:
Installation of Lockable Twist Knob.
Installation of Spacing Adapter for Self-Protected Starters.
Electronic Interface and Surge Suppressors for coil on 100-C.
Additional auxiliary contacts for 100-C.
Additional auxiliary or trip contacts on 140M.

Conformity to Standards
UL 508
CSA 22.2 No. 14
IEC 60947 -2, -4

Approvals
UL Listed
CSA Certified
CE

2-Component Starters, Type 1 Coordination


Magnetic
Max. kW, 3-phase
Motor
Release
Current
Index
Operating
400/
Adjustment
Current 230V 415V 500V 690V
Range (A)
(A)

Max. Hp, 3-phase


200V

230V

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.0
1.01.6
1.62.5
2.54.0
4.06.3
6.310

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33
52
82
130

1/2
1
1-1/2
3

3/4
1
2
3

14
16
18
20
22
24
26

1.62.5
2.54.0
4.06.3
6.310
1016
14.520
1825

33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
3
5
5

3/4
1
2
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

30
31
32
33

14.520
1825
2532
3245

260
325
416
585

5
7-1/2
10
10

7-1/2
10
10
15

460V
C Frame

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
5
7-1/2
D Frame
1-1/2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
15
F Frame
15
20
25
30

Max. Fault Current Iq [kA]

ISO Busbar Mount

480Y/
277V

600Y/
347V

DOL Non-reversing
Starter Cat. No.

Reversing Starter
Cat. No.

3/4
1
2
3
5
10

65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

47
47
47
47
47
47
10
10

103S-AS2-CA16C
103S-AS2-CA25C
103S-AS2-CA40C
103S-AS2-CA63C
103S-AS2-CB10C
103S-AS2-CB16C
103S-AS2-CB25C
103S-AS2-CB40C
103S-AS2-CB63C
103S-BS2-CC10C

107S-AS3-CA16C
107S-AS3-CA25C
107S-AS3-CA40C
107S-AS3-CA63C
107S-AS3-CB10C
107S-AS3-CB16C
107S-AS3-CB25C
107S-AS3-CB40C
107S-AS3-CB63C
107S-BS3-CC10C

2
3
5
10
15
15
15

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

30
30
30
30
30

103S-AS2-DB25C
103S-AS2-DB40C
103S-AS2-DB63C
103S-BS2-DC10C
103S-CS2-DC16C
103S-DS2-DC20C
103S-DS2-DC25C

107S-AS3-DB25C
107S-AS3-DB40C
107S-AS3-DB63C
107S-BS3-DC10C
107S-CS3-DC16C
107S-DS3-DC20C
107S-DS3-DC25C

20
25
30
30

65
65
65
65

30
30
30
30

103S-ES2-FC20C
103S-ES2-FC25C
103S-FS2-FC32C
103S-GS2-FC45C

107S-ES3-FC20C
107S-ES3-FC25C
107S-FS3-FC32C
107S-GS3-FC45C

575V

400V

Hp and kW ratings shown in the table are maximum values. The final selection of the combination starter depends on the actual motor full load current and service factor.
Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control see page 210

202

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters, ISO Busbar Mount


Product Selection, Continued
2-Component Starters, Type 2 Coordination
Magnetic
Max. kW, 3-phase
Motor
Release
Current
Index
Operating
400/
Adjustment
Current 230V 415V 500V 690V
Range (A)
(A)

Max. Hp, 3-phase


200V

230V

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.0
1.01.6
1.62.5

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33

1/2

3/4

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

1.62.5
2.54.0
2.54.0
4.06.3
4.06.3
6.310
6.310
1016
1016
14.520
14.520
1825
1825

33
52
52
82
82
130
130
208
208
260
260
325
325

1/2
1
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
7-1/2

3/4
1
1
2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
7-1/2
7-1/2

28
29
30
31
32
33

6.310
1016
14.520
1825
2532
3245

130
208
260
325
416
585

3
3
5
7-1/2
10
10

3
5
7-1/2
10
10
15

460V

ISO Busbar Mount

480Y/
277V

600Y/
347V

DOL Non-reversing
Starter Cat. No.

Reversing Starter
Cat. No.

3/4
1
2

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

47
47
47
47
47
47
10

103S-AS2-CA16C
103S-AS2-CA25C
103S-AS2-CA40C
103S-AS2-CA63C
103S-AS2-CB10C
103S-AS2-CB16C
103S-AS2-CB25C

107S-AS3-CA16C
107S-AS3-CA25C
107S-AS3-CA40C
107S-AS3-CA63C
107S-AS3-CB10C
107S-AS3-CB16C
107S-AS3-CB25C

2
3
3
5
5
10
10
15
15
15
20
15
20

65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

30

30

30

30

30

103S-DS2-DB25C
103S-AS2-DB40C
103S-DS2-DB40C
103S-AS2-DB63C
103S-ES2-DB63C
103S-BS2-DC10C
103S-ES2-DC10C
103S-CS2-DC16C
103S-ES2-DC16C
103S-DS2-DC20C
103S-ES2-DC20C
103S-DS2-DC25C
103S-ES2-DC25C

107S-DS3-DB25C
107S-AS3-DB40C
107S-DS3-DB40C
107S-AS3-DB63C
107S-ES3-DB63C
107S-BS3-DC10C
107S-ES3-DC10C
107S-CS3-DC16C
107S-ES3-DC16C
107S-DS3-DC20C
107S-ES3-DC20C
107S-DS3-DC25C
107S-ES3-DC25C

10
15
20
25
30
30

65
65
65
65
65
65

30
30
30
30
30
30

103S-ES2-FC10C
103S-ES2-FC16C
103S-ES2-FC20C
103S-ES2-FC25C
103S-FS2-FC32C
103S-GS2-FC45C

107S-ES3-FC10C
107S-ES3-FC16C
107S-ES3-FC20C
107S-ES3-FC25C
107S-FS3-FC32C
107S-GS3-FC45C

575V

C Frame

1/2
1
1-1/2
D Frame
1-1/2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
15
15
15
15
F Frame
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30

Max. Fault Current Iq [kA]


400V

Hp and kW ratings shown in the table are maximum values. The final selection of the combination starter depends on the actual motor full load current and service factor.
Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control see page 210

203

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters, ISO Busbar Mount


Product Selection, Continued
2-Component Starters, Self-Protected (Type E)
Index

Motor
Magnetic
Max. kW, 3-phase
Current
Release
Adjustment Operating 230V 400/ 500V 690V
415V
Range (A) Current (A)

Max. Hp, 3-phase


200V

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.0
1.01.6
1.62.5

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33

1/2

15
17
19
21
23
25
27

1.62.5
2.54.0
4.06.3
6.310
1016
14.520
1825

33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
3
5
7-1/2

30
31
32
33

14.520
1825
2532
3245

260
325
416
585

5
7-1/2
10
10

230V

460V

C Frame

1/2
1
1-1/2
D Frame
3/4
1-1/2
1
3
2
5
3
7-1/2
5
10
7-1/2
15
7-1/2
15
F Frame
7-1/2
15
10
20
10
25
15
30

3/4

Max. Fault Current Iq [kA]

ISO Busbar Mount

480Y/
277V

600Y/
347V

DOL Non-reversing
Starter Cat. no.

Reversing Starter
Cat. No.

3/4
1
2

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

47
47
47
47
47
47

103S-AS2-CA16C
103S-AS2-CA25C
103S-AS2-CA40C
103S-AS2-CA63C
103S-AS2-CB10C
103S-AS2-CB16C
103S-AS2-CB25C

107S-AS3-CA16C
107S-AS3-CA25C
107S-AS3-CA40C
107S-AS3-CA63C
107S-AS3-CB10C
107S-AS3-CB16C
107S-AS3CB25C

2
3
5
10
15
20
20

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

30
30
30
30
30

103S-DS2-DB25C
103S-DS2-DB40C
103S-ES2-DB63C
103S-ES2-DC10C
103S-ES2-DC16C
103S-ES2-DC20C
103S-ES2-DC25C

107S-DS3-DB25C
107S-DS3-DB40C
107S-ES3-DB63C
107S-ES3-DC10C
107S-ES3-DC16C
107S-ES3-DC20C
107S-ES3-DC25C

20
25
30
30

65
65
65
65

30
30
30

103S-ES2-FC20C
103S-ES2-FC25C
103S-FS2-FC32C
103S-GS2-FC45C

107S-ES3-FC20C
107S-ES3-FC25C
107S-FS3-FC32C
107S-GS3-FC45C

575V

400V

Hp and kW ratings shown in the table are maximum values. The final selection of the combination starter depends on the actual motor full load current and service factor.
Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control see page 210

204

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters, Panel Mount


Product Selection
Bulletin 103S/107S IEC Starters

Table of Contents

Product Selection ..............205


Factory-Installed Options .208
UL Listed
Application Ratings...........211
Accessories .......................212
Specifications ......................96
Approximate Dimensions .125

Current Range 0.190 A


UL Listed Combination Motor Comtrollers
Type 1 Coordination
Type 2 Coordination
UL Listed Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers
Assemblies consist of Bulletin 140M MPCBs and Bulletin 100-C contactors mounted on
Bulletin 141A Panel Mount Modules
Factory installed options include:
Installation and wiring of Control Plug for auxiliary contacts.
Installation of Lockable Twist Knob.
Installation of Spacing Adapter for Self-Protected Starters.
Electronic Interface and Surge Suppressors for coil on 100-C.
Additional auxiliary contacts for 100-C.
Additional auxiliary or trip contacts on 140M.

Conformity to Standards
UL 508
CSA 22.2 No. 14
IEC 60947 -2, -4

Approvals
UL Listed
CSA Certified
CE

2-Component Starters, Type 1 Coordination


Index

Motor
Magnetic
Max. kW, 3-phase
Current
Release
Adjustment Operating 230V 400/ 500V 690V
415V
Range (A) Current (A)

Max. Hp, 3-phase


200V

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.0
1.01.6
1.62.5
2.54.0
4.06.3
6.310

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33
52
82
130

1/2
1
1-1/2
3

14
16
18
20
22
24
26

1.62.5
2.54.0
4.06.3
6.310
1016
14.520
1825

33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
3
5
5

30
31
32
33

14.520
1825
2532
3245

260
325
416
585

5
7-1/2
10
10

34
35
36
37

4063
4063
6390
6390

882
882
1260
1260

15
20
20
25

230V

460V

575V

C Frame

1/2
3/4
1
1
1-1/2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
10
D Frame
3/4
1-1/2
2
1
3
3
2
5
5
3
7-1/2
10
5
10
15
7-1/2
15
15
7-1/2
15
15
F Frame
7-1/2
15
20
10
20
25
10
25
30
15
30
30
CMN Frame
20
40
50
20
50
60
25
50
60
30
60
60

3/4
1
2
3

Max. Fault Current Iq [kA]


400V

Panel Mount

480Y/
277V

600Y/
347V

DOL Non-reversing
Starter Cat. No.

Reversing Starter
Cat. No.

65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

47
47
47
47
47
47
10
10

103S-AW2-CA16C
103S-AW2-CA25C
103S-AW2-CA40C
103S-AW2-CA63C
103S-AW2-CB10C
103S-AW2-CB16C
103S-AW2-CB25C
103S-AW2-CB40C
103S-AW2-CB63C
103S-BW2-CC10C

107S-AW3-CA16C
107S-AW3-CA25C
107S-AW3-CA40C
107S-AW3-CA63C
107S-AW3-CB10C
107S-AW3-CB16C
107S-AW3-CB25C
107S-AW3-CB40C
107S-AW3-CB63C
107S-BW3-CC10C

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

30
30
30
30
30

103S-AW2-DB25C
103S-AW2-DB40C
103S-AW2-DB63C
103S-BW2-DC10C
103S-CW2-DC16C
103S-DW2-DC20C
103S-DW2-DC25C

107S-AW3-DB25C
107S-AW3-DB40C
107S-AW3-DB63C
107S-BW3-DC10C
107S-CW3-DC16C
107S-DW3-DC20C
107S-DW3-DC25C

65
65
65
65

30
30
30
30

103S-EW2-FC20C
103S-EW2-FC25C
103S-FW2-FC32C
103S-GW2-FC45C

107S-EW3-FC20C
107S-EW3-FC25C
107S-FW3-FC32C
107S-GW3-FC45C

42
42
35
35

18
18
10
10

103S-HW2-GC63C
103S-JW2-GC63C
103S-JW2-GC90C
103S-KW2-GC90C

107S-HW3-GC63C
107S-JW3-GC63C
107S-JW3-GC90C
107S-KW3-GC90C

Hp and kW ratings shown in the table are maximum values. The final selection of the combination starter depends on the actual motor full load current and service factor.
These starters are UL Listed as Manual Motor Controllers and must be applied in Group Installations per NEC Article 430-53 with a max. 1000 A back-up fuse or
Circuit Breaker. See page 211 for details.

Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control see page 210

205

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters, Panel Mount


Product Selection, Continued
2-Component Starters, Type 2 Coordination
Index

Motor
Magnetic
Max. kW, 3-phase
Current
Release
Adjustment Operating 230V 400/ 500V 690V
415V
Range (A) Current (A)

Max. Hp, 3-phase


200V

230V

460V

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.0
1.01.6
1.62.5

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33

1/2

3/4

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

1.62.5
2.54.0
2.54.0
4.06.3
4.06.3
6.310
6.310
1016
1016
14.520
14.520
1825
1825

33
52
52
82
82
130
130
208
208
260
260
325
325

1/2
1
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
7-1/2

3/4
1
1
2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
7-1/2
7-1/2

28

6.310

130

C Frame

1/2
1
1-1/2
D Frame
1-1/2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
15
15
15
15
F Frame
7-1/2

10

29

1016

208

30
31
32
33

14.520
1825
2532
3245

260
325
416
585

5
7-1/2
10
10

34
35
36
37

4063
4063
6390
6390

882
882
1260
1260

15
20
20
25

Max. Fault Current Iq [kA]

Panel Mount

480Y/
277V

600Y/
347V

DOL Non-reversing
Starter Cat. No.

Reversing Starter
Cat. No.

3/4
1
2

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

47
47
47
47
47
47
10

103S-AW2-CA16C
103S-AW2-CA25C
103S-AW2-CA40C
103S-AW2-CA63C
103S-AW2-CB10C
103S-AW2-CB16C
103S-AW2-CB25C

107S-AW3-CA16C
107S-AW3-CA25C
107S-AW3-CA40C
107S-AW3-CA63C
107S-AW3-CB10C
107S-AW3-CB16C
107S-AW3-CB25C

2
3
3
5
5
10
10
15
15
15
20
15
20

65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

30

30

30

30

30

103S-DW2-DB25C
103S-AW2-DB40C
103S-DW2-DB40C
103S-AW2-DB63C
103S-EW2-DB63C
103S-BW2-DC10C
103S-EW2-DC10C
103S-CW2-DC16C
103S-EW2-DC16C
103S-DW2-DC20C
103S-EW2-DC20C
103S-DW2-DC25C
103S-EW2-DC25C

107S-DW3-DB25C
107S-AW3-DB40C
107S-DW3-DB40C
107S-AW3-DB63C
107S-EW3-DB63C
107S-BW3-DC10C
107S-EW3-DC10C
107S-CW3-DC16C
107S-EW3-DC16C
107S-DW3-DC20C
107S-EW3-DC20C
107S-DW3-DC25C
107S-EW3-DC25C

10

65

30

575V

400V

15

65

30

7-1/2
15
20
10
20
25
10
25
30
15
30
30
CMN Frame
20
40
50
20
50
60
25
50
60
30
60
60

65
65
65
65

30
30
30
30

103S-EW2-FC10C 107S-EW3-FC10C
107S-EW32103S-EW2-FC16C
FC16C
103S-EW2-FC20C 107S-EW3-FC20C
103S-EW2-FC25C 107S-EW3-FC25C
103S-FW2-FC32C 107S-FW3-FC32C
103S-GW2-FC45C 107S-GW3-FC45C

42
42
35
35

18
18
10
10

103S-HW2-GC63C
103S-JW2-GC63C
103S-JW2-GC90C
103S-KW2-GC90C

107S-HW3-GC63C
107S-JW3-GC63C
107S-JW3-GC90C
107S-KW3-GC90C

Hp and kW ratings shown in the table are maximum values. The final selection of the combination starter depends on the actual motor full load current and service factor.
These starters are UL Listed as Manual Motor Controllers and must be applied in Group Installations per NEC Article 430-53 with a max. 1000 A back-up fuse or
Circuit Breaker. See page 211 for details.

Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control see page 210

206

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters, Panel Mount


Product Selection, Continued
2-Component Starters, Self-Protected (Type E)
Index

Motor
Magnetic
Max. kW, 3-phase
Current
Release
Adjustment Operating 230V 400/ 500V 690V
415V
Range (A) Current (A)

Max. Hp, 3-phase


200V

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.0
1.01.6
1.62.5

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33

1/2

15
17
19
21
23
25
27

1.62.5
2.54.0
4.06.3
6.310
1016
14.520
1825

33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
3
5
7-1/2

30
31
32
33

14.520
1825
2532
3245

260
325
416
585

5
7-1/2
10
10

230V

460V

Panel Mount

480Y/
277V

600Y/
347V

DOL Non-reversing
Starter Cat. No.

Reversing Starter
Cat. No.

3/4
1
2

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

47
47
47
47
47
47

103S-AW2-CA16C
103S-AW2-CA25C
103S-AW2-CA40C
103S-AW2-CA63C
103S-AW2-CB10C
103S-AW2-CB16C
103S-AW2-CB25C

107S-AW3-CA16C
107S-AW3-CA25C
107S-AW3-CA40C
107S-AW3-CA63C
107S-AW3-CB10C
107S-AW3-CB16C
107S-AW3-CB25C

2
3
5
10
15
20
20

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

30
30
30
30
30

103S-DW2-DB25C
103S-DW2-DB40C
103S-EW2-DB63C
103S-EW2-DC10C
103S-EW2-DC16C
103S-EW2-DC20C
103S-EW2-DC25C

107S-DW3-DB25C
107S-DW3-DB40C
107S-EW3DB63C
107S-EW3-DC10C
107S-EW3-DC16C
107S-EW3-DC20C
107S-EW3-DC25C

20
25
30
30

65
65
65
65

30
30
30

103S-EW2-FC20C
103S-EW2-FC25C
103S-FW2-FC32C
103S-GW2-FC45C

107S-EW3-FC20C
107S-EW3-FC25C
107S-FW3-FC32C
107S-GW3-FC45C

575V

C Frame

1/2
1
1-1/2
D Frame
3/4
1-1/2
1
3
2
5
3
7-1/2
5
10
7-1/2
15
7-1/2
15
F Frame
7-1/2
15
10
20
10
25
15
30

3/4

Max. Fault Current Iq [kA]


400V

Hp and kW ratings shown in the table are maximum values. The final selection of the combination starter depends on the actual motor full load current and service factor.
Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Control see page 210

207

Bulletin 103S/107S

Combination Starters
Modifications
103S Factory-Installed Options
Change option code to desired auxiliary contact: 103S-AWD-CA16C
Option
2
3
4
6
7
8

Description
1 N.O.
1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
2 N.O.
2 N.O. + 1 N.C.
2 N.O. + 2 N.C.
3 N.O. + 2 N.C.

Contactor Auxiliaries without -SP Control Plug


ISO Busbar Mount
Standard Busbar Mount
923 A
3043 A
6085 A
923 A
3043 A
6085 A
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

Standard
Available
Available
Available
NA
Available

Standard
Available
Available
NA
Available
NA

Standard
Available
Available
NA
Available
NA

923 A
Standard
Available
Available
Available
NA
Available

Change option code to desired auxiliary contact: 103S-AWD-CA16C


Contactor Auxiliaries with -SP Control Plug
ISO Busbar Mount
Standard Busbar Mount
Option
2
3
4
6
7
8

Panel Mount
3043 A
6085 A
Standard
Available
Available
NA
Available
NA

Standard
Available
Available
NA
Available
NA

Panel Mount

Description

923 A

3043 A

6085 A

923 A

3043 A

6085 A

923 A

3043 A

6085 A

1 N.O.
1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
2 N.O.
2 N.O. + 1 N.C.
2 N.O. + 2 N.C.
3 N.O. + 2 N.C.

Standard
Available
Available
NA
NA
NA

Standard
Available
Available
NA
NA
NA

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

Available
Available
Available
NA
NA
NA

Available
Available
Available
NA
NA
NA

Available
Available
Available
NA
NA
NA

Available
Available
Available
NA
NA
NA

Available
Available
Available
NA
NA
NA

Available
Available
Available
NA
NA
NA

Change option code to desired auxiliary contact: 103S-AWD2-CA16


Circuit Breaker Aux / Trip Contacts
ISO Busbar Mount
Standard Busbar Mount
Description
923 A
3043 A
6085 A
923 A
3043 A
6085 A
Option

923 A

X
A
B
C
D
E
R
S

Without Aux / Trip Contacts


1 N.C. Aux.
1 N.O. Aux.
1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Aux.
2 N.O. Aux.
2 N.C. Aux.
1 N.O. Trip + 1 N.C. Aux
1 N.O. Trip + 1 N.O. Aux

NA
NA
Available
Standard
Available
NA
NA
Available

NA
NA
Available
Standard
Available
NA
NA
Available

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

Available
Available
Available
Standard
Available
Available
Available
Available

Available
Available
Available
Standard
Available
Available
Available
Available

Available
NA
NA
Standard
Available
Available
NA
NA

Available
Available
Available
Standard
Available
Available
Available
Available

Panel Mount
3043 A
6085 A
Available
Available
Available
Standard
Available
Available
Available
Available

Available
NA
NA
Standard
Available
Available
NA
NA

Not available when a -SP Control Plug is selected.


Add option code to desired auxiliary contact: 103S-AWD2-CA16C
Additional Circuit Breaker Aux / Trip Contacts
ISO Busbar Mount
Standard Busbar Mount
Option
Blank
C
D
E,
K
L
M
N
Q

Description
Without Aux / Trip Contacts
1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Aux.
2 N.O. Aux.
2 N.C. Aux.
1 N.C. (OL) Trip + 1 N.C. (SC) Trip
1 N.O. (OL) Trip + 1 N.O. (SC) Trip
1 N.C. (OL) Trip + 1 N.O. (SC) Trip
1 N.O. (OL) Trip + 1 N.C. (SC) Trip
1 N.O. (SC) Trip + 1 N.C. (SC) Trip

923 A
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available

3043 A
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available

6085 A
Available
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

Not available on 6085 A starters.


Not available when a -SP Control Plug is selected on 6085 A starters.
Add option code to desired auxiliary contact: 103S-AWD2-CA16C-
Modifications / Accessories
Description
985 A
Option
JE
Electronic Interface
Available
R
Surge Suppressor, RC
Available
V
Surge Suppressor, Varistor
Available
D
Surge Suppressor, Diode
Available
KN
Lockable Knob, Black
Available
KY
Lockable Knob, Red/Yellow
Available
TE
Spacing Adapter for UL508 Type E
Available
SP
Control Plug, Top Mount
* See Option

208

923 A
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available

3043 A
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available

6085 A
Available
NA
NA
NA
Available
Available
Available
Available
NA

Panel Mount
923 A
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available

3043 A
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available

6085 A
Available
NA
NA
NA
Available
Available
Available
Available
NA

Bulletin 103S/107S

Combination Starters
Modifications, Continued
107S Factory Installed Options
Change option code to desired auxiliary contact: 107S-AWD-CA16C

Option
3
7

Description

Standard
Available

Change option code to desired auxiliary contact: 107S-AWD-CA16C


Contactor Auxiliaries with -SP Control Plug
ISO Busbar Mount
Standard Busbar Mount
Description
923 A
3043 A
6085 A
923 A
3043 A
6085 A
Option

923 A

Standard
Available

NA
NA

Standard
Available

NA
NA

NA
NA

Standard
Available

Available
Available

Standard
Available

Available
Available

Available
Available

Change option code to desired auxiliary contact: 107S-AWD3-CA16


Circuit Breaker Aux / Trip Contacts
ISO Busbar Mount
Standard Busbar Mount
Description
923 A
3043 A
6085 A
923 A
3043 A
6085 A
Option

923 A

1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
2 N.O. + 2 N.C.

NA
NA

923 A

Standard
Available

3
7

1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
2 N.O. + 2 N.C.

Contactor Auxiliaries without -SP Control Plug


ISO Busbar Mount
Standard Busbar Mount
923 A
3043 A
6085 A
923 A
3043 A
6085 A

Available
Available

Panel Mount
3043 A
6085 A
Standard
Available

Standard
Available

Panel Mount
3043 A
6085 A
Available
Available

Available
Available

Panel Mount
3043 A
6085 A

A
B
C
D
E

Without Aux / Trip Contacts


1 N.C. Aux.
1 N.O. Aux.
1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Aux.
2 N.O. Aux.
2 N.C. Aux.

NA
NA
Available
Standard
Available
NA

NA
NA
Available
Standard
Available
NA

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

Available
Available
Available
Standard
Available
Available

Available
Available
Available
Standard
Available
Available

Available
NA
NA
Standard
Available
Available

Available
Available
Available
Standard
Available
Available

Available
Available
Available
Standard
Available
Available

Available
NA
NA
Standard
Available
Available

R
S

1 N.O. Trip + 1 N.C. Aux


1 N.O. Trip + 1 N.O. Aux

NA
Available

NA
Available

NA
NA

Available
Available

Available
Available

NA
NA

Available
Available

Available
Available

NA
NA

Not available when a "-SP" Control Plug is selected.


Add option code to desired auxiliary contact: 107S-AWD3-CA16C
Additional Circuit Breaker Aux / Trip Contacts
ISO Busbar Mount
Standard Busbar Mount
Description
923 A
3043 A
6085 A
923 A
3043 A
6085 A
Option
Blank
Without Aux / Trip Contacts
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Aux.
Available
Available
NA
Available
Available
NA
C
2 N.O. Aux.
Available
Available
NA
Available
Available
NA
D

923 A
Available
Available
Available

Panel Mount
3043 A
6085 A
Available
Available
Available
NA
Available
NA

E,
K
L
M

2 N.C. Aux.
1 N.C. (OL) Trip + 1 N.C. (SC) Trip
1 N.O. (OL) Trip + 1 N.O. (SC) Trip
1 N.C. (OL) Trip + 1 N.O. (SC) Trip

Available
Available
Available
Available

Available
Available
Available
Available

NA
NA
NA
NA

Available
Available
Available
Available

Available
Available
Available
Available

NA
Available
Available
Available

Available
Available
Available
Available

Available
Available
Available
Available

NA
Available
Available
Available

1 N.O. (OL) Trip + 1 N.C. (SC) Trip


1 N.O. (SC) Trip + 1 N.C. (SC) Trip

Available
Available

Available
Available

NA
NA

Available
Available

Available
Available

Available
NA

Available
Available

Available
Available

Available
NA

Not available on 6085 A starters.


Not available when a -SP Control Plug is selected on 6085 A starters.
Add option code to desired auxiliary contact: 107S-AWD3-CA16C-
Modifications / Accessories
Description
985 A
Option
JE
Electronic Interface
Available
R
Surge Suppressor, RC
Available
V
Surge Suppressor, Varistor
Available
D
Surge Suppressor, Diode
Available
KN
Lockable Knob, Black
Available
KY
Lockable Knob, Red/Yellow
Available
TE
Spacing Adapter for UL508 Type E
Available
SP
Control Plug, Top Mount
* See Option

209

Bulletin 103S/107S

Combination Starters
Coil Voltage Codes

Coil Voltage Codes for AC Control


The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No.
Example: 120V 60 Hz: Cat. No. 103S-AT2-CA16C becomes Cat. No. 103S-ATD2-CA16C.
Coil
Voltages
50 Hz
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

100200208- 220230380400110 120 127 200


208
230
240 277 347 380
400
440 480 500 550 600
110
220
240 230
240
400
415
R K V W X Y KP
D
P
S KG L

F
VA
T

N

G
B M C
Q J V X KP D
KG H
L

A
T
I
E

N
B C
KJ KY KP KD KG KL

KL KF KA
KN KB

12 24 32 36 42 48 100

=
Coil Voltage Codes for DC Control
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No.
Example: 120V 60 Hz: Cat. No. 103S-AT2-CA16C becomes Cat. No. 103S-ATZR2-CA16C.
DC Voltages
Standard
with Integrated Diode
107S-C60C85 with Integrated Diode

103S-C09C43

210

9
ZR

DR

12
ZQ

DQ

24
ZJ
DJ
DJ

36
ZW

DW

48
ZY

DY

60
ZZ

DZ

64
ZB

DB

72
ZG

DG

80
ZE

DE

110
ZD

DD

115
ZP

DP

125
ZS

DS

220
ZA

DA

230
ZF

DF

250
ZT

DT

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters


Specifications
UL Listed Application Ratings
Maximum Hp, 60 Hz
Motor
Magnetic
Current
Release
Index
Adjustment Operating
230V
460V
575V
Range (A) Current (A) 200V

Max. Fault Current


480Y/277V
Type 1
Iq [kA]

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.0
1.01.6
1.62.5
2.54.0
4.06.3
6.310
1016
14.520
1825

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33
52
82
130
208
260
325

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
3
5
5

3/4
1
2
3
5
7-1/2
7-1/2

1/2
1
1-1/2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
15

3/4
1
2
3
5
10
15
15
15

65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
30
10

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

1.62.5
1.62.5
2.54.0
2.54.0
4.06.3
4.06.3
6.310
6.310
1016
1016
14.520
14.520
1825
1825

33
33
52
52
82
82
130
130
208
208
260
260
325
325

1/2
1/2
1
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
7-1/2

3/4
3/4
1
1
2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
7-1/2
7-1/2

1-1/2
1-1/2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
15
15
15
15

2
2
3
3
5
5
10
10
15
15
15
20
15
20

65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

28
29
30
31
32
33

6.310
1016
14.520
1825
2532
3245

130
208
260
325
416
585

3
3
5
7-1/2
10
10

3
5
7-1/2
10
10
15

7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30

10
15
20
25
30
30

65
65
65
65
65
65

34
35
36
37

4063
4063
6390
6390

882
882
1260
1260

15
20
20
25

20
20
25
30

40
50
50
60

50
60
60
60

Type 2
Iq [kA]

C Frame
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

D Frame
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
F Frame
65
65
65
65
65
65
CMN Frame

Max. Fault Current


600Y/347V

Group Installation

Max.
Fuse or
Type E 480Y/277V 600Y/347V
CB per
Iq [kA]
Iq [kA]
Iq [kA]
NEC
[kA]

Type E
Iq [kA]

Type 1
Iq [kA]

Type 2
Iq [kA]

65
65
65
65
65
65
65

47
47
47
47
47
47
30
30

47
47
47
47
47
47
30

47
47
47
47
47
47

65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
30
30
10

47
47
47
47
47
47
30
30
30
25
25
30
10

450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450

65
65

65

65

65

65

65

65

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

30

65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450

65
65
65
65
65
65

30
30
30
30
30
30

30
30
30
30
30
30

30
30
30
30
30

65
65
65
65
65
65

30
30
30
30
30
30

600
600
600
600
600
600

42
42
35
35

18
18
10
10

1000
1000
1000
1000

211

Bulletin 103S/107S

Combination Starters
Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts for Contactors (100-C09C85)
Description

Connection Diagrams

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Side


Mounting with Sequence Terminal
Designations
1- and 2-pole
Two-way numbering for right or left
mounting on the contactor
Quick and easy mounting without tools
Electronic compatible contacts down to
17V, 5 mA
Mutual positive guidance to the main
contactor poles (except for L types)
L = Late break/Early make

For Use With

Cat. No.

100-C all

100-SB01

100-C

100-SB10

100-C

100-SB02

100-C

100-SB11

100-C

100-SB20

100-C

100-SBL11

N.O.

N.C.

-SB01

-SB02
L1

-SB10

-SB11

L1

-SB20

-SBL11

Up to 8 auxiliary contacts may be mounted


AC coil contactors max. 4 N.O. contacts on the front of the contactor and max. 2 N.O. contacts on the side.
DC coil contactors max. 4 N.O. contacts on the front of the contactor or max. 2 N.O. contacts on the side.
Double Numbering Left-side mounting only is recommended for Cat. No. 100-C09100-C23 due to double numbering.

Coil Accessories (For 100-C09C85 Contactors)


Description

Connection Diagrams For Use With

ON-Delay
0.13 s
130 s
10180 s

Electronic Timing Modules


Delay of the contactor solenoid

K1M

100-C all

110240V,
50/60 Hz
110250VDC

Cat. No.

100-ETA3
100-ETA30
100-ETA180

(K1M)

100-ETA ON-Delay
The contactor is energized at the end of the delay
time.
ON-Delay
0.13 s
130 s
10180 s

K1M

100-C with DC
coils

100-ETAZJ3
100-ETAZJ30
100-ETAZJ180

24V DC
(K1M)

OFF-Delay
0.33 s
130 s
10180 s
100-ETB OFF-Delay
After interruption of the control signal, the
contactor is de-energized at the end of the delay
time.

24V
50/60 Hz
OFF-Delay
0.33 s
130 s
10180 s
110240V
50/60 Hz

100-ETY
Contactor K 3 (Y) is de-energized (off) and K 2 (D)
is energized (on) after the end of the set Y end
time.
(Switching delay at 50 ms).
Continuous adjustment range
High repeat accuracy

100-ETBKJ3
100-ETBKJ30
100-ETBKJ180

K1M

100-C with AC
coils
(K1M)

100-ETB3
100-ETB30
100-ETB180

Transition Time
Y Contactor
130 s
110240V
50/60 Hz

Not suitable for use with 103T and 107T 3-component combination starters.

212

100C09C37 with
AC coils

100-C with AC
coils

100-ETY30

Bulletin 103S/107S

Combination Starters
Accessories, Continued
Coil Accessories (For 100-C09C85 Contactors), Continued
Description
Connection Diagrams
DC Interface (electronic)
Interface between the DC control signal (PLC) and the AC operating
mechanism of the contactor. Requires no additional surge suppression on
the contactor coils.
Control (input) voltage

For Use With

Cat. No.

100-C with AC coils


110240V AC

K1M

12V DC
1830V DC (24V DC nominal)
48V DC

100-JE12
100-JE
100-JE48
(K1M)

2448V
50/60 Hz
110280V
50/60 Hz
RC Module
AC Operating
Mechanism

100-FSC48
100-FSC280
100-C with AC coils

380480V
50/60 Hz

Surge Suppressors
For limitation of coil
switching transients.
Plug-in, coil mounted
Suitable for all 100-C
contactor sizes, 985 A Varistor Module
RC, Varistor and Diode AC/DC Operating
Versions
Mechanism

100-FSC480

1255V AC /
1277V DC

100-FSV55

56136V AC /
78180V DC

100-FSV136
100-C all

Diode Module DC
Operating
Mechanism

137277V AC /
181350V DC

100-FSV277

278575V AC

100-FSV575

12250V DC

100-C with DC coils

100-FSD250

Voltage Suffix Code


The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V, 60 Hz:
Cat. No. 100-FL11 becomes Cat. No. 100-FL11D.
Voltage
50 Hz
60 Hz

24
K
J

48
Y

100
KP

110
D

120

230240
VA

240
T
A

277

380400
N

400415
G

440
B
N

480

For special voltages, cosult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Assembly ComponentsUse Discount Schedule A1.


Description

Cat. No. 100-SCCA

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

100-C all

100-SCCA

100-FA, FB, FC, FP, FL

10

100-SCFA

For Use With

Protective Covers
Provides protection against unintended manual operation
For contactors and front mounted auxiliary contacts, pneumatic
timers and latches

Cat. No. 100-SCFA

213

Bulletin 103S/107S

Combination Starters
Accessories, Continued
Auxiliary Contacts for Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (140M-C, -D, -F)
Description
Operator Position
OFF

ON

Tripped

Term.
No.

Description

Connection Diagram

For Use
With

Cat. No.

140M

140M-C-AFA10

140M

140M-C-AFA01

140M

140M-C-AFA11

140M

140M-C-AFA20

140M

140M-C-AFA02

140M

140M-C-AFAR10A10

140M

140M-C-AFAR10A01

13

13-14

N.O. Aux
14
I >>

11

11-12

N.C. Aux

12
I >>

Front-Mounted
Auxiliary Contact
1-pole or 2-pole
No additional space
required

13-14

13

21

14

22

N.O. Aux

I >>

21-22

N.C. Aux

13-14

N.O. Aux

13

23

14

24

I >>

23-24

N.O. Aux

11-12

N.C. Aux

11

21

12

22

I >>

Front-Mounted
Trip Contact
2-pole
Indicates tripping of
device
No additional space
required

21-22

N.C. Aux

13-14

N.O. Aux

27-28

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit
& Overload)

11-12

N.C. Aux

27-28

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit
& Overload)

13

27

I >>

14

28

11

27

12

28

I >>

X = Contact Closed
O = Contact Open

140 M Operator

Overload (thermal) Trip


I >> Short-Circuit (magnetic) Trip

214

Bulletin 103S/107S

Combination Starters
Accessories, Continued
Auxiliary Contacts for Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (140M-C, -D, -F)
Description
Operator Position
OFF

ON

Tripped

Term.
No.

Description

13-14

N.O. Aux

Connection Diagram

For Use
With

Cat. No.

140-CMN

140-CA20

13

23

14

24

140-CA20

I >>

23-24

N.O. Aux

140-CMN

Front-Mounted
Auxiliary Contacts
Internal
2-Pole

11-12

N.C. Aux
140-CA02

11

21

12

22

140-CMN

140-CA02

I >>

21-22

N.C. Aux

140-CMN

13-14

N.O. Aux
140-CA11

13

21

14

22

140-CA11

I >>

21-22

N.C. Aux

140-CMN

37-38

N.O. Trip
(Overload)

140-CT10-10
a

37

43

38

44

140-CT10-10

I >>
b

43-44

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

a) Overload Trip
b) Short-Circuit Trip

140-CMN

35-36

N.C. Trip
(Overload)

140-CT01-01
a

35

41

36

42

140-CT01-01

I >>
b

Front-Mounted
Trip Indicating
Auxiliary Contacts
Internal
2-Pole

41-42

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

a) Overload Trip
b) Short-Circuit Trip

140-CMN
140-CMN

35-36

N.C. Trip
(Overload)

140-CT01-10
a

35

43

36

44

140-CT01-10

I >>
b

43-44

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

a) Overload Trip
b) Short-Circuit Trip

140-CMN

37-38

N.O. Trip
(Overload)

140-CT10-01
a

37

41

38

42

140-CT10-01

I >>
b

41-42

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

a) Overload Trip
b) Short-Circuit Trip

X = Contact Closed
O = Contact Open

140 M Operator

Overload (thermal) Trip


I >> Short-Circuit (magnetic) Trip

215

Bulletin 103S/107S

Combination Starters
Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts for Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (140M-C, -D, -F)
Description
Operator Position

Right Side-Mounted
Auxiliary Contact
2-pole
Adds 9 mm to the
width of the device

OFF

ON

Tripped

Term.
No.

Desc.

33-34

N.O. Aux

43-44

N.O. Aux

31-32

N.C. Aux

41-42

N.C. Aux

33-34

N.O. Aux

41-42

N.C. Aux

57-58

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit &
Overload)

X
Right Side-Mounted
Trip Contact
2-pole
Indicates tripping of
Motor Protector
Adds 9 mm to the
width of the circuit
breaker

X = Contact Closed
O = Contact Open

140 M Operator

Overload (thermal) Trip


I >> Short-Circuit (magnetic) Trip

216

67-68

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

57-58

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit &
Overload)

65-66

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

55-56

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit &
Overload)

67-68

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

55-56

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit &
Overload)

65-66

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

77-78

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

65-66

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

Connection Diagram

33

43

34

44

31

41

32

42

For Use
With

Cat. No.

140M

140M-C-ASA20

140M

140M-C-ASA02

140M

140M-C-ASA11

140M

140M-C-ASAR10M10

140M

140M-C-ASAR10M01

140M

140M-C-ASAR01M10

140M

140M-C-ASAR01M01

140M

140M-C-ASAM11

I >>

I >>

33

41

34

42

57

67

58

68

I >>

I >>

57

65

58

66

I >>

55

67

56

68

55

65

56

66

I >>

I >>

77

65

78

66

I >>

Bulletin 103S/107S

Combination Starters
Accessories, Continued
Accessories for Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (140M-C, -D, -F)
Description

Connection Diagram

Undervoltage Trip
Left-side mounted
Adds 18 mm to the width of
the circuit breaker
Trips motor protector when
voltage is removed

Shunt Trip
Left-side mounted
Adds 18 mm to the width of
the circuit breaker
Trips motor protector when
voltage is applied

D1
U<
I >>

D2

C1

I >>

C2

Description

Cat. No.

140M

140M-C-UXJ
140M-C-UXK
140M-C-UXD
140M-C-UXC
140M-C-UXF
140M-C-UXA
140M-C-UXT
140M-C-UXN
140M-C-UXB
140M-C-UXUB
140M-C-UXM

140M

140M-C-SNJ
140M-C-SNK
140M-C-SND
140M-C-SNC
140M-C-SNF
140M-C-SNA
140M-C-SNT
140M-C-SNN
140M-C-SNB
140M-C-SNUB
140M-C-SNM

For Use With

Cat. No.

140M

140M-C-CA

black

140M

140M-C-KN

red/yellow

140M-C/-D

140M-C-KRY

red/yellow

140M-F

140M-F-KRY

Anti Tamper Shield


Provides protection against inadvertent adjustment of the current setting on the
140M-C, -D, and -F MPCBs

Lockable Twist Knob


For 1 padlock 48 mm (5/16") dia. shackle
Can be locked in OFF position

For Use With


24V, 60 Hz
24V, 50 Hz
120V, 60 Hz
110V, 50 Hz
220230V, 50 Hz
240260V, 60 Hz
277V, 60 Hz
380400V, 50 Hz
480V, 60 Hz/415V, 50 Hz
600V, 60 Hz
575V, 60 Hz/500V, 50 Hz
24V, 60 Hz
24V, 50 Hz
120V, 60 Hz
110V, 50 Hz
220230V, 50 Hz
240260V, 60 Hz
277V, 60 Hz
380400V, 50 Hz
480V, 60 Hz/415V, 50 Hz
600V, 60 Hz
575V, 60 Hz/500V, 50 Hz

140-KN

black

Padlockable Operating Knob

140-CMN

Accepts 8mm (5/16") padlock up to three padlocks.


Permits padlocking in the off position.
red/yellow

140-KRY

217

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters


Approximate Dimensions
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

105
9 (d)

(a) With additional side-mount aux. or trip contact


(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug
(c) Iso busbar mount
(d) Electronic interface

Circuit Breaker: 140M-F


Contactor:
100-C30...37
Reference Print: D10GMF

Bulletin 103S Busbar Mount

105

213 (b) / 218 (c)

9 (d)
63

(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug


(c) Iso busbar mount
(d) Electronic interface

Circuit Breaker: 140M-F


Contactor:
100-C43
Reference Print: D20GMF

(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug


(c) Iso busbar mount
(d) Electronic interface

Bulletin 103S Busbar Mount


Bulletin 103S Busbar Mount

218

244 (b) / 249 (c)

65 (b) / 70 (c)

34 (b)
39 (c)
60
60
12...30

236.5 (b) / 241.5 (c)

97.5

12...30

9 (d)

60

205.5 (b) / 210.5 (c)

60

65 (b) / 70 (c)

34 (b)
39 (c)

31

31

Bulletin 103S Busbar Mount

54

Circuit Breaker: 140M-D


Contactor:
100-C30...37
Reference Print: D10GMD

213 (b) / 218 (c)

60
12...30

(a) With additional side-mount aux. or trip contact(s)


(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug
(c) Iso busbar mount
(d) Electronic interface

Circuit Breaker: 140M-C / -D


Contactor:
100-C09...23
Reference Print: D00GMD

63 (a)

54

54 (a)

45

244 (b) / 249 (c)

65 (b) / 70 (c)

34 (b)
39 (c)
60

236.5 (b) / 241.5 (c)

97.5

12...30

9 (d)

60

205.5 (b) / 210.5 (c)

60

65 (b) / 70 (c)

34 (b)
39 (c)

31

31

Standard and ISO Busbar Mount Bulletin 103S Non-Reversing Starters

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Panel Mount Bulletin 107S Reversing Starters


87

228

69

31 (b)

31 (b)

125

210

125

105

64
228

69
210

97.5

64

31 (b)

31 (b)

87

99

99

117 (a)

117 (a)

Circuit Breaker: 140M-C/D


Contactors:
100-C09...23
Reference Print: R00WMD

(a) With additional side-mount aux. contacts


(b) Control plug on top OR bottom side optional

Circuit Breaker: 140M-F


Contactors:
100-C30...37
Reference Print: R10WMF

Bulletin 107S Panel Mount

(a) With additional side-mount aux. contacts


(b) Control plug on top OR bottom side optional

Bulletin 107S Panel Mount

87

64
228
31 (b)

125

105

31 (b)

125

210

69

64
228

69
97.5

210

31 (b)

31 (b)

103

117

99

135 (a)

117 (a)
Circuit Breaker: 140M-D
Contactors:
100-C30...37
Reference Print: R10WMD

(a) With additional side-mount aux. contacts


(b) Control plug on top OR bottom side optional

Bulletin 107S Panel Mount

Circuit Breaker: 140M-F


Contactors:
100-C43
Reference Print: R20WMF

(a) With additional side-mount aux. contacts


(b) Control plug on top OR bottom side optional

Bulletin 107S Panel Mount

219

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

105

213 (b) / 218 (c)

12...30

244 (b) / 249 (c)

65 (b) / 70 (c)

34 (b)
39 (c)
60
60

236.5 (b) / 241.5 (c)

97.5

60
12...30

205.5 (b) / 210.5 (c)

60

65 (b) / 70 (c)

34 (b)
39 (c)

31

31

Standard and ISO Busbar Mount Bulletin 107S Reversing Starters

9 (d)

99

9 (d)

99
117 (a)

117 (a)
(a) With additional side-mount a
(b) Standard busbar mount with
(c) Iso busbar mount
(d) Electronic interfaces

Circuit Breaker: 140M-D


Contactors:
100-C09...23
Reference Print: R00GMD

(a) With additional side-mount aux. contac


(b) Standard busbar mount with control plu
(c) Iso busbar mount
(d) Electronic interface

Circuit Breaker: 140M-F


Contactors:
100-C30...37
Reference Print: R10GMF

Bulletin 107S Busbar Mount

105

213 (b) / 218 (c)

244 (b) / 249 (c)

65 (b) / 70 (c)

34 (b)
39 (c)
60
60

236.5 (b) / 241.5 (c)

97.5

60
Circuit Breaker: 140M-D
Contactors:
100-C30...37
Reference Print: R10GMD

117

(a) With additional side-mount a


(b) Standard busbar mount with
(c) Iso busbar mount
(d) Electronic interface

Bulletin 107S Busbar Mount

9 (d)

9 (d)

99
117 (a)

12...30

12...30

205.5 (b) / 210.5 (c)

60

65 (b) / 70 (c)

34 (b)
39 (c)

31

31

Bulletin 107S Busbar Mount

135 (a)
Circuit Breaker: 140M-F
Contactors:
100-C43
Reference Print: R20GMF

(a) With additional side-mount aux. contac


(b) Standard busbar mount with control plu
(c) Iso busbar mount
(d) Electronic interface
Bulletin 107S Busbar Mount

220

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended
for manufacturing purposes.

Panel Mount, Continued Bulletin 103S Non-Reversing Starters


40 (a)

40

228
125

105

31 (b)

31 (b)

125

210

228

69

64

64

69
97.5

54 (a)

45
Circuit Breaker: 140M-C/D
Contactor:
100-C09...23
Reference Print: D00WMD

(a) With additional side-mount aux. or trip contact(s)


(b) Control plug on top OR bottom side optional

54

reaker: 140M-F
or:
100-C30...37
ce Print: D10WMF

Bulletin 103S Panel Mount

(a) With additional side-mount aux. or trip contact


(b) Control plug on top OR bottom side optional

Bulletin 103S Panel Mount


40

64

31 (b)

228
31 (b)

125

105

228
125

210

69

69

64

31 (b)

31 (b)

40

210
97.5

210

31 (b)

31 (b)

35

54
Circuit Breaker: 140M-D
Contactor:
100-C30...37
Reference Print: D10WMD

63

Circuit Breaker: 140M-F


Contactor:
100-C43
Reference Print: D20WMF

(a) With additional side-mount aux. or trip contact


(b) Control plug on top OR bottom side optional

(b) Control plug on top OR bottom side optional

Bulletin 103S Panel Mount

Bulletin 103S Panel Mount

221

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

231 (b)

12...30

60

200

60

105

34

31

Standard and ISO Busbar Mount


Bulletin 103S Non-Reversing Starters

180

Circuit Breaker: 140-CMN


Contactor:
100-C60...85
Reference Print: D30GCM

(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug

231 (b)

12...30

60

200

60

105

65

34

31

Bulletin 103S Busbar Mount

144

Circuit Breaker: 140M-F


Contactor:
100-C60...85
Reference Print: D30GMF

(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug

Bulletin 103S Busbar Mount

222

Bulletin 103S/107S

IEC Combination Starters


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

231 (b)

12...30

60

200

60

105

34

31

Standard and ISO Busbar Mount, Continued Bulletin 107S Reversing Starters

252
261 (a)

Circuit Breaker: 140-CMN


Contactors:
100-C60...85
Reference Print: R30GCM

(a) With additional side-mount aux. contacts


(b) Standard busbar mount with control plug

231 (b)

12...30

60

200

60

105

65

34

31

Bulletin 107S Busbar Mount

225
234 (a)

Circuit Breaker: 140M-F


Contactors:
100-C60...85
Reference Print: R30GMF

(a) With additional side-mount aux. contacts


(b) Standard busbar adapter with control plug

Bulletin 107S Busbar Mount

223

Bulletin 103H/107H/140M

IEC Enclosed Starters


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 103H/107H/140M Enclosed IEC Starters

Table of Contents
Product Selection
Reversing and Non-reversing
Starters .......................... 225
Accessories
140M .............................. 12
100-C ............................. 79
Modifications..................... 231
Wiring Diagrams ............... 232
Enclosure Dimensions ..... 234

Bulletin 103H starter in enclosure size A

Conformity to Standards
UL 489
CSA 22.2 No. 5
IEC 60947-2

Approvals
UL Listed
CSA Certified
CE
KEMA-KEUR
Bulletin 107H starter in enclosure size C

The "A" sixe box accomodates:


-103H Non-Reversing Starters
-Motors up to 15 Hp/480V (23 A)
-2 pilot devices

The "B" sixe box accomodates:


-103H Non-Reversing Starters AND 107H Reversing Starters
-Motors up to 15 Hp/480V (23 A)
-Control Transformer and 3 pilot devices

The "C" sixe box accomodates:


-103H Non-Reversing Starters AND 107H Reversing Starters
-Motors up to 30 Hp/480V (43 A)
-Control Transformer and 3 pilot devices

224

Bulletin 103H/107H/140M

IEC Enclosed Starters


Product Selection 3-pole AC Contactors

65 kA at 480V
30 kA at 600V
Type 2 coordination is standard for all voltages, except where noted for 575V starters
Rated
Motor Current Magnetic
Operational
Adjustment
Trip
Current Ie (A)
Range (A)
Current (A)

Maximum Hp, 3-phase


200V

230V

0.16
0.25
0.40
0.63
1.0
1.6
2.5
4.0
6.3
10
16
20
25

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.0
1.01.6
1.62.5
2.54.0
4.06.3
6.310
1016
14.520
1825

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33
52
82
130
208
260
325

0.5
0.75
1.5
2
3
5
5

0.5
0.75
1.5
3
5
5
7.5

10
16
20
25
32
45

6.310
1016
14.520
1825
2332
3245

130
208
260
325
416
585

3
3
5
5
10
10

3
5
7.5
10
10
15

460V

575V

Non-Reversing Starter Enclosure Reversing Starter Cat. Enclosure


Cat. No.
Size
No.
Size

25 A Frame Size

0.5
0.5
0.75
0.75
1
1.5
2
3
3
5
5
7.5
10
10
15
15
15
15
45 A Frame Size
7.5
10
10
10
15
20
20
20
25
25
30
30

103S-AF2-CA16X
103H-AF2-CA25X
103H-AF2-CA40X
103H-AF2-CA63X
103H-AF2-CB10X
103H-AF2-CB16X
103H-AF2-DB25X
103H-AF2-DB40X
103H-AF2-DB63X
103H-BF2-DC10X
103H-CF2-DC16X
103H-DF2-DC20X
103H-DF2-DC25X

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

107H-AF3-CA16X
107H-AF3-CA25X
107H-AF3-CA40X
107H-AF3-CA63X
107H-AF3-CB10X
107H-AF3-CB16X
107H-AF3-DB25X
107H-AF3-DB40X
107H-AF3-DB63X
107H-BF3-DC10X
107H-CF3-DC16X
107H-DF3-DC20X
107H-DF3-DC25X

B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

103H-EF2-FC10X
103H-EF2-FC16X
103H-EF2-FC20X
103H-EF2-FC25X
103H-FF2-FC32X
103H-GF2-FC45X

C
C
C
C
C
C

107H-EF3-FC10X
107H-EF3-FC16X
107H-EF3-FC20X
107H-EF3-FC25X
107H-FF3-FC32X
107H-GF3-FC45X

C
C
C
C
C
C

25 kA.
For Type 2 Coordination, change the Cat. No. to 103H-CF2-DB40X.
For Type 2 Coordination, change the Cat. No. to 103H-DF2-DB63X.
For Type 2 Coordination, change the Cat. No. to 103H-EF2-DC10X.
For Type 2 Coordination, change the Cat. No. to 103H-EF2-DC16X.

Line Voltage Codes see page 231

Coil Voltage Codes see page 231

225

Bulletin 103H/107H/140M

IEC Enclosed Starters


Product Selection, Continued
Enclosed Motor Protectors

65 kA at 480V
30 kA at 600V

Rated Operational
Current Ie (A)

Motor Current
Adjustment
Range (A)

Magnetic Trip
Current (A)

200V

0.16
0.25
0.40
0.63
1.0
1.6
2.5
4.0
6.3
10
16
20
25

0.100.16
0.160.25
0.250.40
0.400.63
0.631.0
1.01.6
1.62.5
2.54.0
4.06.3
6.310
1016
14.520
1825

2.1
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33
52
82
130
208
260
325

0.5
1
1.5
3
3
5
7.5

10
16
20
25
32
45

6.310
1016
14.520
1825
2332
3245

130
208
260
325
416
585

3
3
5
7.5
10
15

25 kA

226

Maximum Hp, 3-phase


230V
25 A Frame Size

0.75
1
2
3
5
7.5
7.5
45 A Frame Size
3
5
7.5
10
10
15

Cat. No.

Enclosure
Size

0.75
1
2
3
5
10
15
20
20

140M-F-CA16X
140M-F-CA25X
140M-F-CA40X
140M-F-CA63X
140M-F-CB10X
140M-F-CB16X
140M-F-DB25X
140M-F-DB40X
140M-F-DB63X
140M-F-DC10X
140M-F-DC16X
140M-F-DC20X
140M-F-DC25X

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

10
15
20
25
30
40

140M-F-FC10X
140M-F-FC16X
140M-F-FC20X
140M-F-FC25X
140M-F-FC32X
140M-F-FC45X

A
A
A
A
A
A

460V

575V

0.5
1
1.5
3
5
7.5
10
15
15
7.5
10
15
20
25
30

Bulletin 103H/107H/140M

IEC Enclosed Starters


Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts for Contactors (100-C09C85)
For Use With

Cat. No.

100-C all

100-SB01

100-C

100-SB10

100-C

100-SB02

100-C

100-SB11

100-C

100-SB20

100-C

100-SBL11

Description

Connection Diagrams

Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Side


Mounting with Sequence Terminal
Designations
1- and 2-pole
Two-way numbering for right or left
mounting on the contactor
Quick and easy mounting without tools
Electronic compatible contacts down to
17V, 5mA
Mutual positive guidance to the main
contactor poles (except for L types)
L = Late break/Early make

N.O.

N.C.

-SB01

-SB10

-SB11

-SB02
L1

L1

-SB20

-SBL11

Up to 8 auxiliary contacts may be mounted (max. 4 N.O. contacts or 6 N.C. and max. 2 N.O. contacts on the side.)
Double Numbering Left-side mounting only is recommended for Cat. No. 100-C09100-C23 due to double numbering.

Coil Accessories (For 100-C09C85 Contactors)


Description

Connection Diagrams For Use With


ON-Delay
0.13 s
130 s
10180 s
K1M

Electronic Timing Modules


Delay of the contactor solenoid

100-C all

110240V,
50/60 Hz
110250V DC

Cat. No.

100-ETA3
100-ETA30
100-ETA180

(K1M)

100-ETA ON-Delay
The contactor is energized at the end of the delay
time.
ON-Delay
0.13 s
130 s
10180 s

K1M

100-C with DC
coils

100-ETAZJ3
100-ETAZJ30
100-ETAZJ180

24V DC
(K1M)

OFF-Delay
0.33 s
130 s
10180 s
100-ETB OFF-Delay
After interruption of the control signal, the
contactor is de-energized at the end of the delay
time.

24V
50/60 Hz
OFF-Delay
0.33 s
130 s
10180 s
110240V
50/60 Hz

100-ETY
Contactor K 3 (Y) is de-energized (off) and K 2 (D)
is energized (on) after the end of the set Y end
time.
(Switching delay at 50 ms).
Continuous adjustment range
High repeat accuracy

100C09C37 with
AC coils

100-ETBKJ3
100-ETBKJ30
100-ETBKJ180

K1M

100-C with AC
coils

100-ETB3
100-ETB30
100-ETB180

100-C with AC
coils

100-ETY30

(K1M)

Transition Time
Y Contactor
130 s
110240V
50/60 Hz

May be used with DC coils if no side mounted auxiliary contacts are used.

227

Bulletin 103H/107H/140M

IEC Enclosed Starters


Accessories, Continued
Coil Accessories (For 100-C09C85 Contactors), Continued
Description
Connection Diagrams
DC Interface (electronic)
Interface between the DC control signal (PLC) and the AC operating
mechanism of the contactor. Requires no additional surge suppression on
the contactor coils.
Control (input) voltage

For Use With

Cat. No.

100-C with AC coils


110240V AC

K1M

12V DC
1830V DC (24V DC nominal)
48V DC

100-JE12
100-JE
100-JE48
(K1M)

2448V
50/60 Hz
110280V
50/60 Hz
RC Module
AC Operating
Mechanism

100-FSC48
100-FSC280
100-C with AC coils

380480V
50/60 Hz

Surge Suppressors
For limitation of coil
switching transients.
Plug-in, coil mounted
Suitable for all 100-C
contactor sizes, 985 A Varistor Module
RC, Varistor and Diode AC/DC Operating
Versions
Mechanism

100-FSC480

1255V AC /
1277V DC

100-FSV55

56136V AC /
78180V DC

100-FSV136
100-C all

Diode Module DC
Operating
Mechanism

137277V AC /
181350V DC

100-FSV277

278575V AC

100-FSV575

12250VDC

100-C with DC coils

100-FSD250

Voltage Suffix Code


The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 120V, 60 Hz:
Cat. No. 100-FL11 becomes Cat. No. 100-FL11D.
Voltage
50 Hz
60 Hz

24
K
J

48
Y

100
KP

110
D

120

230240
VA

240
T
A

277

380400
N

400415
G

440
B
N

480

For special voltages, contact factory.


Assembly ComponentsUse Discount Schedule A1.
Description

Cat. No. 100-SCCA

Cat. No. 100-SCFA

228

Pkg. Qty.

Cat. No.

100-C all

100-SCCA

100-FA, FB, FC, FP, FL

10

100-SCFA

For Use With

Protective Covers
Provides protection against unintended manual operation
For contactors and front mounted auxiliary contacts, pneumatic
timers and latches

Bulletin 103H/107H/140M

IEC Enclosed Starters


Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts for Motor Protectors (140M-C, -D, -F)
Description
Operator Position

Right Side-Mounted
Auxiliary Contact
2-pole
Adds 9 mm to the
width of the device

OFF

ON

Tripped

Term.
No.

Desc.

33-34

N.O. Aux

43-44

N.O. Aux

31-32

N.C. Aux

41-42

N.C. Aux

33-34

N.O. Aux

41-42

N.C. Aux

57-58

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit &
Overload)

X
Right Side-Mounted
Trip Contact
2-pole
Indicates tripping of
Motor Protector
Adds 9 mm to the
width of the circuit
breaker

67-68

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

57-58

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit &
Overload)

65-66

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

55-56

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit &
Overload)

67-68

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

55-56

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit &
Overload)

65-66

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

77-78

N.O. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

65-66

N.C. Trip
(Short-Circuit)

Connection Diagram

33

43

34

44

31

41

32

42

For Use
With

Cat. No.

140M

140M-C-ASA20

140M

140M-C-ASA02

140M

140M-C-ASA11

140M

140M-C-ASAR10M10

140M

140M-C-ASAR10M01

140M

140M-C-ASAR01M10

140M

140M-C-ASAR01M01

140M

140M-C-ASAM11

I >>

I >>

33

41

34

42

57

67

58

68

I >>

I >>

57

65

58

66

I >>

55

67

56

68

55

65

56

66

I >>

I >>

77

65

78

66

I >>

X = Contact Closed
O = Contact Open

140 M Operator

Overload (thermal) Trip


I >> Short-Circuit (magnetic) Trip

229

Bulletin 103H/107H/140M

IEC Enclosed Starters


Accessories, Continued
Accessories for Motor Protectors (140M-C, -D, -F)
Description

Connection Diagram

Undervoltage Trip
Left-side mounted
Adds 18 mm to the width of
the circuit breaker
Trips motor protector when
voltage is removed

Shunt Trip
Left-side mounted
Adds 18 mm to the width of
the circuit breaker
Trips motor protector when
voltage is applied

D1
U<
I >>

D2

C1

I >>

C2

Description

Anti Tamper Shield


Provides protection against inadvertent adjustment of the current setting

Door Coupling Handle


For 3 padlocks 48 mm (5/16") in diameter
black
IP66 Protection/Type 1,3,3R,4,4x,13
Interlock override capability
Can be modified for locking in ON position
Ships with coupling order extension shaft and legend plate
separately
Mounting depth (adapter-door):
140-C: 105.5 mm 5 mm (4.15" 3/16")
red/yellow
140-D: 114.5 mm 5 mm (4.5" 3/16")
140-F: 137.1 mm 5 mm (5.4" 3/16")
Extension Shaft
Cut to required length for mounting depth (adapter-door):
140-C: 117338 mm (4.6"13.3")
140-D: 126347 mm (5.0"13.7")
140-F: 149369 mm (5.4"14.5")
Legend Plate
Marking: "Haupschalter" and "Main Switch"
Marking: "Not-Aus" and "Emergency Off"
Screw Adapter
For screw arrangement of a motor protector

230

For Use With

Cat. No.

140M

140M-C-UXJ
140M-C-UXK
140M-C-UXD
140M-C-UXC
140M-C-UXF
140M-C-UXA
140M-C-UXT
140M-C-UXN
140M-C-UXB
140M-C-UXUB
140M-C-UXM

140M

140M-C-SNJ
140M-C-SNK
140M-C-SND
140M-C-SNC
140M-C-SNF
140M-C-SNA
140M-C-SNT
140M-C-SNN
140M-C-SNB
140M-C-SNUB
140M-C-SNM

24V, 60 Hz
24V, 50 Hz
120V, 60 Hz
110V, 50 Hz
220230V, 50 Hz
240260V, 60 Hz
277V, 60 Hz
380400V, 50 Hz
480V, 60 Hz/415V, 50 Hz
600V, 60 Hz
575V, 60 Hz/500V, 50 Hz
24V, 60 Hz
24V, 50 Hz
120V, 60 Hz
110V, 50 Hz
220230V, 50 Hz
240260V, 60 Hz
277V, 60 Hz
380400V, 50 Hz
480V, 60 Hz/415V, 50 Hz
600V, 60 Hz
575V, 60 Hz/500V, 50 Hz

10 pcs/pkg

For Use With

Cat. No.

140M

140M-C-CA

140M

140M-C-DN66

140M

140M-C-DRY66

140M-C-DN66
140M-C-DRY66

140M-C-DS

140M-C-DN66

140M-C-DFCN

140M-C-DRY66

140M-C-DFCRY

140M

140M-C-N45

Bulletin 103H/107H/140M

IEC Enclosed Starters


Modifications
Bulletin 103H/107H Factory Installed Modifications

140M Factory Installed Modifications (Enclosed)

Note: For modifications add (option code ) for desired features to


cat. no.

Note: For modifications add (option code ) for desired features to cat.
no.

Add desired option codes. Example: 103H-AND2-CA16X-KY

Add desired option codes. Example: 140M-F-CA16X-UVB

Coil Options
Electronic Interfaces (100-C)
Surge Suppressor RC (100-C)
Surge Suppressor Varistor (100-C)

JE
R
V
D
S01
S10
S11
S20
A02
A20
A11
R00
R01
R10
R11
M11
1
1M
14RM
3
4R
4RW
6P
KY

UV
SN
A02
A20
A11

Surge Suppressor Diode (100-C)


Additional Contactor Auxiliaries (Side Mount)
1 N.C.
1 N.O.
1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
2 N.O.
Additional 140M Auxiliaries (Side Mount)
2 N.C.
2 N.O.
1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
Additional 140M Trip Contacts (Side Mount)
1 N.O. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.O. Mag Only
1 N.O. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.C. Mag Only
1 N.C. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.O. Mag Only
1 N.C. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.C. Mag Only
1 N.O. Mag Only + 1 N.C. Mag Only
Control Options
Push Button 103H Start-Stop / 107H For-Rev-Stop
Multifunction Push Button 103H Start-Stop / 107H For-Rev-Stop
Multifunction Push Button 103H Start-Stop-Pilot Light
Selector Switch 103H Hand-Off-Auto / 107H For-Off-Rev
Pilot Light (red, ON)
Pilot Light (redFOR, White REV)
Control Transformer (not available with enclosure size A)
External Handle Red/Yellow

R00
R01
R10
R11
M11

Modifications
Undervoltage Trip
Shunt Trip
Additional 140M Auxiliaries (Side Mount)
2 N.C.
2 N.O.
1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
Additional 140M Trip Contacts (Side Mount)
1 N.O. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.O. Mag Only
1 N.O. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.C. Mag Only
1 N.C. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.O. Mag Only
1 N.C. Thermal-Mag + 1 N.C. Mag Only
1 N.O. Mag Only + 1 N.C. Mag Only

107H - One per contactor, for a total of two per option code.
Starters in enclosure size "A" will change to enclosure size "B" when a control
transformer is factory installed.

Line and Coil Voltage Suffix Codes


Line Voltage Suffix Codes
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a line voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No.
Example: 208V 60 Hz: Cat. No. 103H-AF2-CA16X becomes Cat. No. 103H-AFH2-CA16X.
Line Voltages
60 Hz
50 Hz

208V
H

230V

240V
A

380V

400V

KN

415V

480V
B

600V
C

Coil Voltage Suffix Codes


The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No.
Example: 120V 60 Hz: Cat. No. 103H-AFH-CA16X becomes Cat. No. 103H-AFHD2-CA16X.
Standard Coil
Voltages
50 Hz
60 Hz

24

110

120

208

220230

240260

277

380400

415

480

600

K
J

UB

231

Bulletin 103H/107H/140M

IEC Enclosed Starters


Wiring Diagrams
Cat. No. 103H-AFBD2-DB40X-1-4R-6P

1L1
1 L1

1L1
1

1L2
3

1L3
5

L1

L2

L3

T1
2

T2
4

T3
6

43
2L2
33
2L1

T1
T1

L1
2

A2

A1

L2

L3
44

4
MS
L1

A20

L2

L3

INCOMING LINES

MS
M
1L1

L1
INCOMING
LINES

(2)
(T1)

(1)
(L1)

(4)
(T2)

(3)
(L2)

(6)
(T3)

(5)
(L3)

T1
(1)
(L1)

(2)
(T1)

1L2

L2

(3)
(L2)

1L3

L3

(34)

T3
(5)
(L3)

(T3)

(44)

MS

MS
(33)

(43)

2L2

1
F

2
F
U
H1 H2

FU
X1

X2

2
START

STOP

1
REMOTE

3
(1-2)

(1-1)

(1-3)

(1-4)

(A1)

M
(A2)

M
(13)

232

(14)

(X1)

(X2)

Bulletin 103H/107H/140M

IEC Enclosed Starters


Wiring Diagrams, Continued
Cat. No. 107H-AFBD3-CA16X-1M-4RW-6P

43
2L2
33
2L1

3
13

T1

1L1
1

1L2
3

1L3
5

L1

L2

L3

T1
2

T2
4

T3
6

14
4

L1
2

A2

A2

A1

L2

L1
34

L3

44

5
MS
L1

A20

L2

L3

INCOMING LINES

MS
F
1L1

L1
INCOMING
LINES

(2)
(T1)

(1)
(L1)

(4)
(T2)

(3)
(L2)

T1
(1)
(L1)

(2)
(T1)

1L2

L2

(3)
(L2)

1L3

L3

(6)
(T3)

T3

(5)
(L3)

(5)
(L3)

(T3)

R
(1)

(2)
(T1)

(L1)
(3)

(L2)
(34)

(5)

(44)

(T3)

(L3)

MS

MS
(33)

(43)

FU
X1

X2

FORWARD
STOP
(3-2)

3
(3-1)

R
4

(1-3)

5
F

(21)

(1-4)

(22)

(A1)

(A2)

F
(13)

(14)

(X2)

REVERSE

6
(2-4)

(2-3)

(21)

7
(22)

(A1)

R
(A2)

REVERSE
(14)

(X1)

(X2)

233

Bulletin 103H/107H/140M

IEC Enclosed Starters


Enclosure Dimensions
Dimensions in mm. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Enclosure Style A

Enclosure Style B

Enclosure Style C

234

Bulletin 109

IEC Non-Reversing Starters


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 109 IEC Non-Reversing Starters
Cat. No. 109C09ABA1F-1-4R-6P
IP42 (Type 1) Metal
Enclosure with Lift-off
Cover

Product Selection........... 235


Accessories .................... 243
Modifications .................. 246
Approximate
Dimensions ........ 249 and 251

Impact-Resistant Molded Enclosures (923 A)


IP42 (Type 1)
IP66 (Type 4/4X/12)
Selection of Metal Enclosures (985 A)
IP42 (Type 1)
IP66 (Type 3/4/12)
Bimetallic Class 10 Overload Relays
Solid-State Overload Relays
Compact Design
Meets International Standards

Conformity to Standards
EN/IEC 60947-4-1
VDE 0660
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 508

Approvals

Bulletin 109 enclosed starters are designed using Bulletin 100 contactors (9 A85 A) and
Bulletin 193 bimetallic (Class 10) or solid-state overload relays in a metal or molded plastic
enclosure. All starters include a normally open auxiliary contact as standard.

cULus Listed (File E3125,


Guide No. NLDX)

Cat. No. 109C09KDA1E-1-4R1-7


Molded Plastic
Enclosure

Fast Shipment of Bulletin109 IEC Products to satisfy your unexpected demands. Make your selections from any of the Cat. Nos.
printed in blue and identify your order as A-B EXPRESS Fast Shipment Program.
Your order must include: Cat. No. of the starter selected, coil voltage code, overload relay suffix code, and, if required, factoryinstalled modifications suffix code and/or Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product Selection AC-Operated Starters


Enclosed Type Molded Plastic
Ratings (AC3, AC4)
Max Ie
[A]
9
12
16
23

kW

Hp

3
380V/ 415V
4
5-1/2
7-1/2
11

1
115V
1/2
1/2
1
2

IP42 (Type 1)
General-Purpose
Molded Plastic Enclosure

IP66 (Type 4, 4X, 12)


Watertight, Dusttight
Corrosion Resistant
Molded Plastic Enclosure

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

109-C09B
109-C12B
109-C16B
109-C23B

109-C09K
109-C12K
109-C16K
109-C23K

3
230V
1-1/2
2
3
3

200V
2
3
5
5

230V
2
3
5
7-1/2

460V
5
7-1/2
10
15

575V
7-1/2
10
15
15

Enclosed Type Sheet Metal


Ratings (AC3, AC4)
Max Ie
[A]
9
12
16
23
30
37
43
60
72
85

kW
3
380V/415V
4
5-1/2
7-1/2
11
15
18-1/2
22
30
37
45

Hp
1
115V
1/2
1/2
1
2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2

IP42 (Type 1)
General Purpose
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Lift-off Cover)

IP66 (Type 3, 4, 12)


Watertight, Dusttight
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Hinged Cover)

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

109-C09A
109-C12A
109-C16A
109-C23A
109-C30A
109-C37A
109-C43A
109-C60A
109-C72A
109-C85A

109-C09F
109-C12F
109-C16F
109-C23F
109-C30F
109-C37F
109-C43F
109-C60F
109-C72F
109-C85F

3
230V
1-1/2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
10
15
15

200V
2
3
5
5
7-1/2
10
10
15
20
25

230V
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
10
15
20
25
30

460V
5
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60

575V
7-1/2
10
15
15
25
30
30
50
60
60

Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 109-C09A becomes Cat.
No.109-C09AB.
AC Voltage

24

48

110

120

208

208-240

220

240

277

440

480

500

600

50 Hz

60 Hz

Separate Control (without transformer) 50 Hz


Coil Voltage Code
60 Hz

Common Control
Coil Voltage Code

380-400 400-415

Overload Relay Code


The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select an overload relay code from page 132 and 133 to complete the Cat. No. Bimetal and MSC-E2 overload relays are not
available in molded plastic enclosed starters.
When selecting a factory-installed control circuit transformer (see Modifications page 246), use the Common Control Coil Voltage Code to denote the transformer
primary voltage. The starter coil and transformer secondary voltage will both be 120V by default. Example: Cat. No. 109-C09FB-6P will have a transformer with a
480V primary/120V secondary and a 120V starter coil. If a starter coil voltage other than 120V is desired, a second Coil Voltage Code must be added to denote the
coil/transformer secondary voltage. Example: Cat. No. 109-C09FBJ-6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/24V secondary and a 24V starter coil. Control
Circuit transformers are not available in molded plastic enclosures

235

Bulletin 112

IEC Combination Starters


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 112 IEC Combination Starters

Cat. No. 112C09FBA1F-1-7


IP66 (Type 3,4,12) Metal
Enclosure with Hinged
Cover

Product Selection ...........236


Accessories.....................243
Modifications...................247
Approximate
Dimensions ...... 250 and 252

Compact Design
Can Be Modified in the Field
Selection of Enclosures
IP42 (Type 1)
IP66 (Type 3/4/12)
Bimetallic Class 10 Overload Relays
Solid-State Overload Relays
Fusible or Non-Fusible Versions
Handle with Defeater Mechanism
Padlockable Handle with up to Three Padlocks

Conformity to Standards
EN/IEC 60947-4-1
VDE 0660
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 508

Approvals

Bulletin 112 is the first true IEC combination starter on the market, in that the enclosure and cULus Listed (File E125316,
Guide No. NKJH)
components have been designed to specific IEC standard requirements. The Bulletin 112
combination starter consists of a Bulletin 100 Contactor, Bulletin 193 bimetallic (Class 10)
or solid-state overload relay and Bulletin 194R fused disconnect switch installed in a common enclosure. These full-voltage combination starters are designed to provide the disconnecting means, short-circuit protection (with suitable fuses), control and overload protection
for three-phase squirrel-cage motors. All starters include a normally open auxiliary contact
as standard.

Fast Shipment of Bulletin112 IEC Products to satisfy your unexpected demands. Make your selections from any of the Cat. Nos.
printed in blue and identify your order as A-B EXPRESS Fast Shipment Program.
Your order must include: Cat. No. of the combination starter selected,coil voltage code, overload relay suffix code, and, if required,
factory-installed modifications suffix code and/or Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product Selection AC-Operated Starters


Fusible Disconnect Type
Ratings (AC3, AC4)
Hp

Max Ie
[A]
9
12
23
30
43
60
72

Fuse Clip
Rating
Amperes/ UL Class

3
200V
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
20

230V
2
3
7-1/2
10
15
20
25

460V
5
7-1/2
15
20
30
40
50

575V
7-1/2
10
15
25
30
50
60

IP42 (Type 1)
General Purpose
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Hinged Cover)

IP66 (Type 3/4/12)


Watertight, Dusttight
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Hinged Cover)

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

112-C09A
112-C12A
112-C23A
112-C30A
112-C43A
112-C60A
112-C72A

112-C09F
112-C12F
112-C23F
112-C30F
112-C43F
112-C60F
112-C72F

30A/Class CC
30A/Class J
30A/Class J
60A/Class J
60A/Class J
100A/Class J
100A/Class J

Non-Fusible Disconnect Type


Ratings (AC3, AC4)
Hp

Max Ie
[A]
9
12
23
30
43
60
72

3
200V
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
20

230V
2
3
7-1/2
10
15
20
25

460V
5
7-1/2
15
20
30
40
50

575V
7-1/2
10
15
25
30
50
60

IP42 (Type 1)
General Purpose
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Hinged Cover)

IP66 (Type 3/4/12)


Watertight, Dusttight
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Hinged Cover)

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

112-C09A-DNF
112-C12A-DNF
112-C23A-DNF
112-C30A-DNF
112-C43A-DNF
112-C60A-DNF
112-C72A-DNF

112-C09F-DNF
112-C12F-DNF
112-C23F-DNF
112-C30F-DNF
112-C43F-DNF
112-C60F-DNF
112-C72F-DNF

Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 112-C09A becomes Cat. No.
112-C09AB.
Voltage

Common Control
Coil Voltage Code
120V Separate Control (without transformer)
Coil Voltage Code

208V

230240V

460480V

575600V

AD

AD

CD

CD

60 Hz

Overload Relay Code


The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select an overload relay code from page 132 and 133 to complete the Cat. No.

When selecting a factory-installed control circuit transformer (see Modifications page 246), use the Common Control Coil Voltage Code to denote the transformer
primary voltage. The starter coil and transformer secondary voltage will both be 120V by default. Example: Cat. No. 112-C09FB--6P will have a transformer with
a 480V primary/120V secondary and a 120V starter coil. If a starter coil voltage other than 120V is desired, a second Coil Voltage Code must be added to denote
the coil/transformer secondary voltage. Example: Cat. No. 112-C09FBJ--6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/24V secondary and a 24V starter coil.

236

Bulletin 113

IEC Combination Starters


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 113 IEC Combination Starters

Product Selection........... 237


Accessories .................... 243
Modifications .................. 246
Approximate
Dimensions ....... 250 and 252

Compact Design
Can Be Modified in the Field
Selection of Enclosures
IP42 (Type 1)
IP66 (Type 3/4/12)
Bimetallic Class 10 Overload Relays
Solid-State Overload Relays
Handle Defeater Mechanism
Padlockable Handle with up to Three Padlocks
Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Circuit Breaker

Conformity to Standards
EN/IEC 60947-4-1
VDE 0660
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 508

Approvals

Bulletin 113 combination starter consists of a Bulletin 100 contactor, Bulletin 193 bimetallic cULus Listed (File E125316,
(Class 10) or solid-state overload relay and a motor circuit protector installed in a common Guide No. NKJH)
enclosure. These full-voltage combination starters are designed to provide the disconnecting means, short-circuit protection, control and overload protection for three-phase squirrelcage motors. All starters include a normally open auxiliary contact as standard.

Cat. No. 113-C30FBA1H-4R-43


IP66 (Type 3,4,12) Metal Enclosure with
Hinged Cover

Your order must include: Cat. No. of the combination starter selected, coil voltage code, overload relay suffix code, and, if required, factory-installed modifications
suffix code and/or Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product Selection
Circuit Breaker Type - AC Operated
Ratings (AC3, AC4)
Hp
Max Ie
[A]

30

43

60

72

3
200V
1/2

230V
1/2

460V

575V

3/41

1-1/23
5
7-1/2

7-1/210

3/41

1-1/23

57-1/2
10

10

1/21

1-1/23

57-1/2

10
20

1/21-1/2
23

510

1520
25

15

15

1520

1520

2025

2025
30

40

4050

2530

40

4060

IP42 (Type 1)
General Purpose
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Hinged Cover)
Cat. No.
113-C30A-33
113-C30A-35

IP66 (Type 3/4/12)


Watertight, Dusttight
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Hinged Cover)
Cat. No.
113-C30F-33
113-C30F-35

113-C30A-36
113-C30A-38
113-C30A-39
113-C30A-40
113-C30A-41
113-C30A-42
113-C30A-43
113-C30A-44

113-C30F-36
113-C30F-38
113-C30F-39
113-C30F-40
113-C30F-41
113-C30F-42
113-C30F-43
113-C30F-44

113-C43A-41
113-C43A-42
113-C43A-44
113-C43A-45
113-C60A-42

113-C43F-41
113-C43F-42
113-C43F-44
113-C43F-45
113-C60F-42

113-C60A-43
113-C60A-46
113-C72A-43
113-C72A-44
113-C72A-47
113-C72A-48

113-C60F-43
113-C60F-46
113-C72F-43
113-C72F-44
113-C72F-47
113-C72F-48

Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 113-C30A-33 becomes Cat.
No. 113-C30AB-33.
Voltage

Common Control

Coil Voltage Code


120V Separate Control (without transformer)

Coil Voltage Code

208V

230240V

460480V

575600V

HD

AD

BD

CD

60 Hz

Overload Relay Code


The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select an overload relay code from page 132 and 133 to complete the Cat. No.
For design E motor applications, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
When selecting a factory-installed control circuit transformer (see Modifications page 246), use the Common Control Coil Voltage Code to denote the transformer
primary voltage. The starter coil and transformer secondary voltage will both be 120V by default. Example: Cat. No. 113-C30FB3-6P will have a transformer with
a 480V primary/120V secondary and a 120V starter coil. If a starter coil voltage other than 120V is desired, a second Coil Voltage Code must be added to denote
the coil/transformer secondary voltage. Example: Cat. No. 113-C30FBJ-6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/24V secondary and a 24V starter coil.

237

Bulletin 105

IEC Reversing Starters


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 105 IEC Reversing Starters

Product Selection ...........238


Accessories.....................243
Modifications...................247
Approximate
Dimensions .....................250
and 251

Selection of Metal Enclosures


IP42 (Type 1)
IP66 (Type 3/4/12)
Bimetallic Class 10 Overload Relays
Solid-State Overload Relays
Compact Design
Meets International Standards

Conformity to Standards

Bulletin 105 enclosed starters use Bulletin 104 reversing contactors and Bulletin 193
bimetallic (Class 10) or solid-state overload relays. These reversing starters (985 A)
incorporate a dual interlock that provides both mechanical and electrical interlocking in a
single unit. A normally open auxiliary contact is also included on each contactor.

EN/IEC 60947-4-1
VDE 0660
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 508

Approvals
cULus Listed (File E3125,
Guide No. NLDX)

Cat. No. 105-C09ABA1F-1-6P


Type 1 Metal Enclosure with Lift-off Cover

Fast Shipment of Bulletin 105 IEC Products to satisfy your unexpected demands. Make your selections from any of the Cat. Nos.
printed in blue and identify your order as A-B EXPRESS Fast Shipment Program.
Your order must include: Cat. No. of the reversing starter selected,coil voltage code, overload relay suffix code, and, if required,
factory-installed modifications suffix code and/or Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product Selection
AC-Operated
Ratings (AC3, AC4)
Max

Ie
[A]

9
12
16
23
30
37
43
60
72
85

kW

Hp

3
380V/
415V

4
5-1/2
7-1/2
11
15
18-1/2
22
30
37
45

IP42 (Type 1)
General Purpose
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Lift-off cover through 105-C72)

IP66 (Type 3/4/12)


Watertight, Dusttight
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Hinged Cover)

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

105-C09A

105-C09F

105-C12A

105-C12F

105-C16A

105-C16F

105-C23A

105-C23F

105-C30A

105-C30F

105-C37A

105-C37F

105-C43A

105-C43F

105-C60A

105-C60F

105-C72A

105-C72F

105-C85A

105-C85F

115V

230V

200V

230V

460V

575V

1/2
1/2
1
2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2

1-1/2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
10
15
15

2
3
5
5
7-1/2
10
10
15
20
25

2
3
5
7-1/2
10
10
15
20
25
30

5
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60

7-1/2
10
15
15
25
30
30
50
60
60

Coil Voltage Code


The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 105-C09A
becomes Cat. No. 105-C09AB.
24

48

110

120

208

208
240

220

240

277

440

480

500

600

Common Control

50 Hz

Coil Voltage Code

60 Hz

Separate Control (without transformer)

50 Hz

60 Hz

AC Voltage

Coil Voltage Code

380 400
400
415

Overload Relay Code


The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select an overload relay code from page 132 and 133 to complete the Cat. No.
For single-phase (1) applications, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
When selecting a factory-installed control circuit transformer (see Modifications page 247), use the Common Control Coil Voltage Code to denote the transformer
primary voltage. The starter coil and transformer secondary voltage will both be 120V by default. Example: Cat. No. 105-C09FB-6P will have a transformer with a
480V primary/120V secondary and a 120V starter coil. If a starter coil voltage other than 120V is desired, a second Coil Voltage Code must be added to denote the
coil/transformer secondary voltage. Example: Cat. No. 105-C09FBJ-6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/24V secondary and a 24V starter coil.

238

Bulletin 106

IEC Reversing Combination Starters


Overview/Product Selection Fusible Disconnect Type
Bulletin 106 IEC Reversing Combination Starters

Product Selection........... 239


Accessories .................... 243
Modifications .................. 247
Approximate
Dimensions ........ 250 and 252

Selection of Metal Enclosures


IP42 (Type 1) and
IP66 (Type 3/4/12)
Bimetallic Class 10 Overload Relays
Solid-State Overload Relays
Compact Design
Meets International Standards
Can be Modified in the Field
Handle with Defeater Mechanism
Padlockable Handle (up to three padlocks)

Conformity to Standards
EN/IEC 60947-4-1
VDE 0660
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 508

Approvals

Bulletin 106 Combination starters use a Bulletin 104 reversing contactor, a Bulletin 193
bimetallic (Class 10) or solid-state overload relay, and a Bulletin 194R rotary disconnect
switch. Reversing starters (9 A72 A) incorporate a dual interlock that provides both
mechanical and electrical interlocking in a single unit. A normally open auxiliary contact is
also included on each contactor.

cULus Listed (File E3125,


Guide No. NLDX)

Cat. No. 106-C30FBA1H-1-4RW-6P


IP66 (Type 3,4,12)
Metal Enclosure with Hinged Cover

Your order must include: Cat. No. of the reversing combination starter selected,coil voltage code, overload relay suffix code, and, if required, factory-installed
modifications suffix code and/or Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product Selection
Fusible Disconnect Type
AC Operated
Ratings (AC3, AC4)
Max Ie
[A]
9
12
23
30
43
60
72

kW

Hp

3
380415V
4
5-1/2
11
15
22
30
37

3
200V
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
20

230V
2
3
7-1/2
10
15
20
25

IP42 (Type 1)
General-Purpose
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Hinged Cover)

Fuse Clip Rating


Amperes/ UL Class
460V
5
7-1/2
15
20
30
40
50

575V
7-1/2
10
15
25
30
50
60

30A/Class CC
30A/Class J
30A/Class J
60A/Class J
60A/Class J
100A/Class J
100A/Class J

IP66 (Type 3, 4, 12)


Watertight, Dusttight
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Hinged Cover)

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

106-C09A
106-C12A
106-C23A
106-C30A
106-C43A
106-C60A
106-C72A

106-C09F
106-C12F
106-C23F
106-C30F
106-C43F
106-C60F
106-C72F

Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 106-C09A becomes Cat. No.
106-C09AB.

Voltage
Common Control Coil Voltage Code
120V Separate Control (without transformer)
Coil Voltage Code

60 Hz

208V

230240V

460480V

575600V
C

AD

AD

CD

CD

Overload Relay Code


The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select an overload relay code from page 132 and 133 to complete the Cat. No.
When selecting a factory-installed control circuit transformer (see Modifications page 247), use the Common Control Coil Voltage Code to denote the transformer
primary voltage. The starter coil and transformer secondary voltage will both be 120V by default. Example: Cat. No. 106-C09FB-6P will have a transformer with a
480V primary/120V secondary and a 120V starter coil. If a starter coil voltage other than 120V is desired, a second Coil Voltage Code must be added to denote the
coil/transformer secondary voltage. Example: Cat. No. 106-C09FBJ-6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/24V secondary and a 24V starter coil.

239

Bulletin 120E

IEC Multi-Speed Starters


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletin 120E IEC Multi-Speed Starters

Product Selection ...........240


Accessories.....................243
Modifications...................247
Approximate
Dimensions ...... 250 and 251

Compact Design
Selection of Enclosures
IP42 (Type 1) and
IP66 (Type 3/4/12)
Bimetallic Class 10 Overload Relays
Solid-State Overload Relays

Conformity to Standards
EN/IEC 60947-4-1
VDE 0660
CSA C22.2 No. 14
UL 508

Bulletin 120E multi-speed starters are designed to control two-speed, separate-winding


AC squirrel-cage induction motors. These starters are available for constant torque, variable torque, or constant horsepower three-phase motors. Multi-speed motors are commonly used on machine tools, fans, blowers, pumps, conveyors and many other types of
equipment.

Approvals

Bulletin 120E multi-speed motor starters use Bulletin 100 contactors and Bulletin 193 bimetallic (Class 10) or solid-state overload relays. A normally open auxiliary contact is also
included on each contactor. A wide variety of factory- and field-installed options are available.

cULus Listed (File E3125,


Guide No. NLDX)

Cat. No. 120E-C09FDA1FA1D-3-4RW-7


IP66 (Type 3,4,12)
Metal Enclosure with Hinged Cover

Fast Shipment of Bulletin 120E IEC Products to satisfy your unexpected demands. Make your selections from any of the Cat.
Nos. printed in blue and identify your order as A-B EXPRESS Fast Shipment Program.
Your order must include: Cat. No. of the multi-speed starter selected, coil voltage code, and, if required, factory-installed
modifications suffix code and/or Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product Selection
Enclosed Type AC Operated
2-Speed Separate Winding, Constant or Variable Torque (Constant HorsepowerConsult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.)
Ratings (AC3, AC4)
Max
Ie
[A]
9
12
16
23
30
37
43
60
72
85

kW
3
380V/ 415V
4
5-1/2
7-1/2
11
15
18-1/2
22
30
37
45

IP42 (Type 1)
General Purpose
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Lift-off Cover through 120E-C72)

Hp
1
115V
1/2
1/2
1
2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2

3
230V
1-1/2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
10
10
15

200V
2
3
5
5
7-1/2
10
10
15
20
25

230V
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
10
15
20
25
30

460V
5
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60

575V
7-1/2
10
15
15
25
30
30
50
60
60

IP66 (Type 3/4/12)


Watertight, Dusttight
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Hinged Cover)

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

120E-C09A
120E-C12A
120E-C16A
120E-C23A
120E-C30A
120E-C37A
120E-C43A
120E-C60A
120E-C72A
120E-C85A

120E-C09F
120E-C12F
120E-C16F
120E-C23F
120E-C30F
120E-C37F
120E-C43F
120E-C60F
120E-C72F
120E-C85F

Coil Voltage Code


The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 120E-C09A
becomes Cat. No. 120E-C09AB.
AC Voltage

24

48

110

120

208

208
240

220

240

277

380 400
400
415

440

480

500

600

50 Hz

60 Hz

Separate Control (without transformer) 50 Hz


Coil Voltage Code
60 Hz

Common Control
Coil Voltage Code

Overload Relay Code


The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select (2) overload relay codes from page 132 and 133 page 246 to complete the cat. no. The first code
will denote the high speed overload relay, and the second code will denote the low speed overload relay.
For single-phase (1) applications, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
When selecting a factory-installed control circuit transformer (see Modifications page 247), use the Common Control Coil Voltage Code to denote the transformer
primary voltage. The starter coil and transformer secondary voltage will both be 120V by default. Example: Cat. No. 120E-C09FB-6P will have a transformer with
a 480V primary/120V secondary and a 120V starter coil. If a starter coil voltage other than 120V is desired, a second Coil Voltage Code must be added to denote
the coil/transformer secondary voltage. Example: Cat. No. 120E-C09FBJ-6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/24V secondary and a 24V starter coil.

240

Bulletin 132/133

IEC Pump Control Panels


Overview/Product Selection
Bulletins 132 and 133 IEC Pump Control Panel Starters

IP32 (Type 3R)


Bimetallic Class 10 Overload Relays
Solid-State Overload Relays
Enclosure with Extra Panel Space for Mounting Accessory Devices
Factory-Installed Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker
Handle with Defeater Mechanism
Service Entrance Rated

Product Selection........... 241


Accessories .................... 243
Modifications .....246 and 247
Approximate
Dimensions ..................... 252

Conformity to Standards
UL 508

Approvals

Bulletin 132 and 133 pump control panels are specifically designed for irrigation and similar UL Listed
outdoor pumping applications.
The Bulletin 132 pump control panel includes a Bulletin194R IEC fusible rotary disconnect
switch, a Bulletin 100 IEC contactor, a Bulletin 193 bimetallic overload relay or solid-state
overload relays, a HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch, and a START button. All starters
include a normally open auxiliary contact as standard. The Bulletin 133 pump control panels are supplied with a motor circuit protector instead of a fusible disconnect switch.
IEC pump control panels include an IP32 (Type 3R) weather-resistant enclosure with a rugged, outdoor finish and brackets for pole or cross-bar mounting. Conduit knockouts are
located at the bottom of the enclosure. Padlock provisions are furnished on the door latches
and the handle (both the ON and OFF positions).
Cat. No. 132-C09MBA1F

Your order must include: Cat. No. of the pump control panel, coil voltage code, overload relay suffix code, and, if required, factory-installed modifications suffix code
and/or Cat. No. of any accessories.

Product Selection
Fusible Disconnect Type
Ratings (AC3, AC4)
kW
Max. Ie
[A]
9
12
23
30
43
60
72

Hp

Fuse Clip Rating


Amperes/UL Class

380/415V
4
5-1/2
11
15
22
30
37

200V
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
20

230V
2
3
7-1/2
10
15
20
25

460V
5
7-1/2
15
20
30
40
50

575V
7-1/2
10
15
25
30
50
60

30 A/Class CC
30 A/Class J
30 A/Class J
60 A/Class J
60 A/Class J
100 A/Class J
100 A/Class J

IP32 (Type 3R)


Sleet Resistant, Outdoor
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Hinged Cover)
Cat. No.
132-C09M
132-C12M
132-C23M
132-C30M
132-C43M
132-C60M
132-C72M

Circuit Breaker Type


Ratings (AC3, AC4)
Hp
Max. Ie
[A]

30

43

60

72

3
200V
1/2
3/41

1-1/23
5
7-1/2

7-1/210

15

1520

230V
1/2
3/41

1-1/23

57-1/2
10

10
15

1520

2025

460V

1/21

1-1/23

57-1/2

10
20

2025
30

40

4050

575V

1/21-1/2
23

510

1520
25

2530

40

4060

IP32 (Type 3R)


Sleet Resistant Outdoor
Sheet Metal Enclosure
(Hinged Cover)
Cat. No.
133-C30M-33
133-C30M-35
133-C30M-36
133-C30M-38
133-C30M-39
133-C30M-40
133-C30M-41
133-C30M-42
133-C30M-43
133-C30M-44
133-C43M-41
133-C43M-42
133-C43M-44
133-C43M-45
133-C60M-42
133-C60M-43
133-C60M-46
133-C72M-43
133-C72M-44
133-C72M-47
133-C72M-48

241

Bulletin 132/133

IEC Pump Control Panels


Product Selection, Continued
Coil Voltage Code
The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 132-C12M
becomes Cat. No. 132-C12MB
Voltage
Common Control
Coil Voltage Suffix Code
120V Separate Control (without transformer)
Coil Voltage Suffix Code

208V

230240V

460480V

575600V

AD

AD

CD

CD

60 Hz

Overload Relay Code


The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select an overload relay code from page 132 and 133.
For horsepower ratings less than those shown, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
When selecting a factory-installed control circuit transformer (see Modifications page 246), use the Common Control Coil Voltage Code to denote the transformer
primary voltage. The starter coil and transformer secondary voltage will both be 120V by default. Example: Cat. No. 132-C09MB-6P will have a transformer with a
480V primary/120V secondary and a 120V starter coil. If a starter coil voltage other than 120V is desired, a second Coil Voltage Code must be added to denote the
coil/transformer secondary voltage. Example: Cat. No. 132-C09MBJ-6P will have a transformer with a 480V primary/24V secondary and a 24V starter coil.

242

Bulletin 100 Line

Accessories Field Installed


Accessories, Continued
(For Bulletins 105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120E, 132, and 133)
Description

For Use With


Bulletin No.

Enclosure Style

109

Molded Plastic

120V
Red ON Pilot Light
Diode Type

Red ON Pilot Light


Transformer Type

198-PL13R

240V

198-PL14R

120V
208V
240V
480V
600V

198-PL21R
198-PL25R
198-PL22R
198-PL23R
198-PL24R

All

Metal Lift-off and Metal


Hinged

120V
Dual ON Pilot Light
Forward Red
Reverse White

240V

198-PL21RW
105,106

Metal Hinged

Pilot Device Mounting Bracket


(required when mounting pilot devices in metal lift-off
enclosures)

198-PL22RW
198-PL23RW

480V

105, 109, 120E

Metal Lift-off

198-BR1

Control Circuit Transformer


With Top-Mounted Fuse Block

All

Metal Lift-off and Metal


Hinged

1497-_ _ P

Control Circuit Fuse Block


For Class CC Rejection Type Fuses (Fuses Not Included)

All

Metal Lift-off and Metal


Hinged

1491-R162

Grounding Bushing
Adapts to 1/2 N.P.T., PG 16.5 & BS20 mm threads

109

Molded Plastic

198-GR1

106, 112, 132

Metal Hinged

195-GA10

Single Pole N.O. Auxiliary Contact


for Disconnect Switch

106,112,132C09C23
Fuse Cover for Disconnect Switch

106,112,132C30C43

194R-FCA2

Metal Hinged

106,112,132C60C72

Cat. No.

194R-FCJ60

194R-FCC1

Closing Button
For 22.5mm Round Panel Hole

All

All

198-N1

OFF-ON Selector Switch


2-Position Maintained

All

Metal Hinged
&
Lift-off

198-MT3

Does not include legend plate. See page 11-299 for Bulletin 800E Legend Plate. Legend Plates for use on metal-hinged enclosures only.
Requires mounting bracket Cat. No. 198-BR1 when using metal lift-off enclosures.
An auxiliary contact adaptor, Cat. No. 194R-AA, is required when installing auxiliary contact, Cat. No. 195-GA10.
3 required for disconnect switch.

243

Bulletin 100 Line

Accessories Field Installed


Accessories, Continued
(For Bulletins 105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120E, 132, and 133)
Description
HAND-OFF-AUTO
Selector Switch
3-Position Maintained, Includes Legend Plate
FORWARD-OFF-REVERSE
Selector Switch
3-Position Maintained
Includes Legend Plate

All

Enclosure Style
Metal Hinged
&
Lift-off

Cat. No.
198-MT1

105,106

Metal Hinged
&
Lift-off

198-MT2

START Push Button


Flush green I/START

109-C09C23

Molded Plastic

198-MS10

STOP/RESET Push Button


Extended red STOP/RESET

109-C09C23

Molded Plastic

198-MS11

STOP Push Button


Flush red STOP

109-C09C23

Molded Plastic

198-MS12

ON Push Button
Flush green ON

109-C09C23

Molded Plastic

198-MS19

OFF/RESET Push Button


Extended red OFF/RESET

109-C09C23

Molded Plastic

198-MS20

OFF Push Button


Extended red OFF

109-C09C23

Molded Plastic

198-MS21

105, 109, and 120E

Metal Lift-off

198-MS3

All

Metal Hinged

198-MS13

105, 109, and 120E

Metal Lift-off

198-MS6

105

Metal Lift-off

198-MS7

START-STOP Push Button


Flush green I/START
Extended red O/STOP

START Push Button


Flush green START

ON-OFF Push Button

FORWARD, REVERSE-STOP Push Button

Requires mounting bracket Cat. No. 198-BR1 when using metal lift-off enclosures.

244

For Use With Cat. No.

Bulletin 100 Line

Accessories Field Installed


Accessories, Continued
(For Bulletins 105, 106, 109, 112, 113, 120E, 132, and 133)
For Use With
Cat. No.

Enclosure Style

Cat. No.

HIGH, LOW-STOP Push Button

120E

Metal Lift-off

198-MS8

FAST, SLOW-STOP Push Button

120E

Metal Lift-off

198-MS9

STOP Push Button


Extended red STOP

All

Metal Hinged

198-MS14

ON Push Button
Flush green ON

All

Metal Hinged

198-MS15

OFF Push Button


Extended red OFF

All

Metal Hinged

198-MS16

105, 106

Metal Hinged

198-MS17

120E

Metal Hinged

198-MS18

RESET Push Button

All

Metal Hinged

198-MR6

RESET Push Button

109

Molded Plastic

198-MR5

RESET Push Button

105, 109, 120E

Metal Lift-off

198-MR3

Description

FORWARD, REVERSE-STOP
Push Buttons

HIGH, LOW-STOP
Push Buttons

Requires mounting bracket Cat. No. 198-BR1 when using metal lift-off enclosures.

245

Bulletin 100 Line

Modifications Factory Installed


Modifications
Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters and Lighting Contractors (Bulletins 109, 100L)
Listed on this and the following pages are factory-installed modifications and special features which are available for the low voltage (600V maximum) starters
listed in this catalog. To order, add a dash followed by the suffix number listed in these tables to the end of the product Cat. No. and add the price addition to
the base price. Example: Cat. No. 109-C09ADA1E-1
Description of Modification
START-STOP Push Button

ON-OFF Push Button


HAND-OFF-AUTO Selector
Switch

Suffix
Code
1

1E
3

OFF-ON
Selector Switch

3E

Red Pilot Light

4R

Red LED Pilot Light (120V)


Red LED Pilot Light (240V)
Control Circuit Transformer
2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
Provided (Standard Capacity)

4R1
4R2
6P

External Reset

Control Circuit Fuse Block


2 Fuses Provided

22

Additional 1 N.O. (Side Mount)


Auxiliary Contact on Contactor
(100L only)

90

Additional 1 N.O. 1 N.C. (Side


Mount) Auxiliary Contact on
Contactor

901

Additional 1 N.O. 1 N.C. (Front


Mount) Auxiliary Contact on
Contactor

901T

Enclosure
Design
Plastic Lift-off
Metal Lift-off
Metal Hinged
Plastic Lift-off
Metal Lift-off
Metal Hinged
Metal Lift-off
Metal Hinged
Metal Lift-off
Metal Hinged
Metal Lift-off
Metal Hinged
Plastic Lift-off
Plastic Lift-off
Metal Lift-off

C09

C12

C16

100L-C20

C23

C30

C37

C43

C60

C72

C85

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

NA
NA
NA
NA
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
NA
NA
A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

NA
A
A
NA
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
NA
NA
A

NA
A
A
NA
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
NA
NA
A

NA
A
A
NA
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
NA
NA
A

NA
A
A
NA
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
NA
NA
A

NA
A
A
NA
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
NA
NA
A

NA
A
A
NA
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
NA
NA
A

Metal Hinged

Plastic Lift-off
Metal Lift-off
Metal Hinged
Metal Lift-off
Metal Hinged

A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A

NA
NA
NA
A
A

A
A
A
A
A

NA
A
A
A
A

NA
A
A
A
A

NA
A
A
A
A

NA
A
A
A
A

NA
A
A
A
A

NA
A
A
A
A

Metal Lift-off

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

Metal Hinged

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

Metal Lift-off

Metal Hinged

Metal Lift-off

Metal Hinged

Non-Reversing Circuit Breaker Combination Starters (Bulletin 113, 133)


Description of Modification
START-STOP Push Button (113 Only)
HAND-OFF-AUTO (113 Only)
Red Pilot Light
Control Circuit Transformer 2 Primary and 1 Secondary
Fuse Provided (Standard Capacity)
External Reset
Control Circuit Fuse Block 2 Fuses Provided
Additional 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. (Side Mount) Auxiliary Contact
on Contactor
Additional 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. (Front Mount)
Auxiliary Contact on Contactor

Suffix
Code
1
3
4R

Enclosure
Design
ALL
ALL
ALL

C09

C12

C16

C23

C30

C37

C43

C60

C72

C85

NA
NA
NA

NA
NA
NA

NA
NA
NA

NA
NA
NA

A
A
A

NA
NA
NA

A
A
A

A
A
A

A
A
A

NA
NA
NA

6P

ALL

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

7
22

ALL
ALL

NA
NA

NA
NA

NA
NA

NA
NA

A
A

NA
NA

A
A

A
A

A
A

NA
NA

901

ALL

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

901T

ALL

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

A=Available Option
NA=Not Available Option
Transformer Type.

When ordering in Canada, use suffix 6. Primary fusing is not required by the Canadian Electrical Code.

246

Bulletin 100 Line

Modifications Factory Installed


Modifications, Continued
Full Voltage Reversing and Multi-Speed Starters (Bulletins 105, 120E)
Description of Modification

Suffix
Code

Enclosure Design

C09

C12

C16

C23

C30

C37

C43

C60

C72

C85

Metal Lift-off
Metal Hinged
Metal Lift-off
Metal Hinged
Metal Lift-off
Metal Hinged
Metal Lift-off
Metal Hinged

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

NA
A
NA
A
NA
A
NA
A

4RW

Metal Hinged

4RW

Metal Hinged

6P

ALL

7
7
22

ALL
ALL
ALL

A
A
A

A
A
A

A
A
A

A
A
A

A
A
A

A
A
A

A
A
A

A
A
A

A
A
A

A
A
A

901

ALL

901T

ALL

FOR-REV-STOP Push Buttons (105 Only)

HIGH-LOW-STOP Push Buttons (120E Only)

FOR-OFF-REV Selector Switch (105 Only)

HIGH-OFF-LOW Selector Switch (120E Only)

Red FOR/ White REV Pilot Lights


(105 Only)
Red HIGH/White LOW Pilot Lights
(120E Only)
Control Circuit Transformer
2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse Provided
(Standard Capacity)
1 External Reset (105 Only)
2 External Resets (120E Only)
Control Circuit Fuse Block 2 Fuses Provided
Additional 1 N.O. 1 N.C. (Side Mount)
Auxiliary Contact on Each Contactor
Additional 1 N.O. 1 N.C. (Front Mount)
Auxiliary Contact on Each Contactor

Reversing and Non-Reversing Fusible Combination Starters (Bulletins 106, 112, 132)
Description of Modification
START-STOP Push Button (112 Only)
FOR-REV-STOP Push Buttons (106 Only)
HAND-OFF-AUTO Selector Switch (112 Only)
FOR-REV-STOP Selector Switch (106 Only)
Red Pilot Light
Red FOR/ White REV Pilot Lights (106 Only)
Control Circuit Transformer 2 Primary and 1 Secondary Fuse
Provided (Standard Capacity)
External Reset
Fuse Cover For Disconnect Switch
Control Circuit Fuse Block 2 Fuses Provided

Suffix
Code
1
1
3
3
4R
4RW

Enclosure
Design
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL
ALL

C09

C12

C16

C23

C30

C37

C43

C60

C72

C85

A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A

A
A
A
A
A
A

NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA

6P

ALL

NA

NA

NA

7
8
22

ALL
ALL
ALL

A
A
A

A
A
A

NA
NA
NA

A
A
A

A
A
A

NA
NA
NA

A
A
A

A
A
A

A
A
A

NA
NA
NA

N.O. Auxiliary Contact On Disconnect Switch

98

ALL

NA

NA

NA

Additional 1 N.O. 1 N.C. (Side Mount) Auxiliary Contact on


Contactor (112 and 132 Only)

901

ALL

NA

NA

NA

Additional 1 N.O. 1 N.C. (Side Mount) Auxiliary Contact on


each Contactor (106 Only)

901

ALL

NA

NA

NA

Additional 1 N.O. 1 N.C. (Front Mount) Auxiliary Contact on


Contactor (112 and 132 Only)

901T

ALL

NA

NA

NA

Additional 1 N.O. 1 N.C. (Front Mount) Auxiliary Contact on


each Contactor (106 Only)

901T

ALL

NA

NA

NA

A=Available Option
NA=Not Available Option

Transformer Type.
When ordering in Canada, use suffix 6. Primary fusing is not required by the Canadian Electrical Code.

247

Bulletin 198E

IEC Enclosures
Product Selection
IEC Enclosures

IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Molded Plastic Lift-Off Enclosures


Bulletin No.
106
109
112
113
120E

C09C23

IP66 (Type 4, 4X, 12) Raintight, Dusttight, Corrosion-Resistant Molded Plastic Enclosures
Bulletin No.
106
109
112
113
120E

C09C23

105

105

105

C09C23

106

C30,C37,C43
C09,C12,C16

C23

C60C72

C30,C37,C43

Without control circuit transformer.


With control circuit transformer.

105

Metal Hinged Enclosure

Metal Lift-Off

Molded Plastic Lift-Off

IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Lift-Off Enclosures


Bulletin No.
109
112
113
120E
C09C23

C09C23
C30,C37,C43
C09,C12,C16

C23
C30,C37,C43
C30,C37,C43

C09,C12,C16
C23
C60C72

C60C72
C60C72

C30,C37,C43
C85

IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Hinged Enclosures


Bulletin No.
109
112
113
120E

C09C23

C30C43

106

C09C43

Cat. No.
198E-AAC845
Cat. No.
198E-AKC845

Cat. No.

Mounting Plate Cat. No.

198E-BA966
198E-BA996

198E-BA1176

198E-BA11116

198E-BA1278

198E-BA12138

198E-BA23108

198E-P2310

Cat. No.

Mounting Plate Cat. No.

198E-DA1488T
198E-DA14168T

198E-P148T
198E-P1416T

IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Raintight, Dusttight, Metal Hinged Enclosures


Bulletin No.
105

106

C09C23

C09C23
C30C43

C30C43
C60C72

C09C23

198E-DF10106

198E-P1010

198E-DF1286

198E-P128

198E-DF12126

198E-P1212

198E-DF1488

198E-P148

198E-DF14168

198E-P1416

113

120E

C09C43
C09C23
C30C43

C60C72

C60C72

C09C23
C30C43

C30C43
C60C72

C09C23

198E-DF1488T

198E-P148T

C09C43

C30C43

198E-DF14168T

198E-P1416T

Without control circuit transformer.


With control circuit transformer.

248

Mounting Plate Cat. No.

112

Cat. No.

109

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Enclosures and Starters


Approximate Dimensions
Plastic Lift-off Enclosure Type 1 (IP42)
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
B

.272
.212
X
(9/32) (7/32)

Pilot Light K.O.


16.5
(.650 dia.)

Push Button K.O.

22.3
(.898 dia.)
G

G
External Reset K.O.
22.13

(.898 dia.)
Back View
.212
.272
X
(7/32) (9/32)

Contactor Size

A Height

C09C23

205
(8-5/64)

B Width
C Depth
D
E
F
IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Molded Plastic Enclosure for Bulletin 109 (Transformer N/A)
96.6
131
185
10
27
(3-47/64)
(5-5/32)
(7-9/32)
(25/64)
(1-3/64)

G
185
(7-9/32)

Plastic Lift-off Enclosure Type 12/4/4X (IP66)


Contactor Size
C09C23

A Height
B Width
C Depth
D
E
F
IP66 (Type 4/4X) Water-Tight Corrosion-Resistant Molded Plastic Enclosure for Bulletin 109 (Transformer N/A)
205
96.6
131
185
10
27
(8-5/64)
(3-47/64)
(5-5/32)
(7-9/32)
(25/64)
(1-3/64)

G
185
(7-9/32)

Bulletin 109 Metal Lift-Off Enclosures Type 1 (IP42)


23.4
(.921)

7.1 (.28) DIA.


FOR 1/4 OR M6 SCREW
3 MTG. HOLES

Metal Lift-Off

Contactor size
C09C23
C30C43
C60C72
C85

C09C23
C30C43
C60C72
C85

A Height
B Width
C Depth
D
E
IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Lift-Off Enclosure for Bulletin 109 (Without Transformer)
220
140
152
175
95
(8-21/32)
(5-33/64)
(5-31/32)
(6-57/64)
(3-3/4)
290
188
152
245
140
(11-27/64)
(7-23/64)
(5-31/32)
(9-41/32)
(5-33/64)
315
188
203
270
140
(12-27/64)
(7-23/64)
(8)
(10-5/8)
(5-33/64)
585
257
203
540
210
(23-1/32)
(10-7/64)
(8)
(21-17/64)
(8-17/64)
IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Lift-Off Enclosure for Bulletin 109 (With Transformer)
290
188
152
245
140
(11-27/64)
(7-23/64)
(5-31/32)
(9-41/64)
(5-33/64)
290
270
152
245
225
(11-27/64)
(10-5/8)
(5-31/32)
(9-41/32)
(8-55/64)
315
325
203
270
280
(12-27/64)
(12-51/64)
(8)
(10-5/8)
(11-1/64)
585
257
203
540
210
(23-1/32)
(10-7/64)
(8)
(21-17/64)
(8-17/64)

F
22.5
(57/64)
24
(15/16)
24
(15/16)
23.5
(59/64)
24
(15/16)
22.5
(57/64)
22.5
(57/64)
23.5
(59/64)

249

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Enclosures and Starters


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Bulletins 105 and 120E Metal Lift-Off Enclosures Type 1 (IP42)
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
23.4
(.921)

7.1 (.28) DIA.


FOR 1/4 OR M6 SCREW
3 MTG. HOLES

Metal Lift-Off

Contactor
size
C09C23
C30C43
C60C72
C85

C09C23
C30C43

A Height

B Width

C Depth

IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Lift-off Enclosure for Bulletin 105 and 120E (Without Transformer)
220
235
152
175
190
22.5
(8-21/32)
(9-1/4)
(5-31/32)
(6-57/64)
(7-31/64)
(57/64)
290
270
152
245
225
22.5
(11-27/64)
(10-5/8)
(5-31/32)
(9-41/32)
(8-55/64)
(57/64)
315
325
203
270
280
22.5
(12-27/64)
(12-51/64)
(8)
(10-5/8)
(11-1/64)
(57/64)
610
406
230
572
368
19
(24)
(16)
(9-1/16)
(22-1/2)
(14-1/2)
(3/4)
IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Lift-Off Enclosure for Bulletin 105 and 120E (With Transformer)
290
270
152
245
225
22.5
(11-7/64)
(10-5/8)
(5-31/32)
(9-41/32)
(8-55/64)
(57/64)
315
325
203
270
280
22.5
(12-27/64)
(12-51/64)
(8)
(10-5/8)
(11-1/64)
(57/64)

G (dia)

11
(7-16)

Bulletins 106, 112, and 113 Metal Hinged Enclosures Type 1 (IP42)
B

F
Contactor Size
C09C43
C60C72

C09C23
C30C43
C60C72

C30C72

250

A Height
B Width
C Depth
D
E
F
IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 106 (With and Without Transformer)
350
400
210
315
178
111
(13-25/32)
(15-3/4)
(8-9/32)
(12-13/32)
(7)
(4-3/8)
610
406
230
572
368
19
(24)
(16)
(9-1/16)
(22-1/2)
(14-1/2)
(3/4)
IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 112 (With and Without Transformer)
350
200
210
315
76
64
(13-25/32)
(7-7/8)
(8-9/32)
(12-13/32)
(3)
(2-1/2)
350
400
210
315
178
111
(13-25/32)
(15-3/4)
(8-9/32)
(12-13/32)
(7)
(4-3/8)
610
406
230
572
368
19
(24)
(16)
(9-1/16)
(22-1/2)
(14-1/2)
(3/4)
IP42 (Type 1) General Purpose Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 113 (With and Without Transformer)
610
406
230
572
368
19
(24)
(16)
(9-1/16)
(22-1/2)
(14-1/2)
(3/4)

G (Dia.)
5.5
(7/32)
11
(7/16)
5.5
(7/32)
5.5
(7/32)
11
(7/16)
11
(7/16)

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Enclosures and Starters


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Bulletin 109 Metal Hinged Enclosures Type 3/4/12 (IP66)
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

F
Contactor Size
C09C43
C60C72
C85

C09C23
C30C43
C60C72
C85

A Height
B Width
C Depth
D
E
IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 109 (Without Transformer)
300
200
160
265
76
(11-13/16)
(7-7/8)
(6-5/16)
(10-7/16)
(3)
350
200
210
315
76
(13-25/32)
(7-7/8)
(8-9/32)
(12-13/32)
(3)
762
305
276
724
267
(30)
(12)
(10-7/8)
(28-1/2)
(10-1/2)
IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 109 (With Transformer)
300
200
160
265
76
(11-13/16)
(7-7/8)
(6-5/16)
(10-7/16)
(3)
300
300
160
236
178
(11-13/16)
(11-13/16)
(6-5/16)
(9-5/16)
(7)
350
400
210
315
178
(13-25/32)
(15-3/4)
(8-9/32)
(12-13/32)
(7)
610
406
230
572
368
(24)
(16)
(9-1/16)
(22-1/2)
(14-1/2)

G (Dia.)

62
(2-7/16)
64
(2-1/2)
19
(3/4)

5.5
(7/32)
5.5
(7/32)
11
(7/16)

62
(2-7/16)
61
(2-13/32)
111
(4-3/8)
19
(3/4)

5.5
(7/32)
5.5
(7/32)
5.5
(7/32)
11
(7/16)

G (Dia.)

87
(3-13/32)
61
(2-13/32)
111
(4-3/8)
19
(3/4)

5.5
(7/32)
5.5
(7/32)
5.5
(7/32)
11
(7/16)

61
(2-13/32)
111
(4-3/8)
19
(3/4)
19
(3/4)

5.5
(7/32)
5.5
(7/32)
11
(7/16)
11
(7/16)

Bulletins 105 and 120E Metal Hinged Enclosures Type 3/4/12 (IP66)
B

F
Contactor Size
C09C23
C30C43
C60C72
C85

C09C23
C30C43
C60C72
C85

A Height
B Width
C Depth
D
E
IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletins 105 and 120E (Without Transformer)
250
250
160
186
76
(9-13/16)
(9-13/16)
(6-5/16)
(7-5/16)
(3)
300
300
160
236
178
(11-13/16)
(11-13/16)
(6-5/16)
(9-5/16)
(7)
350
400
210
315
178
(13-25/32)
(15-3/4)
(8-9/32)
(12-13/32)
(7)
610
406
230
572
368
(24)
(16)
(9-1/16)
(22-1/2)
(14-1/2)
IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletins 105 and 120E (With Transformer)
300
300
160
236
178
(11-13/16)
(11-13/16)
(6-5/16)
(9-5/16)
(7)
350
400
210
315
178
(13-25/32)
(15-3/4)
(8-9/32)
(12-13/32)
(7)
610
406
230
572
368
(24)
(16)
(9-1/16)
(22-1/2)
(14-1/2)
762
610
281
724
572
(30)
(24)
(11-1/16)
(28-1/2)
(22-1/2)

251

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Enclosures and Starters


Approximate Dimensions, Continued
Bulletins 106, 112 and 113 Metal Hinged Enclosures Type 3/4/12 (IP66)
Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
B

Contactor Size

A Height
B Width
C Depth
D
E (Mtg.)
IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 106 (With and Without Transformer)
350
400
210
315
178
(13-25/32)
(15-3/4)
(8-9/32)
(12-13/32)
(7)
610
406
230
572
368
(24)
(16)
(9-1/06)
(22-1/2)
(14-1/2)
IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 112 (With and Without Transformer)
350
200
210
315
76
(13-25/32)
(7-7/8)
(8-9/32)
(12-13/32)
(3)
350
400
210
315
178
(13-25/32)
(15-3/4)
(8-9/32)
(12-13/32)
(7)
610
406
230
572
368
(24)
(16)
(9-1/06)
(22-1/2)
(14-1/2)
IP66 (Type 3/4/12) Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletin 113 (With and Without Transformer)
610
406
230
572
368
(24)
(16)
(9-1/06)
(22-1/2)
(14-1/2)

C09C43
C60C72

C09C23
C30C43
C60C72

C30C72

G (Dia.)

111
(4-3/8)
19
(3/4)

5.5
(7/32)
11
(7/16)

64
(2-1/2)
111
(4-3/8)
19
(3/4)

5.5
(7/32)
5.5
(7/32)
11
(7/16)

19
(3/4)

11
(7/16)

Bulletins 132 and 133 Metal Hinged Enclosures with Extra Space Type 3R (IP32)

B Width

7.1
(.28)

A Height

4 5.5 (.22) Dia.


7.1 (.28)
Mtg. Holes

6
(15/64)

Contactor Size

B
E

C Depth

4 5.5 (.218) Dia.


Mtg. Holes

IP 32 (Type 3R) Rainproof Metal Hinged Enclosure for Bulletins 132 and 133 (With and Without Transformer)
C09C43

584
(23)

320
(12-19/32)

187
(7-5/16)

711
(28)

105
(4-1/8)

108
(4-1/4)

679
(26-3/4)

667
(26-1/4)

105
(4-1/8)

105
(4-1/8)

C60C72

864
(34)

447
(17-19/32)

238
(9-5/16)

991
(39)

105
(4-1/8)

171
(6-3/4)

959
(37-3/4)

946
(37-1/4)

105
(4-1/8)

169
(6-21/32)

B110

1067
(42)

762
(30)

305
(12)

1118
(44)

686
(27)

38
(1-1/2)

1092
(43)

1092
(43)

B180B250

1219
(48)

914
(36)

305
(12)

1270
(50)

686
(27)

114
(4-1/2)

1245
(49)

1245
(49)

252

Bulletin 100 Line, 190, 193

IEC Renewal Parts


Bulletin 100-M Replacement Coils
Coil Voltage
24V 50/60 HZ
48V 50/60 HZ
110V 50HZ/110120V 60 HZ
220V 50/60 HZ
240V 50/60 HZ
380V 50/60 HZ
440V 50 HZ/480V 60 HZ
12V DC
18V DC
24V DC
48V DC
60V DC
110V DC
125V DC
220V DC
24V DC with Diode Suppressor

Pkg. Qty.
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Cat. No.
MA014
MA024
MA034
MA050
MA052
MA062
MA082
MB708
MB710
MB714
MB724
MB734
MB744
MB746
MB766
MD714

AC and DC coils are not interchangeable.

Bulletin 100-C Replacement Coils

AC Standard Control Voltages


50 Hz

60 Hz
12V

AC Coil
Code
50/60 Hz

12V
24V
24V
24V
32V
36V
42V
48V

36 V

100V
110V

100110V
120V

48V
48V
100V
110 V

120V
127V
200V
200 220V

200220V
208V
208240V

200V

200230V
220V
220230V

240 V
230V

230240V
240V

277V

380400V

347 V
380 V
440 V

240V

400V
400415V
440V

480V
440V

500V
550V

600V

Q
R
J
K
KJ
V
W
X
Y
KY
KP
D
KD
P
S
KG
H
L
KL
A
F
KF
VA
T
KA
I
E
N
KN
G
B
KB
M
C

100-C09
100-C16
Cat. No.
TA006
TA404
TA013
TA407
TA855
TA481
TA410
TA482
TA414
TA860
TA861
TA473
TA856
TA425
TA428
TA862
TA049
TA296
TA864
TA474
TA441
TA851
TA440
TA480
TA858
TA065
TA067
TA071
TA863
TA457
TA475
TA859
TA479
TA476

100L-C20,
100-C23
100-C37
Cat. No.
TC006
TC404
TC013
TC407
TC855
TC481
TC410
TC482
TC414
TC860
TC861
TC473
TC856
TC425
TC428
TC862
TC049
TC296
TC864
TC474
TC441
TC851
TC440
TC480
TC858
TC065
TC067
TC071
TC863
TC457
TC475
TC859
TC479
TC476

100-C40/C43

100-C60
100-C85

100-C90

Cat. No.
TD006
TD404
TD013
TD407
TD855
TD481
TD410
TD482
TD414
TD860
TD861
TD473
TD856
TD425
TD428
TD862
TD049
TD296
TD864
TD474
TD441
TD851
TD440
TD480
TD858
TD065
TD067
TD071
TD863
TD457
TD475
TD859
TD479
TD476

Cat. No.
TE006
TE404
TE013
TE407
TE855
TE481
TE410
TE482
TE414
TE860
TE861
TE473
TE856
TE425
TE428
TE862
TE049
TE296
TE864
TE474
TE441
TE851
TE440
TE480
TE858
TE065
TE067
TE071
TE863
TE457
TE475
TE859
TE479
TE476

Cat. No.
TF006
TF404
TF013
TF407
TF855
TF481
TF410
TF482
TF414
TF860
TF861
TF473
TF856
TF425
TF428
TF862
TF049
TF296

TF474
TF441
TF851
TF440
TF480
TF858
TF065
TF067
TF071
TF863
TF457
TF475
TF859
TF479
TF476

253

Bulletin 100 Line, 190, 193

IEC Renewal Parts


Renewal Parts
Coils, Continued

DC Standard Control
Voltages
V DC

9V
9V Diode
12V
12V Diode
24V
24V Diode
36V
36V Diode
48V
48V Diode
60V
60V Diode
64V
64V Diode
72V
72V Diode
80V
80V Diode
110V
110V Diode
115V
115V Diode
125V
125V Diode
220V
220V Diode
230V
230V Diode
250V
250V Diode

DC Coil Code
ZR
DR
ZQ
DQ
ZJ
DJ
ZW
DW
ZY
DY
ZZ
DZ
ZB
DB
ZG
DG
ZE
DE
ZD
DD
ZP
DP
ZS
DS
ZA
DA
ZF
DF
ZT
DT

Voltage operating range: 0.651.3 x Us.


Voltage operating range: 0.71.25 x Us.

254

100-C09 100-C16

100-C23 100-C37

100-C40/43

100-C60 100-C85

100-C90

Cat. No.
TA766

TA708

TA714
TA714M
TA719

TA724

TA774

TA727

TA728

TA729

TA733

TA734

TA737

TA747

TA749

TA751

Cat. No.
TC766

TC708

TC714
TC714M
TC719

TC724

TC774

TC727

TC728

TC729

TC733

TC734

TC737

TC747

TC749

TC751

Cat. No.
TD766

TD708

TD714
TD714M
TD719

TD724

TD774

TD727

TD728

TD729

TD733

TD734

TD737

TD747

TD749

TD751

Cat. No.

TE766M

TE708M

TE714M

TE719M

TE724M

TE774M

TE727M

TE728M

TE729M

TE733M

TE734M

TE737M

TE747M

TE749F

TE751F

Cat. No.

TF766M

TF708M

TF714M

TF719M

TF724M

TF774M

TF727M

TF728M

TF729M

TF733M

TF734M

TF737M

TF747M

TF749F

TF751F

Bulletin 100 Line, 190, 193

IEC Renewal Parts


Bulletin 100 Line, 190, 193
Bulletin 100 Line of Contactors, Continued
Contact Kits (Each Kit Provides Movable
and Stationary Contacts for 3 Poles)
Contact Kit
Used with Cat. No.

Part No.
100-A38
40768-801-01
100-A45
40768-802-01
100-A60
40769-800-01
100-A75
40769-801-01
100-B110
40780-800-01
100-B180
40781-800-01
100-B250
40782-800-01
100-B300
40782-801-01
100-B400
40783-801-01
100-B600
40783-802-01

Gray Cover Kits (Includes Cover Screws)


Used With
Cat. No.
100-B110N3
100-B180N3
100-B250N3
100-B300N3
100-B400N3
100-B600N3

Cover Kit
No. of
Used With
Cover Kit
No. of
Part No.
Covers
Cat. No.
Part No.
Covers
40780-614-02
1
100-B110NZ3 40780-614-02
1
40781-609-02
1

40782-607-02
1

40782-608-02
1

40786-608-02
1

40786-609-02
1

DIN Rail Latch Kits (Includes DIN Rail Latch and Latch
Spring)
Used With Cat. No.
100-A09
100-A12
100-A18
100-A24
100-A30
100-A38
100-A45

DIN Rail Latch Kit Part No.


40768-808-03
40768-808-03
40768-808-03
40768-808-03
40768-808-02
40768-808-01
40768-808-01

Bulletin 190 IEC Modular Starter System


AC Operating Coils
Used with Cat. Nos. 190-A40, 190-CPS40 and 190R-CPS40
Part No.
Voltage (V)
Frequency (Hz)
50
JB407
24
60
JB013
110

50

JB473

120

60

JB473

208

60

JB049

220

50

JB474

240

60

JB474

380

50

JB454

415

50

JB457

440

50

JB475

480

60

JB475

550

50

JB476

600

60

JB476

Bulletin 193 Overload Relays with Current Transformers

193-HPD110
193-DPC88
193-DPD120
193-DPD200
193-EPD180
193-EPD300
193-FPD240
193-FPD400
193-GPD378*
193-GPD630*

Panel Adapter
Assembly
Part No.
40781-607-01
40781-607-01
40781-607-01
40781-607-01
40781-607-01
40781-607-01
40781-607-01
40781-607-01
40781-607-01
40781-607-01

Voltage (V)
24
24
110
110
120
120
208
208
220
220
240
240
277
380
380
415
415
440
440
480
480
500
500
600

AC Operating Coils
Used with 193-GPD Devices
Frequency (Hz)
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
60

Used With
Cat. No.

Lug Screws
Used With Cat. No.
100-A60
100-A75
100-B110
100-B180
100-B250
100-B300
100-B400
100-B600

Lug Screw Part No.


40769-022-09
40769-022-09
29108-049-33
40781-028-07
29108-501-33
29108-501-33
29108-505-09
29108-505-09

Auxiliary Contact Adapter Block (Slider Block)


Amperes (A)
400
600

Part No.
40786-802-01
40786-802-02

Contact Kits for Cat. No. 100-A09 through 100-A30 are not available as
replacement parts.

Overload Relay Only


Part No.
193-NX23
193-NX24
193-NX25
193-NX26
193-NX27
193-NX28
193-NX29
193-NX30
193-NX32
193-NX33

Part No.
HA407
HA013
HA473

HA473

HA049
HA474
HA051
HA442
HA474
HA060
HA454

HA457

HA475
HA071

HA475
HA464

HA476

255

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Renewal Parts


Bulletin 100-D
Description

Coil
Conventional

Arc Chambers for Contactors


For 3-Pole 100-D contactors
Electronic

Conventional

Main Contacts for Contactors


Set for 3-Pole 100-D contactors
Electronic

Terminal Hardware
Set of 6

256

For Use With Contactor Cat. No.


100-D95
100-D110
100-D140
100-D180
100-D95
100-D110
100-D140
100-D180
100-D210
100-D250
100-D300
100-D420
100-D630
100-D860
100-D95
100-D110
100-D140
100-D180
100-D95
100-D110
100-D140
100-D180
100-D210
100-D250
100-D300
100-D420
100-D630
100-D860
100-D95D110
100-D140D180
100-D210D420
100-D630D860

Cat. No.
100-DA-95
100-DA-110
100-DA-140
100-DA-180
100-DAE-95
100-DAE-110
100-DAE-140
100-DAE-180
100-DAE-210
100-DAE-250
100-DAE-300
100-DAE-420
100-DAE-630
100-DAE-860
100-DC-95
100-DC-110
100-DC-140
100-DC-180
100-DCE-95
100-DCE-110
100-DCE-140
100-DCE-180
100-DCE-210
100-DCE-250
100-DCE-300
100-DCE-420
100-DCE-630
100-DCE-860
100-DHF110
100-DHF180
100-DHF420
100-DHF860

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Renewal Parts


Bulletin 100-D
Replacement coils for 100-D contactors

AC Standard
Control Voltages
60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50 Hz
24V

32V
36V
42V
48V

110V

24V

36V
42V

48V

120V

208V

24V

100V

110V

200V

220230V
240V

240V
277V

220V

277V

380400V
415V
440V
500V
550V

440V
480V

600V

100-D95...
AC
100-D180
Coil
Code
Cat. No.
Conventional AC
TG407
K
TG013
J
KJ
TG855
TG481
V
TG410
W
TG414
Y
TG482
X
KP
TG861
TG473
D
KN
TG856
TG049
H
KG
TG862

100-D210...
100-D420
Cat. No.

100-D630...
100-D860
Cat. No.

KL
A
T
KT

TG857
TG441
TG480
TG060

230V

KF

TG851

240V

KA
N
B

50 Hz

60 Hz

50/60 Hz

24V
4264V
100V
110130V
200V
208277V
380415V
440480V
500V
600V

TG858
TG071
TG475
TG___
TG479
M
TG476
C
Electronic AC
AC
Coil
Cat. No.
Code
TGE855
EJ
TGE864
EY
TGE861
EP
TGE865
ED
TGE862
EL
TGE866
EA
TGE867
EN
EB
TGE868
TGE869
EM

EC

DC Standard
Control Voltages

DC
Coil
Code

12V
24V
36V
48V
60V
110V
125V
130V
220V
240V
250V

ZQ
ZJ
ZN
ZY
ZZ
ZD
ZS
ZF
ZA
ZL
ZT

100-D95...
100-D210...
100-D180
100-D420
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Conventional DC
TG708

TG714

TG719

TG724

TG774

TG733

TG737

TG738

TG761

TG750

TG751

100-D630...
100-D860
Cat. No.

Electronic DC
Cat. No.

Cat. No.

THE855
THE864
THE861
THE865
THE862
THE866
THE867
THE868
THE869

TJE855
TJE864
TJE861
TJE865
TJE862
TJE866
TJE867
TJE868
TJE869
TJE870

DC Standard
Control Voltage

24V
4872V
110130V
200255V

DC
Coil
Code

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

EZJ
EJ
EZZ
EZ
EZD
ED
EZA
EA

TGE708

TGE779

TGE780

TGE781

THE708

THE779

THE780

THE781

TJE855

TJE779

TJE865

TJE866

Applies to 100-D95-D110 contactors only. Not available with 100-D140-D180 contactors.

257

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Renewal Parts


Bulletin 100-G
Description

For use with

Cat. No.

100-G550

100-AC550

100-G700, 100-G860

100-AC860

100-G1000, 100-G1200

100-AC1200

100-G550

100-CP550

100-G700

100-CP700

100-G860

100-CP860

100-G1000

100-CP1000

100-G1200

100-CP1200

100-G1000
100-G1200

100-EB11DC

Arcing Chamber
For 3 poles

Arcing Chamber
For 1 pole

Main Contact Sets


Set for 1 pole

Auxiliary Contact Block


Special two-pole design: 1 N.O. delayed make,
1 N.C.
N.O. delayed make contact used for operation of
the Feeder Group/Coil mechanism
One supplied standard with contactor

31

32

43

44

Coils and Supply Modules

AC Standard
Control
Voltages
50/60 Hz
110120V
220240V
380415V
440480V

DC
Standard
Control
Voltages
100110V
200220V
345380V
400440V

Coils sold in pairs.

258

100-G550
Coil
Code
KD
KF
KN
KB

100-G700100-G860

Coil Cat. Supply Mod- Coil Cat.


No.
ule Cat. No.
No.
TX734
TX747
TX779
TX780

TXS734
TXS747
TXS779
TXS780

TY734
TY747
TY779
TY780

Supply Module Cat. No.


TYS734
TYS747
TYS779
TYS780

AC Standard
Control
Voltages
50/60 Hz
110115V
220230V
380400V
440V

100-G1000100-G1200
Coil
Code
KD
KF
KN
KB

Coil Cat. No.

Supply
Module
Cat. No.

TZ734
TZ747
TZ779
TZ780

TZS734
TZS747
TZS779
TZS780

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Renewal Parts


Notes

259

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Renewal Parts


Notes

260

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Renewal Parts


Notes

261

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Renewal Parts


Notes

262

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Renewal Parts


Notes

263

Bulletin 100 Line

IEC Renewal Parts


Notes

264

DeviceNet is a trademark of the Open DeviceNet Vendors Association (ODVA).


DeviceLogix and DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary are trademarks of Rockwell Automation.

Publication 100-SG003D-EN-P September 2003

Copyright 2003 Rockwell Automation. All rights reserved. Printed in USA.

Вам также может понравиться